TRILUX Luminaires - Proljus AB

Outdoor 

Luminaires for exterior areas

Welcome to 368 pages of “New Light”. 

The new TRILUX Outdoor is here. Enjoy a comprehensive 

and optimised overview of all TRILUX products for outdoor 

areas and DZ‘ range of decorative luminaires. 

Electric light should dispel darkness outdoors, while fulfilling 

many other tasks like accident prevention, orientation, 

accentuation or mise-en-scene. For TRILUX outdoor 

luminaires – be it technically decorative, functional or as 

accent light – our primary objective is to create highquality, 

perfect lighting solutions in every aspect. 

With the integration of DZ Licht we also offer outdoor lighting 

in an exceptionally aesthetic form. Many national and 

international reference projects and design awards show 

that the interplay of technical precision and emotional 

stylistic features provides a unique noticeable experience 

of light outdoors. 

In the new TRILUX Outdoor you‘ll find optimal outdoor lighting 

for every conceivable application and requirement. 

Discover the TRILUX Outdoor for yourself. On 368 pages of 

“New Light”.

We expend a majority of our energy 

on the intelligent use of energy. 

We are constantly striving for improvement in everything 

that we do, regardless of whether it involves energy, technology 

or the effect of light. After all, only that which is 

truly innovative prevails and may be called “New Light”. 

That means in particular that TRILUX outdoor luminaires 

deliver maximum light output whilst requiring the minimum 

of energy. In short they go easy on the environment and are 

maximally efficient – thanks to state-of-the-art technology, 

e.g. LED technology, the elimination of unfashionable 

mercury vapour lamps as well as purposeful wattage reduction 

and intelligent usage. And finally due to perfect planning: 

TRILUX‘ computer-based tools and light planning 

programmes help with selecting the ideal lighting sce - 

nario. Not only do they save energy, but they also reduce 

light pollution, the unnatural brightening of the night sky. 

In addition to efficiency and technology, light effect plays a 

major role when it comes to outdoor lighting.

A TRILUX luminaire should look good – and above all make 

sure that everything else looks good too. This is one aspect 

where TRILUX light does not fall short, be it ensuring safety 

on roads or increasing the attractiveness of a building. 

A decisive factor: light colour. TRILUX outdoor luminaires 

create fascinating light situations, which adeptly accentuate 

wherever it is desired, instead of just making everything 

visible.

180 

LS 

244 

Lichtlinie 

190 

Laterne 

248 

Elle 

192 

RL 

254 

Lionda 

040 

Series 980 ··· 

200 

SR 

258 

Ondo 

046 

Series 981··· 

204 

Focus 

260 

Symbol 

048 


210 

Konus 

266 

Uni 

050 


212 

Belisco 

278 

Sonnos 

052 


214 

Reeds 

284 

Pinzetta 

054 


220 

HS 

288 

Ontria

056 


224 

Zauberflöte 

292 

Tube 

060 


080 


Lumega 700 

232 

DI 

296 

VR 

028 


062 


Saterna 

080 


Lumega 900 

102 


234 

Segmentkugel 

298 

Potsdam 

032 


066 


094 


102 


122 


Lumena 150 

146 


Estadia 

236 

Varisto 

300 

Palme 

034 


068 

Series 7-107··· 

Rodalux K 

098 


106 


130 


Lumena 400 

152 

Series 7-420··· 

Maxilux 

238 

DKS 

306 

Emporium 

036 


070 


100 


108 


130 


Lumena 600 

156 

Series 7-402··· 

Optilux 

240 

Lichtboden 

312 

Westminster 

324 

TRILUX Luminaires – 

Decoratively technical 

TRILUX Luminaires – Technical 

TRILUX Spotlights 

and Floodlights 

DZ Luminaires – Decorative 

Energy efficiency and 

technical information

6 

TRILUX Luminaires – Decoratively technical 

Application recommendations 

Streets 

Urban motorways 

Roads for motorised transport 

Main roads and local roads 

Trunk roads 

Service roads 

Reduced-traffic roads 

Pedestrian areas 

Pedestrian zones 

Arcades and passages 

Cycle paths 

Paths in parks and green spaces 

Residential facilities 

Stairways and entrances 

Light for the home 

Squares 

Traffic squares and roundabouts 

Parking sites 

Open-air workplaces 

Building sites 

Works roads 

Harbour and dockyard facilities 

Storage and container sites 

Power plants 

Quarries and mining facilities 

Airports 

Apron lighting 

Sports halls 

Stadiums 

Tennis courts 

Swimming pools and ice rinks 

Golf courses 

Cross-country ski runs 

Ski slopes 

High halls 

Aircraft hangars 

High sports halls 

Factory workshops 

Trade fair halls 

Spotlighting 

030 

880··· 

032 

881··· 

034 

882··· 

036 

883··· 

044 

980··· 

046 

981··· 

! ! 

! ! 

! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! !

048 

982··· 

050 

983··· 

052 

984··· 

054 

985··· 

056 

986··· 

060 

988··· 

062 

961··· 

Saterna 

066 

931··· 

068 

7-107··· 

Rodalux K 

! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

070 

908··· 

! ! 

! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! 

7

8 



Streets 




Trunk roads 

Service roads 





Cycle paths 





Squares 


Parking sites 



Works roads 



Power plants 


Airports 


Sports halls 

Stadiums 

Tennis courts 


Golf courses 


Ski slopes 

High halls 





Spotlighting 

086 

971··· 

Lumega 700 

088 

972··· 

Lumega 900 

096 

932··· 

098 

935··· 

098 

935···M2 

! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! 

! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! 

! ! !

100 

936··· 

100 

936···M 

104 

933··· 

104 

934··· 

106 

979··· 

108 

877··· 

! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! 

! ! 

! 

9

10 

TRILUX Spotlights and floodlights 


Streets 




Trunk roads 

Service roads 





Cycle paths 





Squares 


Parking sites 



Works roads 



Power plants 


Airports 


Sports halls 

Stadiums 

Tennis courts 


Golf courses 


Ski slopes 

High halls 





Spotlighting 

124 

863··· 

Lumena 150 

! 

! 

134 

861··· 

Lumena 400 

134 

862··· 

Lumena 600 

! 

! ! 

! 

! 

! 

! ! 

! ! 

! ! 

! 

! 

! 

! 

! !

140 

861··· 

Lumena 400 

142 

862··· 

Lumena 600 

! ! 

148 

866··· 

Estadia 

154 

7-420··· 

Maxilux 

156 

7-402··· 

Optilux 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! 

! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! 

! ! 

! ! ! ! 

11

12 

DZ luminaires – decorative 


Streets 




Trunk roads 

Service roads 





Cycle paths 





Squares 


Parking sites 



Works roads 



Power plants 


Airports 


Sports halls 

Stadiums 

Tennis courts 


Golf courses 


Ski slopes 

High halls 





Spotlighting 

180 

LS 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! 

! 

190 

Laterne 

192 

RL 

200 

SR 

204 

Focus 

! 

210 

Konus

212 

Belisco 

214 

Reeds 

220 

HS 

224 

Zauber flöte 

! 

! ! 

! 

232 

DI 

234 

Segmentkugel 

236 

Varisto 

! ! 

! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

238 

DKS 

! 

240 

Lichtboden 

244 

Lichtlinie 

13

14 



Streets 




Trunk roads 

Service roads 





Cycle paths 





Squares 


Parking sites 



Works roads 



Power plants 


Airports 


Sports halls 

Stadiums 

Tennis courts 


Golf courses 


Ski slopes 

High halls 





Spotlighting 

248 

Elle 

254 

Lionda 

258 

Ondo 

260 

Symbol 

266 

Uni 

! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! 

! ! ! !

278 

Sonnos 

284 

Pinzetta 

288 

Ontria 

292 

Tube 

296 

VR 

298 

Potsdam 

300 

Palme 

! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! 

! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 

! 

306 

Emporium 

312 

Westminster A 

316 

Westminster 

15

LUMINAIRES 

ATTENTION 

AND AT 

ATTEN 

DURING T

TRILUX Luminaires – Decorative & Technical 

THAT GUIDE 

AT NIGHT 

TRACT 

TION 

HE DAY. 

TRILUX – Decorative & Technical

88··· 

98··· 

052 984··· series 

Spherical lantern 

18 

TRILUX Luminaires – Decorative & Technical 

028 880··· series 032 881··· series 034 882··· series 036 883··· series 

040 980··· series 

Cylindrical lantern 

046 981··· series 

Lantern 

054 985··· series 

Classic lantern 

048 982··· series 

Indirect lantern 

056 986··· series 

Classic conical lantern 

050 983··· series 

Conical lantern

Secondary reflector luminaire 

060 988··· series 

Secondary reflector luminaires 

Saterna 931··· 

062 961··· series 

Saterna 

Rodalux K 908··· 

068 7-107··· series 

Rodalux K 

066 931··· series 

070 908··· series 

19 


Decorative luminaires that go far beyond decorative. 

20

Although the decorative technical luminaires from TRILUX for outdoors are designed for orientation purposes, they are 

oriented primarily around one requirement “good design”. A wide variety of luminaires offer the right lighting solutions for 

a wide variety of applications: ranging from pathway luminaires in parks and green areas and wall-mounted luminaires for 

prestegious entrances through to pillars in decorative exteriors and for lighting pathways. In short: During the day, TRILUX‘ 

luminaires accentuate the external appearance of the architecture, whilst ensuring safety and orientation during the night. 

After all, the requirements of New Light for decorative outdoor applications may only be fulfilled by luminaires that unite 

design and function in an optimum manner. 

21 


The best way to deal with diverse tasks is 

with diversity: the TRILUX 98··· series. 

22

When it comes to decorative outdoor settings, there are as many possible applications as there are different urban architectural 

styles. Moreover, there are just as many different types of tastes. That‘s why the 98··· series offers seven different 

luminaire design variations that are easily integrated into every setting – without abandoning their own unique character. 

And whether you decide in favour of a classic, a simple or a modern luminaire design – the luminaires of the TRILUX 98··· 

series offer far more than just the right design: optimum photometrics, flexible electrical technology, simple installation and 

above all high ease of maintenance. And thus the perfect prerequisites for every conceivable outdoor application. 

23 


Luminaires that not only illuminate but also lend shape. 

24

The luminaires of the TRILUX 88··· series are used mainly along pathways and at building entrances. As bollards, 

wall-mounted luminaires and pillars they not only serve as a form of orientation but also fulfil a high design function, 

as they are always part of the building architecture. 

That also applies to the post-top luminaires of the TRILUX 908··· series: They create accents along subsidiary roads, 

in pedestrian zones and parks and impress thanks to their modern, minimalist design and that they can be opened for 

maintenance without using tools, thus offering a time-saving. 

The side-bracket-mounted lanterns of the TRILUX 931··· series are characterised by a timeless, classic design. 

They are perfectly suited to creating a nostalgic mise en scene in residential areas, pedestrian zones and parks. 

25 


Standards and aesthetics do not need to be contradictions: 

the TRILUX Saterna. 

26

A perfect luminaire for outdoors must be one thing above all: reliable. In addition, outdoor luminaires should have a clear 

style to facilitate their harmonious integration into the cityscape, offer flexibility, e.g. with a wide variety of equipment 

options and variable angle of inclination, possess a sturdy luminaire housing, which reliably protects the luminaires against 

climatic influences, and finally impress with their ease of handling, e.g. thanks to the possibility of tool-free lamp replacement. 

In other words: they should be called the TRILUX Saterna. 

27 


28 

88··· series 

During the day, pathway luminaires accentuate 

their surroundings, whilst at night they 

are inviting with their pleasant light. 

The 880··· pathway luminaires create conditions 

for an ideal harmonisation between 

building and landscape structures. The 

asymmetrical light output for illuminating 

the ground is a characteristic design element 

and lends the luminaires their special 

attractiveness. 

The photometrically optimised 881··· pathway 

luminaires fascinate by their subtle, yet 

striking design. The oval design fits comfortably 

in the exterior environments, whereas 

880··· 

882··· 

the versions with upward light output create 

interesting accents. The 881··· series is also 

available as bollard or wall-mounted luminaire. 

The 882··· pathway luminaires do not only 

offer the reliability of highly advanced 

technical standards, they also create design 

accents. The bollards and wall-mounted 

luminaires are each available with or without 

upward light output and thus offer a variety 

of design options. Parks, entrances or stairs 

can be stylishly illuminated with the 882··· 

series luminaires. 

881··· 

883··· 

With a wide variety of designs the 883··· 

series offers the right lighting solution for 

a multitude of applications: as a pathway 

luminaire in parks or green areas, as a wallmounted 

luminaire in prestegious entrances 

or as a pillar in decorative exteriors – the 

883··· series creates accents.

Prestigious exterior design 

The architecture of a building does not end 

at its facade, but rather is continued in the 

exterior surroundings. And that is exactly 

where the pathway luminaires from TRILUX 

excel – with their slender design and technical 

perfection – always pointing the way. 

88··· Wall-mounted luminaires 

The wall-mounted luminaires that complement 

the design of the pathway luminaires 

of the 881···, 882··· and 883··· series lend the 

right effect to every entrance: stylish during 

the day, inviting at night, whilst offering 

safety and orientation. 

Mounting 

The ground plate of the pathway luminaire is 

directly fixed to a solid subsurface like stone 

plates, masonry, concrete base or wood 

platform. The earthing unit 08800 is available 

for the installation of the luminaire in the 

ground. 

Junction box 

Versions with the reference suffix “Ü” are 

equipped with a junction box behind the 

maintenance door at the back of the luminaire 

for one fuse up to 16 A. 

29 



Pathway Luminaires 

65M IP65 

Pathway luminaires with uni-sectional, 

asymmetrical light distribution, designed 

for downward light output. 

Luminaire top made of cast aluminium. 

Stand profile made of extruded aluminium, 

oval cross-section. 

Ground plate made of cast aluminium. 

Colour anthracite, similar to DB 703 with 

metallic effect, powder-coated, weatherresistant. 

Cover of lamp housing in toughened safety 

glass, which is resistant to temperature 

changes. 

30 

Re-lamping possible after removing the 

upper cover plate by loosening the stainless 

steel screws with an allen key. 

Electrical connection with 3-pole connection 

terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². 

Degree of protection of connection housing 

IP23. 

···Ü··· with optional maintenance door at 

the back and integral junction box for one 

fuse up to 16 A. Feeding for two cables 

max. 5 x 6 mm². 

Degree of protection of junction box IP54. 

880··· 

Control gear options 

Mains For direct connection of lamp to 230 V 

mains current. 

···K With low-loss inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. 

Earthing unit 08800 

Earthing unit made of galvanised steel, 

for installation of luminaire in the ground. 

Including stainless steel fixing screws. 

Other versions available on request.

08800 

150 

125 

Lamp data ······························ 360 

Reference TOC Control gear Lamps Socket ≈kg 

options 

Mains ···K W 

Pathway luminaires 

8801/35HIT··· 13 115··· - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 13.2 

8801/70HIT-DE··· 13 116··· - ···02 1 x HIT-CE-DE 70 RX7s 13.5 

8801/E27 13 117··· ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 150 W) E27 12.3 

Pathway luminaires, with door and junction box (Ü) 

8801Ü/35HIT··· 13 118··· - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 13.8 

8801Ü/70HIT-DE··· 13 119··· - ···02 1 x HIT-CE-DE 70 RX7s 14.1 

8801Ü/E27 13 120··· ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 150 W) E27 12.9 

Accessories TOC Description ≈kg 

08800 22 214 00 Planted section 2.8 

500 

180 x 75 

8801··· 

312 

170 1000 

370 

31 



Pathway Luminaires and Wall-mounted Luminaires 

65M IP65 

32 

···W···a IP65 

8811··· 

Pathway luminaires, bollards and wallmounted 

luminaires with rotationally 

symmetrical light distribution. 

Luminaire top made of aluminium and cast 

aluminium components, colour white 

aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powdercoated, 

weather-resistant. 

···L··· with optional upward decorative light 

output. 


oval cross-section, anthracite, similar to 

DB 703 with metallic effect, powder-coated, 


Ground plate made of cast aluminium, 

anthracite, similar to DB 703 with metallic 

effect, powder-coated, weather-resistant. 

Cover of lamp housing with trans lucent, 

highly impact-resistant borosilicate glass 

tube, for TC-T versions in impact-resistant 

PMMA. 


luminaire top by loosening the stainless steel 

screws with an allen key. 

Electrical block with all electrical 

components, easily replaced. 

Electrical connection with 3-pole 

terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². 


IP23. 




max. 5 x 6 mm². 



···E With electronic control gear. 

Mains For direct connection of lamp 

to 230 V mains current. 

···K With low-loss inductive ballast, 

parallel-compensated. 

8811K··· 

Wall-mounted luminaire ···W··· in safety 

class I and degree of protection IP65 for 

lamp and connection housing. Electrical 

connection in the socket of the plug with 

connection for wires up to 2 x 5 x 1.5 mm². 




Stainless steel fixing screws included. 

Other versions available on request. 

8811W···

08800 

150 

125 

500 

180 x 75 

8811··· 

312 

370 

1200 

170 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···E Mains ···K W 


8811/TCT26/32/42··· 58 356··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 14.2 

8811/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 122··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 15.7 

8811/E27 13 124··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 14.2 


8811Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 362··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 14.8 

8811Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 158··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 16.3 

8811Ü/E27 13 160··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 14.8 

Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L) 

8811L/TCT26/32/42··· 58 358··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 14.2 

8811L/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 135··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 15.7 

8811L/E27 13 137··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 14.2 

Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L), with door and junction box (Ü) 

8811L-Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 360··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 14.8 

8811L-Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 149··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 16.3 

8811L-Ü/E27 13 151··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 14.8 

Bollards (K) 

8811K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 357··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 9.3 

8811K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 128··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 10.8 

8811K/E27 13 130··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 9.3 

Bollards (K) with upper light output (L) 

8811L-K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 359··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 9.3 

8811L-K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 141··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 10.8 

8811L-K/E27 13 143··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 9.3 

Wall-mounted luminaires (W) 

8811W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 363··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 5.4 

8811W/E27 13 163··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 5.4 

Wall-mounted luminaires (W) with upper light output (L) 

8811L-W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 361··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 5.4 

8811L-W/E27 13 154··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 5.4 

* Electronic control gear switchable, preset to the lowest level. 

**Lamp for external ignition. 



8811K··· 

312 

170 600 

8811W··· 

120 

170 

205 

363 

312 

33 




65M IP65 

34 

···W···a IP65 


luminaires with wide-angle light 

distribution. 

Luminaire top made of aluminium and 

cast aluminium components, colour white 



···L··· with optional upward decorative light 

output. 


round cross-section, anthracite, similar to 






Cover of lamp housing in translucent, highly 

impact-resistant borosilicate glass tube, for 

TC-T versions in impact-resistant PMMA. 






Electrical connection with 3-pole terminal 

for wires up to 2 x 4 mm². 


IP23. 

8821L··· 8821L-K··· 

8821W··· 




max. 5 x 6 mm². 

















08800 

150 

125 

500 

180 x 75 

8821··· 

170 

370 

1200 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 



8821/TCT26/32/42··· 58 364·· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 11.0 

8821/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 168··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 12.2 

8821/E27 13 170··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 11.0 

Pathway luminaires with junction box (Ü) 

8821Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 375··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 11.6 

8821Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 201··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 12.8 

8821Ü/E27 13 203··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 11.6 

Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L) 

8821L/TCT26/32/42··· 58 366··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 11.0 

8821L/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 180··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 12.2 

8821L/E27 13 182··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 11.0 

Pathway luminaires with upper light output (L), with door and junction box (Ü) 

8821L-Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 368··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 11.6 

8821L-Ü/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 192··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 12.8 

8821L-Ü/E27 13 194··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 11.6 

Bollards (K) 


8821K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 174··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 9.4 

8821K/E27 13 176··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 8.2 

Bollards (K) with upper light output (L) 

8821L-K/TCT26/32/42··· 58 367··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 8.2 

8821L-K/50-70HST/E-E···* 13 186··· - - ···02 1 x HS. 50-70** 1 x HI.-CE/S 50-70 E27 9.4 

8821L-K/E27 13 188··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 8.2 


8821W/TCT26/3242··· 58 370··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 5.6 

8821W/E27 13 206··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 5.6 

Wall-mounted luminaires (W) with upper light output (L) 

8821L-W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 369··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 5.6 

8821L-W/E27 13 197··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 75 W) E27 5.6 





8821K··· 

170 

800 

8821W··· 

120 

205 

519 

170 

 

35 




65M IP65 

36 

···W···a IP65 


luminaires with rotationally 


Luminaire top made of aluminium and 

cast aluminium components, colour white 










Cover of lamp housing in translucent, highly 

impact resistant borosilicate glass tube, for 

TC-T versions in impact-resistant PMMA. 

Re-lamping possible after removing the luminaire 

top by loosening the stainless steel 


8831··· 8831K··· 8831W··· 






IP23. 




max. 5 x 6 mm². 













Earthing unit made of galvanised steel, for 

installation of luminaire in the ground. 



08800 

150 

125 

500 

180 x 75 

8831··· 

170 

370 

1200 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 




8831/50-70HST···* 13 211··· - - ···02 1 x HST 50-70** 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 E27 9.6 

8831/E27 13 214··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 8.4 


8831Ü/TCT26/32/42··· 58 373··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 9.0 

8831Ü/50-70HST···* 13 226··· - - ···02 1 x HST 50-70** 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 E27 10.2 

8831Ü/E27 13 227··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 9.0 

Bollards (K) 


8831K/50-70HST···* 13 218··· - - ···02 1 x HST 50-70** 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 E27 7.9 

8831K/E27 13 219··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 6.7 


8831W/TCT26/32/42··· 58 374··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 4.1 

8831W/E27 13 230··· - ···10 - 1 x E27 (max. 100 W) E27 4.1 





8831K··· 

170 

800 

8831W··· 

120 

205 

170 582 

 

37 



Pillars 

65M IP65 

Pillars with wide-angle light distribution. 

Luminaire top made of aluminium and cast 

aluminum components, colour white aluminium, 

similar to RAL 9006, powder-coated, 









Cover of lamp housing in translucent 

impact-resistant PMMA tube. 




38 






IP23. 




max. 5 x 6 mm². 



···K With inductive ballast, parallelcompensated. 


8831LS···

08800 LS 

300 

240 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···K W 

Pillars (LS) without / with junction boxes (Ü) 

8831LS/36 13 223··· ···02 1 x 36 (T26) G13 28.7 

8831LS-Ü/36 13 224··· ···02 1 x 36 (T26) G13 29.6 


08800LS 22 215 00 Planted section for pillar 13.6 

800 

180 x 75 

8831LS··· 

320 

170 

370 

3300 

39 


40 


Thanks to its modular design, the 98··· series 

offers a broad range of luminaires with a 

characteristic design, photometrically 

optimised optics and efficient lamp configurations. 

Seven luminaire design variations with 

classic, simple or modern forms create the 

prerequisites for a harmonious integration 

into different architectural styles. Perfect 

solutions for various lighting tasks!

Rotationally symmetrical cylindrical 

optics ZO 

98··· luminaires with cylindrical optics allow 

increased mounting distances with rotationally 

symmetrical light distribution. Direct 

glare is avoided by an effective screening of 

the lamps. 

Asymmetrical optics SA 

Mirror optics SA have the same design as 

the cylindrical optics. However, the computer-calculated 

specular reflectors, made of 

reflection-intensified aluminium, integrated 

into the cylindrical optics provide a particularly 

asymmetrical light distribution. 

98··· luminaires equipped with SA optics are 

suitable for lighting subsidiary roads with 

increased mounting distances in an energyefficient 

manner. 

Lamella optics LO 

98··· luminaires with lamella optics accentuate 

the architectural layout of pedestrian 

zones and subsidiary roads. Available with 

high-pressure lamps and compact fluorescent 

lamps, the lamella optic is more than 

just a design alternative to cylindrical optics. 

Lamella optics LA 

98··· luminaires with lamella optics for 

asymmetrical light distribution are especially 

suitable for efficiently illuminating residential 

areas. The optical system, made of 

highly specular, anodised aluminium with 

conically designed lamellas and additional 

evolvent reflector, creates a narrow/wideangle 

light distribution for increased mounting 

distances. 

41 



Easy mounting and maintenance 

Easy mounting and maintenance 

Rapid luminaire mounting and easy maintenance are decisive factors when it comes to 

the minimisation of costs. The option to make functional checks in house leads to further 

cost savings. The electrical connection is considerably simplified thanks to the 3-pole plug 

connection module with strain relief system. 

42 

Electrical block: tool-free installation 

and power adjustment 

Electrical blocks can be installed in or removed 

from the luminaire body without using 

tools. The electrical bonding is effected by 

means of a plug connection. Retrofitting 

luminaires to another configuration, e.g. in 

case of reduced traffic, is simplified by exchanging 

the electrical block or by switching 

to another high-pressure lamp power with 

the aid of an integrated switch. 

Lock-in position 

Re-lamping is facilitated thanks to the lock-in 

position: unlock the luminaire, lift up the 

luminaire cover to the lock-in position and 

simply replace the lamp. 

It is not necessary to completely remove nor 

lay down the luminaire cover.

Secure closure technology 

The closure technology of the 98··· luminaires prevents unauthorised access. The luminaire 

cover can be easily removed by means of the release bracket that is available as an accessory. 

The time-consuming loosening of screws or retention rings is a thing of the past. 

PMMA diffusers: stable and durable 

All diffusers are made of highly impactresistant 

PMMA. The high initial impact 

resistance of this transparent material is 

preserved for an almost unlimited time. 

The smooth surface is resistant to soiling 

and yellowing. 

High degree of protection IP65 

The 98··· series luminaires are distinguished 

by their high resistance to corrosion and 

durability. Impact-resistant materials guarantee 

a long-term safe protection against the 

ingress of dust and moisture in accordance 

with IP65 degree of protection. 

43 



Cylindrical Luminaires 

65M 

44 

···QL··· a 

IP65 

3-5 m 

9801 LO··· 

Decorative cylindrical luminaire for posttop 

mounting. 

Version 

···LO··· Lamella optics with rotationally 


···LA··· Lamella optics with asymmetrical 

light distribution. 

···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical 


···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotational 


Luminaire body made of die-cast aluminium, 

jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, 


Luminaire top made of corrosion-resistant 

aluminium, jet black exterior, similar to 

RAL 9005, white interior, powder-coated, 


Pole top 76 mm. 

Cylindrical cover made of highly impactresistant 

PMMA, clear. 

Optical systems made of highly-specular, 

anodised aluminium, with rotationally 

symmetrical or asymmetrical wide-angle 


Re-lamping and maintenance is simple by 

opening the release bracket, to be ordered 

separately. Lift up the luminaire cover into 

the locked position. 

Electrical connection with 3-pole plug 

connection in the connection module. 


IP23. 


components, easily replaced without tools. 

LR Luminaires with wattage reduction. 

Explanations on page 354. 




Windage area F W = 0.146 m 2 . 


9801 SA···/ZO··· 9802 LA···

Accessories ····························· 58 

Lamp data ····························· 360 

Reference TOC Control gear Lamps Socket ≈ kg 

options 

···E ···K W 

Cylindrical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 

9801LO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 739··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 7.6 

9801LO/100HSE··· 13 737··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 7.7 

9801LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 742··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 5.9 

9802LO/TCL18-24··· 13 777··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.0 

Cylindrical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 

9801LO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 746··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 7.7 

9801LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 743··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.5 

Cylindrical lantern with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 

9802LA/TCL18-24··· 49 407··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.0 

Cylindrical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 

9801SA/50-70HSE-E···* 13 755··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 7.6 

9801SA/100HSE··· 13 753··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 7.7 

9801SA/TCT26/32/42··· 13 758··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 5.9 

Cylindrical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 

9801SA-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 762··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 7.7 

9801SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 759··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.5 

Cylindrical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 

9801ZO/50-70HSE-E···* 13 766··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50-70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 7.6 

9801ZO/100HSE··· 13 764··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 7.7 

9801ZO/55QL··· 1 13 768··· ···04 1 x QL 55 7.1 

9801ZO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 770··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 5.9 

Cylindrical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 

9801ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 13 774··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 7.7 

9801ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 771··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.5 


** Lamp for external ignition. 

1 Safety class I, including lamp. 

980··· 

237 

85 

506 

76 

690 

45 



Lanterns 

65M 

46 

···QL··· a 

IP65 

3-5 m 

9811 LO··· 

Decorative lanterns for post-top mounting. 

Version 


















PMMA, clear. 







separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to 

the lock-in position. 




IP23. 

Electrical block with all electrical components, 

easily replaced without tools. 


Explanations on page 354. 






9811 SA···/ZO··· 9812 LA···

Accessories ····························· 58 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 



9811LO/TCT26/32/42··· 13 787··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 8.2 

9812LO/TCL18-24··· 13 816··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 9.7 

Lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9811LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 788··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 10.8 

Lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 

9812LA/TCL18-24··· 49 408··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 8.3 

Lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 



9811SA/TCT26/32/42··· 13 798··· ···04 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 8.2 

Lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9811SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 799··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 10.8 

Lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 



9811ZO/55QL··· 1 13 808··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9.3 


Lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9811ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 811··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 10.8 




981··· 

770 

85 

76 

98 

408 

690 

184 

47 



Indirect Lanterns 

65M 

48 

···QL··· a 

IP65 

3-5 m 

9821 LO··· 

Decorative indirect lantern for post-top 

mounting. 

Version 





···SA··· Mirror optics with asymmetrical light 

distribution. 

···ZO··· Cylindrical optics with rotationally 








weather-resistant. Joined by means of four 

aluminium rods. 



PMMA, clear. 









9821 SA···/ZO··· 




IP23. 




Explanations see page 354. 






9822 LA···

Accessories ····························· 58 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Indirect lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 




9822LO/TCL18-24··· 13 857··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 9.8 

Indirect lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9821LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 828··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 12.3 

Indirect lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 

9822LA/TCL18-24··· 45 058··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 9.8 

Indirect lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 




Indirect lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9821SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 839··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 12.3 

Indirect lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 



9821ZO/55QL··· 1 13 848··· ···04 1 x QL 55 10.8 


Indirect lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9821ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 852··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 12.3 




982··· 

770 

85 

76 

341 165 

690 

184 

49 



Conical Lanterns 

65M 

50 

···QL··· a 

IP65 

3-5 m 

9831 LO··· 

Decorative conical lantern for post-top 

mounting. 

Version 















weather-resistant. Joined by means of four 

decorative aluminium rods, black. 


Conical cover made of highly impactresistant 

PMMA, clear. 







separately. Lift up the luminaire cover to the 

lock-in position. 




IP23. 










9831 SA···/ZO··· 9832 LA···

Accessories ····························· 58 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 




9832LO/TCL18-24··· 13 913··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 8.1 

Conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9831LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 871··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 10.6 

Conical lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 

9832LA/TCL18-24··· 49 409··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 8.1 

Conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 




Conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9831SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 894··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 10.6 

Conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 



9831ZO/55QL··· 1 13 903··· ···04 1 x QL 55 9.1 


Conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9831ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 907··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 10.6 




983··· 

740 

85 

76 

406 

184 

590 

51 



Spherical Lanterns 

65M 

52 

···QL··· a 

IP65 

3-5 m 

9841 LO··· 

Decorative spherical lanterns for post-top 

mounting. 

Version 

















Spherical cover made of highly impactresistant 

PMMA, clear. 












IP23. 










9841 SA···/ZO··· 9842 LA···

Accessories ····························· 58 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Spherical lantern with lamella optics (LO) 




9842LO/TCL18-24··· 13 968··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.0 

Spherical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9841LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 927··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.5 

Spherical lantern with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 

9842LA/TCL18-24··· 49 411··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.0 

Spherical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 




Spherical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9841SA-LR/100HSE··· 13 950··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.5 

Spherical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 



9841ZO/55QL··· 1 13 959··· ···04 1 x QL 55 7.0 


Spherical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9841ZO-LR/100HSE··· 13 963··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.5 




984··· 

500 

76 

473 

85 

184 

657 

53 



Classic Lanterns 

65M 

54 

···QL··· a 

IP65 

3-5 m 

9851 LO··· 

Decorative classic lanterns for post-top 

mounting. 

Version 

















Classic cover made of highly impactresistant 

PMMA, clear. 












IP23. 










9851 SA···/ZO··· 9852 LA···

Accessories ····························· 58 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Classic lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 




9852LO/TCL 18-24··· 14 022··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.4 

Classic lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9851LO-LR/100HSE··· 13 981··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.9 

Classic lantern with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 

9852LA/TCL18-24··· 49 413··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.4 

Classic lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 




Classic lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9851SA-LR/100HSE··· 14 004··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.9 

Classic lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 



9851ZO/55QL··· 1 14 013··· ···04 1 x QL 55 7.4 


Classic lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9851ZO-LR/100HSE··· 14 016··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 8.9 




985··· 

654 

85 

76 

402 

586 

184 

55 



Classic Conical Lanterns 

65M 

56 

···QL··· a 

IP65 

3-5 m 

9861 LO··· 

Decorative classic conical lantern for 

post-top mounting. 

Version 

















Conical cover made of highly impactresistant 

PMMA, clear. 












IP23. 










9861 SA···/ZO··· 9862 LA···

Accessories ····························· 5 8 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Classic conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) 




9862LO/TCL 18-24··· 14 080··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.6 

Classic conical lanterns with lamella optics (LO) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9861LO-LR/100HSE··· 14 039··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 9.1 

Classic conical lanterns with asymmetrical lamella optics (LA) 

9862LA/TCL18-24··· 49 415··· ···04 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.6 

Classic conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) 




Classic conical lanterns with asymmetrical reflector (SA) and wattage reduction (LR) 


9861SA-LR/100HSE··· 14 062··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 9.1 

Classic conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) 



9861ZO/55QL··· 1 14 071··· ···04 1 x QL 55 7.6 


Classic conical lanterns with cylindrical optics (ZO) and wattage reduction (LR) 

9861ZO-LR/70HSE-E··· 14 077··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70 E27 8.3 

9861ZO-LR/100HSE··· 14 074··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 9.1 




986··· 

672 

85 

76 

406 

184 

590 

57 



Accessories 

58 

A 

09800/2/76-II 

09800/2/··· 

09800/3/··· 

09800 WB··· 

A 

1050 

Reference TOC Description ≈ kg 

09800/2/76-II 22 236 00 Pole head, double 10.0 

09800/3/76-II 22 237 00 Pole head, triple 15.0 

Pole brackets for multiple arrangements 

made of galvanised steel tube, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powder-coated, weatherresistant. 

With connection module that can be removed without tools, with 3-pole connection 

terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Safety class II. Pole top 76 mm. 

Other colours available on request. Windage area and dimensions for complete arrangements 

see Table. 

Pole bracket with luminaires Windage area F W (m²) A (mm) 

09800/2/76-II 980··· 0.419 1287 

981··· 0.483 1820 

982··· 0.525 1820 

983··· 0.615 1790 

984··· 0.475 1550 

985··· 0.475 1704 

986··· 0.571 1722 

09800/3/76-II 980··· 0.561 1287 

981··· 0.657 1820 

982··· 0.720 1820 

983··· 0.855 1790 

984··· 0.645 1550 

985··· 0.645 1704 

986··· 0.789 1722 


09800WB 22 241 00 Wall mounting 6.3 

Wall fixing 

for 1 luminaire made of galvanised steel tube, jet black, similar to RAL 9005, powdercoated, 

weather-resistant. Other colours available on request. With four fixing holes 

10.5 mm. 

76 

85 

184 

225 

A 

09800/3/76-II 

A 

1050 

76 

85 

184 

225 

09800WB 

225 

184 

85 

76 

237 

550 

24 

200

0980/60 

09800 EB 

09800 LO-AS 


0980/60 22 235 00 Adapter 0.5 

Reduction piece 

Made of die-cast aluminium to adapt luminaires to post-top poles with pole top 60 mm. 


09800 EB 22 238 00 Release bracket 0.1 

Release bracket 

For easy and quick operation of the spring-tensioned contact clips for 98··· series exterior 

luminaires. Lamps can be easily replaced: unlock luminaire, lift up the cover to the lock-in 

position and simply replace the lamp. 


09800LO-AS 22 239 00 Shielding for lamella optics ···LO··· 0.2 

09800SA-AS 22 240 00 Shielding for asymmetrical reflector ···SA··· 0.2 

09800ZO-AS 22 242 00 Shielding for cylindrical optics ···ZO··· 0.2 

Screen 

Screens can be retrofitted without using tools in order to reduce disturbing light emissions 

for neighbouring properties. There is a special, computer-optimised screen for each optical 

system ···ZO···, ···SA··· and ···LO···. 

59 


60 

988··· Secondary Reflector Luminaire 

Secondary reflector optics 

Luminaires with secondary reflector optics create brilliant lighting 

effects and with their particularly characteristic appearance are 

ideal for decorative lighting of pedestrian zones, squares and corporate 

outdoor areas. 

The secondary reflector illumination is achieved by means of a 

perfect interplay between the primary optics in the protected lamp 

housing and the facetted secondary reflector made of highly-specular 

coated PBT with a weather-resistant sealing. The light hits 

the secondary reflector surface and is reflected by the specially 

segmented surface in a uniform and glare-free manner. 

0° 15° 30° 

Inclination settings of optical system 

The secondary reflector supported by two decorative support tubes, 

made of brushed stainless steel, can be mounted in three different 

inclination settings. This allows the creation of a symmetrical or 

asymmetrical luminous intensity distribution. The 98... series secondary 

reflector luminaires can therefore be adapted to the different 

photometric requirements of the given surroundings. 

HIT HST HST-CRI 

Equipment options 

All electrical components, including the lamp holders, are included 

in the delivery and are connected in an electrical block, which can 

be replaced without tools facilitating mounting and maintenance. 

Electrical blocks for three different lamp technologies are available 

as an option.


Secondary Reflector Luminaires 

65M IP65 

3-5 m 

876 

9881··· 

85 

998 

496 

230 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Secondary reflector luminaires 

9881/50-70HST···* 48 593··· - ···02 1 x HST 50-70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50-70 E27 20.4 

9881LR/70HST··· 48 597··· - ···02 1 x HST 70 E27 20.5 

9881/70HIT··· 48 596··· - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 20.4 

9881/150HIT··· 48 595··· ···04 - 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 19.4 

9881/50HST -CRI··· 48 594··· - ···02 1 x HST-CRI 50 PG12-1 20.4 

9881/100HST-CRI··· 48 592··· - ···02 1 x HST-CRI 100 PG12-1 20.5 


Accessories TOC Description ≈ kg 

09800 EB 22 238 00 Release bracket 0.1 

0988/60 47 993 00 Adapter 0.5 

Decorative secondary reflector luminaire 

for post-top mounting. 

Luminaire body made of cast aluminium, 

colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 

powder-coated, weather-resistant. 


aluminium, serves as supporting element for 

secondary reflector. Colour ‚White aluminium‘, 


weather-resistant. Fixed to 2 refined tubular 

supports made of brushed stainless steel. 


Optical system consisting of primary 

reflector in protected lamp housing and secondary 

reflector. Facetted secondary 

reflector made of highly-specular coated 

PBT, weather-resistant sealing. 

Inclination settings of luminaire top 0°, 15°, 

30°. This allows the creation of a symmetrical 

or asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution. 

Lamp housing with primary reflector and 

electrical block protected according to the 

degree of protection by means of a luminaire 

cover made of aluminium sheet and toughened 

safety glass. Degree of protection of 

lamp housing IP65. 






connection with strain relief system in the 

connection module. 


IP23. 







···K With inductive ballast, parallel - 

compensated. 



76 

306 

184 

490 

775 

9881··· 

Reduction piece made of cast aluminium to 

adapt luminaires to post-top poles with pole 

top 60 mm. 

Release brackets for easy and quick 

operation of spring-tensioned contact clips. 

30 

61 


62 

Saterna 

Its appearance stands out due to clean lines 

and purist forms. An uncompromising functional 

design, which integrates harmoniously 

in a wide variety of urban architectural styles 

without abandoning its own stylistic identity. 

City, architecture, life – effectively accentuated 

with Saterna.

Saterna relies on clean lines, not only in 

terms of design. The concept of this exterior 

luminaire family, with regard to application 

and performance, leaves no room for compromises 

– neither in aesthetic nor functional 

form. Saterna offers a design-oriented 

and high-performance lighting solution for 

streets, walkways and squares. 

Our post-top luminaires excel in complying 

with standards and providing aesthetic 

lighting wherever emphasis is placed on 

safety and design. 

The exterior luminaires of the Saterna 

product family are especially suitable for use 

in residential neighbourhoods, in parking 

areas and in prestigious entrance areas due 

to their excellent characteristics. An elegant 

variation that can also be integrated harmoniously, 

Saterna expands the planning 

of lighting solutions for outdoor areas. 

The photometrically optimised systems, 

which shine out thanks to a wide range of 

components, provide optimum planning 

reliability for very diverse structural and 

architectural guidelines. 

Installation, maintenance and re-lamping 

are further proof of the distinct strength of 

Saterna. The luminaire is securely mounted 

using only one fixing screw. In addition, the 

lamp housing can also be accessed in just 

one step. Easy, quick and toolless 

10° 

Opening the luminaire 

The sturdy clip allows you to change the 

lamp quickly without requiring any tools. 

Quick and easy – even with gloves on, it 

is possible to open the large clip. 

Safety class II – degree of protection IP66 

Water and dust-proof – Saterna is optimally 

protected with a safety class II version for 

increased electrical safety and a high degree 

of protection (IP66) for the entire luminaire. 

Inclination 

Additional flexibility is ensured by the option 

to select the luminaire‘s angle of inclination 

(0° or 10°) in the post-top fixture. 

63 


Saterna 961··· 

Post-top Luminaire with Flat Cover 

65M IP66 

64 

4-6 m 

Decorative post-top luminaire with flat 

cover. 

961··· 

Luminaire body made of cast aluminium, 

light-grey, similar to RAL 7035, powdercoated, 


Cover made of toughened safety glass 

sealed in cast frame, hinged for easy toolfree 

opening. 


Optical system made of highly-specular, 

anodised aluminium, adjustable. 

With asymmetrical wide-angle light 

distribution. 

Angle of inclination of luminaire selectable. 

Post-top mounting 0° + 10°. 

Re-lamping and maintenance is simple after 

opening the luminaire using the large and 

handy latch fastener without tools. 

Electrical connection features IP66 protection 

thanks to the 3-pole connection terminal 

for wires up to 2.5 mm², easily accessible 

after removing the cover in safety class II 

without tools. 

Cable gland M20 as strain relief system. 

For cables up to 6 to 12 mm. 

Electrical components mounted on a gear 

tray with safety class II design. 

LR Luminaires with wattage reduction (LR). 






Reduction piece made of aluminium for 

adaptation of luminaires to columns with 

pole top 60 mm. 

Pole brackets for multiple arrangements 

made of galvanised steel tube for columns 

with pole top 76 mm. Light-grey, similar to 

RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. 


961··· + 0960/2/76

0960/2/76··· 

200 

100 

350 

700 

76 

0960/3/76··· 

200 

100 

120 

350 

76 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Post-top luminaires 

9611/50-70HSE-E···* 49 802··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 11.0 

9611/50-70HST···* 49 800··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 11.0 

9611/100HST··· 49 805··· - ···02 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 11.6 

9611/60HIT-CE/OD··· 51 484··· ···04 - 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 PGZ12 10.6 

9611/TCT26/32/42··· 49 807··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 10.3 

9612/TCL18-24··· 49 808··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 10.4 

Post-top luminaires with wattage reduction (LR). 

9611LR/70HSE-E··· 49 803··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** E27 11.5 

9611LR/70HST··· 49 801··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 E27 11.5 

9611LR/100HST··· 49 806··· - ···02 1 x HST 100 E40 12.1 



Accessories TOC Description Windage area F w (m 2 ) ≈ kg 

0960/60 51 206 00 Adapter 0.3 

09600/2/76 51 482 00 Pole head, double 0,219 10.0 

09600/3/76 51 483 00 Pole head, triple 0,235 13.9 

961··· 

152 

114 

109 

667 

76 

550 

55 

195 

225 

300 

65 



Side-bracket-mounted Lanterns 

65M IP65 

66 

4-6 m 

Decorative side-bracket-mounted 

luminaires. 

Luminaire body made of corrosion-resistant 


RAL 9005, white interior, coated, weatherresistant. 

Mounting to pole brackets or wall fixing. 

Diffuser made of highly impact-resistant 

PMMA, clear, fine-grained. Safe retention 

thanks to a stainless steel screw. 


anodised aluminium, with asymmetrical 

wide-angle light distribution. 

Gear tray with plug connection, easy to 

remove. 

Electrical connection via 3-pole socket of the 

plug for wires up to 2.5 mm², including strain 

relief system. 



···K With inductive ballast, 


···KK With inductive ballast, 

parallel-compensated, two circuits. 



Windage area for complete arrangements, 

see Accessories table. 

Pole bracket made of aluminium tube 

and die-cast components, jet black, similar 

to RAL 9005, powder-coated, weatherresistant. 


Connection module for double and triple 

arrangement, can be removed without tools. 

With 3-pole connection terminal for wires up 

to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. Cabled. 

Wall fixing for 1 luminaire made of aluminium 

tube and die-cast components, 


weather-resistant. Wall plate with 

four fixing holes 10 mm. 


100 

931··· + 09310/1··· 931··· + 09310WB··· 

931··· + 09310/1··· 

60 

76 

640 

733 

430 

855 

931··· + 09310WB··· 

855 

430 

1090 

640 

724 

275 

1017

2210 

931··· + 09310/2··· 

640 640 

100 

931··· + 09310/2··· 931··· + 09310/3··· 

76 

60 

430 

855 

2210 

931··· + 09310/3··· 

640 

100 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K ···KK W 

Side-bracket-mounted luminaires 


9311/100-150HSE···* 13 371··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100/150 1 x HIE-CE/S 100/150 E40 11.2 


9312/50-70HSE-E···* 13 381··· - - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 11.1 

9312/TCL18-24··· 13 383··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 8.0 

Side-bracket-mounted luminaires with reduced power input (LR) 

9311LR/70HSE-E··· 13 379··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 9.6 

9311LR/100HSE··· 13 376··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 10.4 

9311LR/150HSE··· 13 378··· - ···02 1 x HSE 150 E40 11.3 

* Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level. 


Accessories TOC Description Windage area F W (m 2 ) ≈ kg 

09310/1/76 22 221 00 Pole bracket, single 0.239 6.2 

09310/2/76-II 29 302 00 Pole head, double 0.534 14.5 

09310/3/76-II 29 303 00 Pole head, triple 0.613 19.8 

09310WB 29 304 00 Wall mounting 6.2 

76 

640 

60 

430 

855 

67 


7-107··· series 

Rodalux K 

65a IP43 

68 

3-5 m 

Decorative nostalgic side-bracket-mounted 

lanterns. 

Luminaire body made of corrosion-resistant 


RAL 9005, white interior, coated, weatherresistant. 

With tube threads G 3/8”. 

Mounting on pole brackets (accessory) with 

tube threads G 3/8”. 

Diffuser made of impact-resistant 

PMMA, clear, structured (7-1076···) 

or opal (7-1074···). 


anodised aluminium, with narrow/wideangle 


Gear tray easy to remove. 

Electrical connection via 3-pole terminal 

for connecting wires up to 6 mm², with strain 

relief system. 




7-1076··· + 8-1049SW-76 7-1074··· + 8-1049SW-76 

Windage area for complete arrangements, 

see Accessories table. 

Pole brackets for one or two luminaires 

made of steel tube 25 mm, galvanised and 

jet black, similar to RAL 9005, coated, 

weather-resistant. With tube threads G 3/8”. 

Electrical connection via 3-pole terminal 

for connecting wire up to 6 mm², with strain 

relief system. Cabled. 


Reduction piece made of galvanised steel 

tube to adapt luminaires to post-top poles 

with pole top 60 mm. 


7-107··· + 8-1049SW-76 

80 430 

500 

76 

25 

410 

140 275 300 

Lamp data ····························· 360 

7-1074··· + 8-1050SW-76 8-8250-76/60 


options 

···E ···K W 

Rodalux K with clear, structured diffuser and reflector 

7-1076SW-154···* 15 975··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 5.0 

7-1076SW-26/32/42··· 15 981··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 2.7 

Rodalux K with opal diffuser 

7-1074SW-154···* 15 985··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 4.8 

7-1074SW-26/32/42··· 15 991··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 2.5 

* Electronic control gear, variable, preset to the lowest level. 



Pole brackets 

8-1049SW-76 15 959 00 Post-top side-bracket, single 0.105 2.4 

8-1050SW-76 15 961 00 Post-top side bracket, double 0.196 3.6 

Adapter 

8-8250-76/60 26 779 00 Reduction piece, for pole top 60 mm - 1.2 

7-107··· + 8-1050SW-76 

500 

430 

80 

500 

76 

25 

300 

69 


70 


The decorative light component of the 

908··· series, which is emitted upwards, 

sets visible accents. Optionally available in 

single or multiple arrangement, this series 

shapes the landscape. The time-saving 

opening and closing of the luminaire without 

using tools by turning the lower diffuser are 

further advantages of this luminaire series. 

In subsidiary roads, pedestrian zones and 

parking areas, the post-top luminaires 908··· 

cut a fine figure.


Post-top Luminaires 

65M IP54 

4-6 m 

908··· 908···M2··· 

100 

908··· 

76 

560 

450 

9,5° 

325 

908···M2··· 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Post-top luminaires with reflectors (S) and clear diffusers 

9081S/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 268··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 7.8 

9082S/TCL18-24-II··· 13 293··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 6.7 

Double-headed pole top luminaire (M2) with reflectors (S) and clear diffusers 

9081M2-S/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 264··· - ···02 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 13.4 

9082M2-S/TCL18-24-II··· 13 288··· ···04 - 4 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 10.5 




0935/60 22 223 00 Reduction piece for post-top luminaires in single arrangement, for pole top 60 mm 0.5 

Decorative post-top luminaire with upward 

light output. 

Luminaire body made of cast aluminium with 

screwed-on post-top part, jet black, similar 


···M2··· with mounted post-top part for 

double arrangement. With decorative, 

upward light output. 


Diffuser made of highly impact-resistant 

PMMA, clear. Safe retention of lower diffuser 

with interior spring clips, without seal, 

removable without tools. 

Specular reflectors ···S··· made of highlyspecular, 

anodised aluminium. 

Connection module can be removed without 

tools. With 3-pole connection terminal for 

wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. 

Gear tray with plug connection, easy to 

remove. 



···K With inductive ballast, parallel - 

compensated. 


···M2··· F W = 0.254 m 2 . 

0935/60 Reduction piece for post-top 

luminaires in single arrangement made of 

die-cast aluminium, for pole top 60 mm. 


100 

1030 

76 

560 

450 

9,5° 

325 

71 


LUMINAIRES 

RELIABLE 

AS T HE 

THAT N 

ARE D

AS 

FACT 

IGHTS 

ARK. 

TRILUX Luminaires – Technical TRILUX - Technical

Lumega 

080 971··· series 

Lumega 700 

932···, 935···, 936··· 

74 


080 972··· series 

Lumega 900 

094 932··· series 098 935··· series 100 936··· series

933···, 934··· 979··· 

102 933··· series 102 934··· series 106 979··· series 

877··· 

108 877··· series 

75 

TRILUX – Technical

Perfect exterior lighting can be felt. 

That feeling is security. 

Even when natural light starts to vanish, the day is far from over for most people. TRILUX technical luminaires for streets and 

plazas ensure with sophisticated lighting technology and high quality of light that we are able to find our way at night just as 

easily as during the day. Be it on streets or in traffic areas or other public areas – TRILUX exterior lighting provides security 

wherever people are out and about, whilst merging seemlessly with the cityscape and placing the right accents when daylight 

reassumes its role as the light source. 

For instance the TRILUX series 932···, 935··· und 936···: Not only are photometric characteristics of these post-top or bracketmounted 

luminaires impressive. The design, which is an attention-getter on parking areas, local roads and inner-city motorways 

without being too flashy, is an important decision-making criteria. 

76

77 


Outstanding security, distinguished by a 

design award: the TRILUX Lumega. 

78

The exterior luminaire series TRILUX Lumega is characterised by a harmonious shape and complex lighting technology. 

The possible applications are just as diverse as the equipment variations of these post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires. 

Applications range from illumination of residential areas, outdoor work areas, streets and squares through to pedestrian 

crossings and cycle tracks and in areas around railway traffic, shipping and airports. Various overall heights, flexible mounting 

and ease of maintenance ensure a broad planning scope and make the TRILUX Lumega an optimum light solution for almost 

every area. Distinguished with the red dot award. 

79 


80 

Lumega 700/900 

The functional luminaires of the Lumega 

series are not only ideal for residential 

streets and roads. Thanks to its outstanding 

design and bi-coloured surface they can be 

easily integrated in many different types of 

urban architecture and landscaping. The 

computer-optimised, variable photometrics 

and reflectors allow for maximum spacing 

between poles and thus optimum efficiency. 

And anybody who has personally experienced 

the installation and servicing of Lumega 

luminaires knows just how easy it is.

Two sizes 

Thanks to two sizes – Lumega 700 for pole 

heights of up to 8 m and Lumega 900 for pole 

heights of up to 12 m – this TRILUX series 

can be used with versitility. Lumega 700 for 

illuminating residential areas and outdoor 

work areas, while Lumega 900 is well suited 

for streets or squares. 

Two covers 

The TRILUX Lumega is available either with 

a domed diffuser made of impact-resistant 

PMMA or with a flat cover ···SG··· made of 

non-laminated safety glass. 

Lumega luminaires with flat covers 

are especially suitable for areas 

with glare restrictions, e.g., around railway 

traffic, shipping and airports. Lumega variations 

are also available for installations of 

the DEUTSCHE BAHN AG. 

81 



82 

The Lumega optics are flexible: depending 

on the road width, light distribution overlap, 

required luminance or uniformity, the total 

luminaire luminous intensity distribution 

can be changed. Screening and scaling for 

the reflector enables the adjustment of the 

optics. 

g 

Pedestrian crossings 

Pedestrian crossings must be illuminated 

with vertical high-contrast lighting 

to ensure that people at or close to the 

crossing can be seen. With its special optics 

and asymmetrical light distribution, the 

TRILUX Lumega 9711 FÜR··· is especially 

suitable for such applications.

Various lamp options 

Lumega can be equipped with HST, HSE, 

HIT and HIE high-pressure lamps and TC··· 

compact fluorescent lamps. 

Variable inclination 

Optimal light, also invaluable with changing 

street geometries, e.g. in crossing areas and 

at turning lanes. The luminaire inclination is 

adjustable in 5° steps. 

he 

Cycle tracks 

Suitable for illuminating pathways 

– especially bicycle paths – the Lumega 

9711 R··· provides an extremely wide-angle 

distribution of light. The special reflector 

allows for the largest possible mounting 

distances of up to 50 metres. 

83 



Installation and maintenance 

Maintenance and lamp replacement 

Luminaire maintenance first of all means 

lamp replacement: a sturdy, large diffuser 

clip that can be easily opened even when 

wearing work gloves makes the IP66 lamp 

housing easily accessible. 

84 

Post-top mounting 

Lumega 700/900 is delivered as a post-top 

luminaire. Luminaire inclination 0° to 25°. 

25° 

The luminaire cover remains suspended – 

and thus does not interfere with maintenance.

Connection housing and electrical block 

Two corrosion-resistant clips, a striking 

detail of the Lumega series, allow access to 

the IP66 connection housing of the luminaire. 

Bracket-mounted luminaire 

For use as bracket-mounted luminaire, 

all you need to do is loosen the stainless 

steel screw and turn the pole bracket to 

the required position. Reduction pieces are 

available for adaptation to the supports 

42/48/60 mm. Luminaire inclination 

0° to 15°. 

The electrical connection housing is easily 

accessible from above. The clip elements 

can be simply operated without using tools. 

The clip cap is lockable and secured against 

falling down. 

15° 

Ballast, compensation capacitor and other 

electrical components are integrated in an 

electrical block that can be removed without 

tools. Electrical plug connections and 

mechanical adjustments fix this serviceoriented 

unit. 

85 


Lumega 700 

Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires 

5-8 m 65M IP66 

Lumega··· Lumega···SG··· 

zwy A 

Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire 

with domed, clear diffuser or with flat cover 

···SG···. 


bi-coloured, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 

and anthracite grey RAL 7016, powdercoated, 



Diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA, 

clear. To be lowered and suspended without 

tools. 

Flat cover ···SG··· made of non-laminated 

safety glass, sealed in die-cast frame. To be 

lowered and suspended without tools. 

DB Approved variations 9711SG/··· for 

installations of the Deutsche Bahn AG. 



9711R··· with extremely wide-angle light 

distribution for the illumination of pathways, 

especially cycle tracks. 

9711FÜR··· with special optics for the 

illumination of pedestrian crossings. 

Inclination angle adjustable. Post-top 

luminaire 0° ...25°, bracket-mounted 

luminaire 0° ...15°. 

Connection housing can be opened without 

tools by means of large, easy-to-handle lever 

locks. 

86 

971··· 


components, accessible from above and 

easily changed without tools. 

Connection terminal 3-pole for wires up to 

2.5 mm². 

Cable screwing M20 as strain relief system. 

For cable diameter 6 mm to 12 mm. 




···E Luminaires with electronic control gear. 

···K Luminaires with inductive ballast, 



···SG··· F W = 0.116 m 2 . 

Reduction pieces made of stainless steel for 

pole tops 42/48/60 mm see page 92. 


971···SG···

100 

971··· 

76 

720 

290 

268 

100 

180 

280 

Accessories ····························· 90 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K W 

Lumega 700 



9711/100HSE··· 13 616··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 12.8 

9711/50-70HST···* 13 620··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 12.2 

9711R/50-70HST···* 13 644··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 12.6 

9711/100-150HST···* 13 615·· - ···02 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 13.3 

9711FÜR/100-150HST···* 13 625··· ···02 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 13.8 


9711/TCT26/32/42··· 15 243··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 11.1 

9712/TCL18-24··· 15 289··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 11.6 

Lumega 700 with wattage reduction (LR) 

9711LR/70HSE-E··· 13 632··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 12.7 

9711LR/100HSE··· 13 626··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 13.3 

9711LR/70HST··· 13 633··· - ···02 1 x HST 70 E27 12.7 

9711LR/100HST··· 13 627··· - ···02 1 x HST 100 E40 13.3 

9711LR/150HST··· 13 629··· - ···02 1 x HST 150 E40 13.8 

Lumega 700 with flat cover (SG) 

9711SG/45HIT-CE/OD··· 58 327··· ···04 - 1 x HIT-CE/OD 45 PGZ12 15.7 

9711SG/50-70HSE-E···* 13 649··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 12.7 

9711SG/100HSE··· 13 646··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 13.3 

9711SG/50-70HST···* 13 650··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 12.7 

9711SG/100-150HST···* 13 645··· - ···02 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 13.8 

9711SG/60HIT-CE/OD··· 52 500··· ···04 - 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 PGZ12 12.9 

9711SG/TCT26/32/42 13 653··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 11.6 

9712SG/TCL18-24··· 13 655··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 12.1 

Lumega 700 with flat cover (SG) and wattage reduction (LR) 

9711LR-SG/70HSE-E··· 13 641··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 13.2 

9711LR-SG/100HSE··· 13 635··· - ···02 1 x HSE 100 E40 13.8 

9711LR-SG/70HST··· 13 642··· - ···02 1 x HST 70 E27 13.2 

9711LR-SG/100HST··· 13 636··· - ···02 1 x HST 100 E40 13.8 

9711LR-SG/150HST··· 13 638··· - ···02 1 x HST 150 E40 14.3 



100 

971···SG··· 

76 

720 

290 

268 

180 

210 

87 


Lumega 900 


8-12 m 65M IP66 

Lumega···SG··· A 


with domed, clear diffuser or with flat cover 

···SG···. 


bi-coloured, light grey, similar to RAL 7035 

and anthracite grey RAL 7016, powdercoated, 




clear. For luminaires with 400 W lamps made 

of PC. To be lowered and suspended without 

tools. 

Flat cover ···SG··· made of non-laminated 

safety glass, sealed in die-cast frame. 

To be lowered and suspended without tools. 

DB approved variations 9721SG/··· for 

installations of the Deutsche Bahn AG. 



Inclination angle adjustable. Post-top 

luminaire 0° ···25°, bracket-mounted 

luminaire 0° ···15°. 

Connection housing can be opened without 

tools by means of large, easy-to-handle lever 

locks. 

88 

972··· 972···SG··· 

Electrical block with all electrical components, 

accessible from above and easily 

changed without tools. 


2.5 mm². 

Cable screw M20 as strain relief system. 

For cable diameter 6 mm up to 12 mm. 







···KK Luminaires with inductive ballast, 



···SG··· F W = 0.169 m 2 . 


100 

972··· 

910 

350 

130 210 

76 340 

323 

100 

972···SG··· 

Accessories ····························· 90 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···E ···K ···KK W 

Lumega 900 

9721/150HSE··· 13 657··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 150 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 E40 16.6 

9721/250HSE··· 13 660··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 250 1 x HIE 250 E40 17.9 

9721/400HSE··· 13 663··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 400 E40 20.1 

9721/150HST··· 13 658··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 16.6 

9721/250HST··· 13 661··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 E40 17.9 

9721/400HST··· 13 664··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 400 E40 20.1 

9721/140HIT-CE/OD··· 52 501··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 PGZ12 14.8 

9722/50-70HSE-E···* 13 693··· - - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 17.9 

9722/100HSE··· 13 689··· - - ···09 2 x HSE 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 18.3 

9722/50-70HST···* 13 695··· - - ···09 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 17.9 

9722/100HST··· 13 690··· - - ···09 2 x HST 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 18.3 

Lumega 900 with wattage reduction (LR) 

9721LR/150HSE··· 13 665··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 150 E40 17.2 

9721LR/250HSE··· 13 668··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 250 E40 19.6 

9721LR/400HSE··· 13 671··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 400 E40 20.7 

9721LR/150HST··· 13 666··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 150 E40 17.2 

9721LR/250HST··· 13 669··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 250 E40 19.6 

9721LR/400HST··· 13 672··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 400 E40 20.7 

Lumega 900 with flat cover (SG) 

9721SG/150HSE··· 13 681··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 150 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 E40 17.5 

9721SG/250HSE··· 13 684··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 250 1 x HIE 250 E40 18.8 

9721SG/400HSE··· 13 687··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 400 E40 21.0 

9721SG/150HST··· 13 682··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 17.5 

9721SG/250HST··· 13 685··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 E40 18.8 

9721SG/400HST··· 13 688··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 400 E40 21.0 

9721SG/140HIT-CE/OD··· 52 502··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 PGZ12 15.0 

9722SG/50-70HSE-E···* 13 702··· - - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 18.8 

9722SG/100HSE··· 13 698··· - - ···09 2 x HSE 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 19.2 

9722SG/50-70HST···* 13 703··· - - ···09 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 18.8 

9722SG/100HST··· 13 699··· - - ···09 2 x HST 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 19.2 

Lumega 900 with flat cover (SG) and wattage reduction (LR) 

9721LR-SG/150HSE··· 13 673··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 150 E40 18.1 

9721LR-SG/250HSE··· 13 676··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 250 E40 20.5 

9721LR-SG/400HSE··· 13 679··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 400 E40 21.6 

9721LR-SG/150HST··· 13 674··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 150 E40 18.1 

9721LR-SG/250HST··· 13 677··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 250 E40 20.5 

9721LR-SG/400HST··· 13 680··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 400 E40 21.6 



76 

910 

350 

323 

210 

231 

89 



Accessories 

90 

Pole bracket for 2 luminaires 

made of galvanised steel tube. With connection module that can be removed without tools, 

with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief system. 

Safety class II. 

Lumega 700··· 

2063/ 76 

2094/102-108 


2063/ 76 

2094/102-108 


2430/ 76 

2460/ 102-108 

15° 

09900/2/76 

227 

130 

890 

76 

400 

76 

140 

15° 

09900/2/102 0990/2/102-108 108 

15° 

227 

130 

920 

0990/3/102-108 

/ / 

227 

130 

0803EMB/100-42 

0803EMB/100-42 

190 

100 

820 

400 

102-108 






2430/ 76 

2460/102-108 

140 

15° 

0803WB/100-42 

0803WB/100-42 

31 

130 

100 

099000/3/76 

09900/3/76 

42 

227 

200 

130 

790 

160 

120 

104 

138 

400 

76 

76 

200 

400 

102-108 

Arm fixings 

made of die-cast aluminium for mounting to walls or building corners. With four fixing holes 

10 mm. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Galvanised 

supports. An additional reduction piece 0970/42 is required for luminaire mounting. 

110 

93 155 

110 

88 

88 

42 

76 

76






2063/ 76 

2094/102-108 


1190 


2430/76 

2460/ 102-108 


2063 2443 

2355 

2698 

1250 

009900/4/76 

009900/4/76 

22 

009900/4/76 

09900/H/76 

227 

130 

130 

890 

890 

76 

400 

400 

76 

76 

76 

450 

900 

15° 

15° 

009900/4/102-108 

009900/4/102-108 

009900/4/102-108 

09900 H 102-108 

227 

130 

920 

920 

102-108 

Pole bracket for 4 luminaires in H arrangement 




Accessories TOC Description for pole top Inclination Windage area incl. luminaires F W (m²) ≈ kg 

(mm) angle 971··· 971···SG··· 972··· 972···SG··· 

09900/2/76 22 249 00 Pole head, double 76 15° 0.392 0.354 0.459 0.423 7.6 

09900/2/102-108 22 248 00 Pole head, double 102-108 15° 0.396 0.358 0.463 0.427 7.8 

09900/3/76 22 251 00 Pole head, triple 76 15° 0.423 0.385 0.515 0.479 10.2 

09900/3/102-108 22 250 00 Pole head, triple 102-108 15° 0.427 0.389 0.519 0.483 10.4 

09900/4/76 22 253 00 Pole bracket, 4-luminaire 76 15° 0.455 0.417 0.459 0.423 12.9 

09900/4/102-108 22 252 00 Pole bracket, 4-luminaire 102-108 15° 0.458 0.420 0.463 0.427 13.1 

09900/H/76 43 791 00 Pole bracket, 4-luminaire, H 76 15° 0.392 0.373 0.574 0.538 18.5 

09900/H/102-108 22 254 00 Pole bracket, 4-luminaire, H 102-108 15° 0.396 0.377 0.578 0.542 18.7 

Accessories TOC Description Support Inclination angle ≈ kg 

Arm fixings 

0803WB/100-42 29 277 00 Wall mounting 42 mm x 100 mm 15° 1.2 

0803EMB/100-42 29 273 00 Corner and pole fixing 42 mm x 100 mm 15° 1.5 

227 

130 

400 

400 

102-108 

76 

76 

450 

900 

91 



Accessories 

Reduction pieces 

Made of stainless steel for adaptation 

of luminaires to poles with pole top 

42/48/60 mm. 

Decorative pole heads for one or more 

exterior luminaires Lumega 700 (971···) 

or Lumega 900 (972···), made of welded, 

galvanised steel tube. Light grey, similar 


Decorative pole head, double 

arrangement, 90° and triple arrangement, 

consisting of pole head and screw-on 

brackets. With connection module that 

can be removed without tools, with 3-pole 

connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² 

and strain relief system. Including wiring 

from connection module to luminaire. 

For pole top 76 mm. Safety class II. 

92 

Decorative wall fixing for an exterior 

luminaire Lumega 700 (971···) or Lumega 

900 (972···), made of welded, galvanised steel 

tube. Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, 

powder-coated, weather-resistant. Easy 

mounting to wall plate made of galvanised 

steel. Electrical connection in the socket 

of the plug with connection for wires up to 

3 x 1.5 mm². Including wiring for luminaire. 


76 

09700DWB 

1223 

20 

60 

60 

750 

90 

76 

09700DM/2/76/90°-II 

2446 

1223 

20 

60 

0970/··· 

130 

767 

76

76 

20 2446 

60 

130 

Lumega 900 + 09700DM/1··· Lumega 900 + 09700DM/2···180°··· 


Reduction pieces 

0970/42 22 232 00 Reduction piece for pole top 42 mm 0.2 



Accessories TOC Description for pole Windage area incl. luminaires F W (m²) ≈ kg 

tops (mm) 971··· 971···SG··· 972··· 972···SG··· 

Pole brackets 

09700DM/1/76-II 49 657 00 Decorative pole head, single 76 0.29 0.269 0.361 0.324 14.0 

09700DM/2/76/90°-II 49 672 00 Decorative pole head, double, 90° 76 0.512 0.470 0.655 0.581 22.8 

09700DM/2/76/180°-II 49 658 00 Decorative pole head, double, 180° 76 0.434 0.404 0.563 0.492 21.0 

09700DM/3/76-II 49 673 00 Decorative pole head, triple 76 0.494 0.450 0.625 0.550 30.4 

09700DWB 49 663 00 Decorative wall mounting – – – – – 14.0 

09700DM/2/76/180°-II 

76 

767 

76 

09700DM/3/76-II 

2446 

60 20 

130 

76 

76 

767 

93 


When illuminating parking areas, local roads, motorways and inner-city roads, the photometric 

characteristics of the luminaires are of major importance, but also the design of the 

luminaire is a crucial decision criteria. 932···, 935··· and 936··· luminaires cut a fine figure 

everywhere. 

936··· post-top luminaires, 610 mm, for mounting heights of 8 m – 12 m, e.g. for major 

streets, local roads, traffic areas, roundabouts and outdoor work areas. 

935··· post-top luminaires, 470 mm, for mounting heights of 4 m – 8 m, e.g. for major 

streets, local roads, traffic areas, roundabouts and factory roads. 

932··· post-top luminaires, 410 mm, for mounting heights of 4 m – 6 m, e.g. for feeder 

and subsidiary roads, cycle tracks, parking areas and pathways in parks. 

94 

932···, 935···, 936··· series

Versatile equipment options are avail able in 

single- and twin-lamp versions. In addition, 

the optical systems allow a task-oriented 

illumination of different applications. 

Especially easy to maintain via the sealless 

locking system – without compromising the 

degree of protection. 

The gear tray with sockets, ballasts and 

other system components can be easily removed. 

The electrical connection is effected 

by means of an easy plug connection. 

After the successful electrical connection, 

the connection module is inserted without 

using tools and is safely retained by stainless 

steel springs. 

he 

9321R··· and 9351R··· especially 

for footpaths and cycle tracks 

TRILUX has developed an extremely wideangle 

optical system for the illumination of 

cycle tracks. With the largest possible mounting 

distances, not only cycle tracks but also 

pathways in parks and residential areas are 

illuminated economically and uniformly. 

95 



Post-top luminaires 410 mm 

65M 

96 

IP54 

zw 

Post-top luminaire with clear diffuser. 

4-6 m 

Luminaire body made of cast aluminium 

with adapted post-top component, light grey, 





clear. With interior spring clips. Without seal. 


anodised a luminium. 





IP23. 

Gear tray with plug connection, easy removal. 

932··· 0935/60 



especially of cycle tracks. 








0935/60 Reduction piece made of die-cast 

aluminium, for pole top 60 mm. 


Lamp data ····························· 360 

Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps Socket ≈ kg 

···E ···K W 


9321G/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 389··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 7.3 

9321G/50-70HST-II···* 13 390··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.3 

9321R/50-70HST-II···* 13 403··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.5 

9321G/TCT26/32/42-II··· 13 396··· ···04 - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 4.1 

9322G/TCL18-II··· 13 408··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 18 2G11 4.1 

Post-top luminaires 410 mm with wattage reduction (LR) 

9321G-LR/70HSE-E-II··· 13 399··· - ···02 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 7.5 

9321G-LR/70HST-II··· 13 400··· - ···02 1 x HST 70 E27 7.5 




0935/60 22 223 00 Reduction piece, for pole top 60 mm 0.5 

100 

932··· 

76 

515 

410 

9,5° 

215 

97 




4-8 m 5-8 m 

65M IP54 

···M2··· 

98 

zw 

Post-top luminaire with clear diffuser in 

single or double arrangement. 





···M2··· Luminaire body made of cast aluminium 

with mounted post-top component 

for double arrangement, light grey, 















IP23. 

Gear tray with plug connection, 

easy removal. 



935··· 935···M2··· 








···M2··· F W = 0.193 m 2 . 

0935/60 Reduction piece for post-top luminaires 

in single arrangement made of 

die-cast aluminium, for pole top 60 mm. 

(See page 99.) 


100 

935··· 

76 

575 

470 

9,5° 

230 

935···M2··· 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


···E ···K ···KK W 


9351G/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 450··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 10.3 

9351G/100HSE-II··· 13 446··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 10.5 

9351G/50-70HST-II···* 13 452··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 10.3 

9351R/50-70HST-II···* 13 500··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 10.3 

9351G/100-150HST-II···* 13 445··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 11.3 

9351G/TCT26/32/42-II··· 13 461··· ···04 - - 1 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 9.2 

9352G/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 511··· - - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 12.6 

9352G/50-70HST-II···* 13 512··· - - ···09 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 12.6 

9352G/TCL18-24-II··· 13 521··· ···04 - - 2 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 8.7 


9351G-LR/70HSE-E-II··· 13 475··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE-E 70** E27 10.5 

9351G-LR/100HSE-II··· 13 466··· - ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 E40 11.4 

9351G-LR/70HST-II··· 13 476··· - ···02 - 1 x HST 70 E27 10.5 



Post-top luminaires 470 mm in double arrangement (M2) 

9351G-M2/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 488··· - ···02 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 19.0 

9351G-M2/100HSE-II··· 13 485··· - ···02 2 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 19.4 

9351G-M2/50-70HST-II···* 13 489··· - ···02 2 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 19.0 

9351G-M2/100-150HST-II···* 13 484··· - ···02 2 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 21.0 

9351G-M2/TCT26/32/42-II··· 13 498··· ···04 - - 2 x TC-TEL 26/32/42 GX24q-3/q-4 16.8 

9352G-M2/50-70HSE-E-II···* 13 529··· - - ···09 4 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 23.6 

9352G-M2/50-70HST-II···* 13 530··· - - ···09 4 x HST 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 23.6 

9352G-M2/TCL18-24-II··· 13 535··· ···04 - - 4 x TC-L 18/24 2G11 15.8 

Post-top luminaires 470 mm in double arrangement (M2), with wattage reduction (LR) 

9351G-LR-M2/70HSE-E-II··· 13 482··· - ···02 - 2 x HSE-E 70** E27 19.4 

9351G-LR-M2/100HSE-II··· 13 478··· - ···02 - 2 x HSE 100 E40 21.2 

9351G-LR-M2/70HST-II··· 13 483··· - ···02 - 2 x HST 70 E27 19.4 






0935/60 22 223 00 Reduction piece, for pole top 60 mm 0.5 

100 

1060 

76 

470 

9,5° 

230 

99 




8-10 m 8-12 m 

65M IP44 

···M··· 

120 

100 

936··· 

76 

730 

610 

9,5° 

310 

936··· 

Post-top luminaire with clear diffuser in 

single or multiple arrangement. 





···M··· Luminaire body made of cast aluminium 

for mounting on post-top component 

for double or triple arrangement. Light grey, 


weather-resistant. Post-top component to 

be ordered separately. 










IP23. 

Gear tray with plug connection, 

easy removal. 









Multiple arrangement see Table. 

Post-top parts 

for multiple arrangement of 936···M 

luminaires made of cast aluminium, light 

grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, 

weather-resistant. Easy to mount. 





IP23. Pole top 102-108 mm. 


936···M··· + 09360G/2··· 

210 

210 

1405 

102-108 

610 

9,5° 

310 

936···M··· + 09360G/3··· 

1520 

102-108 

610 

936···M··· 

9,5° 

310

Lamp data ····························· 360 

09360G/2/··· 09360/76··· 


options 

···K ···KK W 


9361G/100HSE-II 13 541··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 14.4 

9361G/150HSE-II 13 543··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 150 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 E40 15.6 

9361G/250HSE-II 13 547··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 250 1 x HIE / 250 E40 15.8 

9361G/100-150HST-II* 13 540··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 15.1 

9361G/250HST-II 13 548··· ···02 - 1 x HST 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 E40 15.8 

9362G/50-70HSE-E-II* 13 592··· - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 15.3 

9362G/100HSE-II 13 588··· - ···09 2 x HSE 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 15.8 

9362G/150HSE-II 13 590··· - ···09 2 x HSE 150 2 x HIE-CE/S 150 E40 19.7 

9362G/50-70HST-II* 13 593··· - ···09 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 15.3 

9362G/100-150HST-II* 13 587··· - ···09 2 x HST 100/150 2 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 19.7 


9361G-LR/100HSE-II 13 554··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 E40 15.3 



9361G-LR/100HST-II 13 555··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100 E40 15.3 



Post-top luminaires 610 mm for multiple arrangement (M) 

9361G-M/100HSE-II 13 565··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 11.9 

9361G-M/150HSE-II 13 566··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 150 1 x HIE-CE/S 150 E40 13.1 

9361G-M/250HSE-II 13 570··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 250 1 x HIE / 250 E40 13.3 

9361G-M/100-150HST-II* 13 564··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 12.6 

9361G-M/250HST-II 13 571··· ···02 - 1 x HST 250 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 E40 13.3 

9362G-M/50-70HSE-E-II* 13 607··· - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 12.8 

9362G-M/100HSE-II 13 603··· - ···09 2 x HSE 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 13.3 

9362G-M/150HSE-II 13 605··· - ···09 2 x HSE 150 2 x HIE-CE/S 150 E40 17.2 

9362G-M/50-70HST-II * 13 608··· - ···09 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 12.8 

9362G-M/100-150HST-II * 13 602··· - ···09 2 x HST 100/150 2 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 17.2 

Post-top luminaires 610 mm for multiple arrangement (M), with wattage reduction (LR) 

9361G-M-LR/100HSE-II 13 573··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 E40 12.8 



9361G-M-LR/100HST-II 13 574··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100 E40 12.8 






incl. luminaires 

09360G/2/102-108-II 22 228 00 Pole bracket, double, for pole tops 102-108 mm 0.345 3.1 

09360G/3/102-108-II 22 230 00 Pole bracket, triple, for pole tops 102-108 mm 0.367 4.9 

09360/76 22 224 00 Reduction piece for multiple arrangements, for pole top 76 mm - 3.5 

101 


102 

933···, 934··· series 

The photometric characteristics of luminaires 

are of main importance for the illumination 

of outdoor work areas, local roads, 

motorways, traffic areas and roundabouts. 

The luminaires create safety thanks to lighting 

quality, which is economically realised by 

the luminaires of this product group.

Two sizes for mounting heights between 

4 m and 10 m create ideal lighting conditions 

in pedestrian zones, streets and squares. 

The luminaire body is made of glass-fibre 

reinforced polyester and is covered by a 

diffuser made of impact-resistant PMMA. 

Photometrics 

The reflectors, which are adapted to different 

lamps in terms of form and position, 

realise the wide-angle asymmetrical light 

distribution. 

he 

9331R··· especially 

for footpaths and cycle tracks 

TRILUX has developed an extremely wideangle 

optical system for the illumination of 

cycle tracks. With the largest possible mounting 

distances, not only cycle tracks but also 

pathways in parks and residential areas are 

illuminated economically and uniformly. 

Mounting as post-top and bracket-mounted 

luminaire 

The luminaires can be easily mounted as a 

post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire by 

means of perforated knock-out openings. 

103 


933···, 934··· series 


65M 

104 

zw 

IP54 933··· 4-6 m 934··· 8-10 m 

Post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire 

with clear diffuser. 

Luminaire body made of glass-fibre 

reinforced polyester, light grey, similar to 

RAL 7035, weather-resistant. 

Pole top 933···, 934···/42: 76 mm for posttop 

mounting. As bracket-mounted luminaire 

for supports 42 mm x 100 mm. 

934···/60: Pole top 76 mm for post-top 

mounting. As bracket-mounted luminaire for 

supports 60 mm x 100 mm. 


clear. With interior spring-loaded latch. 

Without seal. 



Gear tray easy to remove. 

Connection terminal 2-/3-pole for wires 

up to 2.5 mm². Strain relief system. 


IP23. 






933··· 






Windage area 

933··· F W = 0.076 m 2 . 

934··· F W = 0.149 m 2 . 

Arm fixings made of die-cast aluminium for 

mounting to walls or building corners. With 

four fixing holes 10 mm. Light grey, similar 

to RAL 7035, weather-resistant. Galvanised 

supports. 


140 

0803WB/100-42 

0803WB/100-42 

31 

130 

100 

42 

200 

160 

120 

104 

138 

0803EMB/100-42 

110 

140 

110 

88 

88 

93 

190 

933··· + 0803WB··· 

100 

42 

200 

155

70 

933··· 

500 

76 

300 

235 

8° 

125 

190 

42 

100 

500 

235 

300 

125 

190 

8° 

934··· 934··· + 0803WB··· 

70 

934··· 

76 

800 

525 

270 

8° 

150 

220 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


···K ···KK W 

Small post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires 

9331/50-70HSE-E···* 13 410··· ···02 - 1 x HSE-E 50/70** 1 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 6.2 

9331R/50-70HST···* 13 416··· ···02 - 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 6.3 

Small post-top and bracket-mounted luminaire with wattage reduction (LR) 

9331LR/70HSE-E··· 13 414··· ···02 - 1 x HSE-E 70 E27 6.3 

Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports 42 mm 

9341/100HSE/42··· 13 421··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 6.3 

9341/100-150HST/42···* 13 419··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 7.1 

9342/50-70HSE-E/42···* 13 434··· - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 8.0 

9342/100HSE/42··· 13 432··· - ···09 2 x HSE 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 8.2 

Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports 42 mm, with wattage reduction (LR) 

9341LR/100HSE/42··· 13 426··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 E40 7.1 

9341LR/100HST/42··· 13 428··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100 E40 7.1 

9341LR/150HST/42··· 13 430··· ···02 - 1 x HST 150 E40 7.1 

Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports 60 mm 

9341/100HSE/60··· 13 422··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 1 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 6.3 

9341/100-150HST/60···* 13 420··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 7.1 

9342/50-70HSE-E/60···* 13 435··· - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 8.0 

9342/100HSE/60··· 13 433··· - ···09 2 x HSE 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 8.2 

Large post-top and bracket-mounted luminaires, supports 60 mm, with wattage reduction (LR) 

9341LR/100HSE/60··· 13 427··· ···02 - 1 x HSE 100 E40 7.1 

9341LR/100HST/60··· 13 429··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100 E40 7.1 

9341LR/150HST/60··· 13 431··· ···02 - 1 x HST 150 E40 7.1 




Arm fixings 

0803WB/100-42 29 277 00 Wall fixing, supports 42 mm x 100 mm, inclination angle 15° 1.2 

0803EMB/100-42 29 273 00 Corner and pole fixing, support 42 mm x 100 mm, inclination angle 15° 1.5 

Adapter 

0933/60 22 222 00 Reduction piece made of die-cast aluminum, for pole top 60 mm 0.5 

42/60 

100 

800 

525 

270 

8° 

150 

220 

105 



Bracket-mounted luminaires for fluorescent lamps 

65a 

106 

IP54 

5-8 m 

9792/18 

Bracket-mounted luminaires for fluorescent 

lamps. 

Luminaire body made of deep-drawn 

aluminium, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, 


Luminaire fixing by means of straps made 

of corrosion-resistant, galvanised steel, 

sealed to the pole. 


clear. Safe retention by means of weatherproof 

and ageing-resistant cradle latches 

made of stainless steel. 

Latches can be released without tools. 

Silicon sealing weatherproof and ageingresistant. 

Gear tray white, with plug connection. 

To be lowered and suspended without tools. 

Electrical connection to a 5-pole socket 

of the plug with connection for wires up to 

2.5 mm², including strain relief system. 


···L Luminaires with low-loss inductive 

ballasts. 





Windage area 

F W = 0.087 m 2 for ···/18 and ···/ ···TCL···. 

F W = 0.166 m 2 for ···/36. 

F W = 0.222 m 2 for ···/58. 

Wall fixing made of die-cast aluminium as 

accessory for mounting to walls or building 

corners. With four fixing holes 10 mm. 

Light grey, similar to RAL 7035, weatherresistant. 

Galvanised supports. 


140 

0803WB/··· 

0803WB 160 

120 

31 

130 

250/42 

400/42 

400/60 

200 

104 

138 

140 

0803EMB/··· 

110 

190 

250/42 

400/42 

400/60 

200 

93 155 

110 

88 

88 

9792/36

9792/18 

9792/TCL··· 

9792/36 

9792/58 

42 

42 

60 

250 

400 

400 

750 

1360 

1660 

Lamp data ····························· 360 

9792/58 9792··· + 0803WB··· 


options 

···L ···K ···KK W 

Bracket-mounted luminaire, for supports 42 mm x 250 mm 

9792/18 13 711··· - ···02 - 2 x T26 18 G13 4.5 

9792/TCL18 13 717··· ···01 - - 2 x TC-L 18 2G11 4.6 

9792/TCL24 13 718··· - - ···09 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 4.6 


9792/36 13 712··· - - ···09 2 x T26 36 G13 9.3 


9792/58 13 714··· - - ···09 2 x T26 58 G13 12.1 


Wall fixings 

0803WB/250-42 29 278 00 for luminaires ···18, ····/TCL18, ···24. Supports 42 mm x 250 mm, inclination angle 15° 1.8 

0803WB/400-42 29 279 00 for luminaires ···36, supports 42 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° 2.4 

0803WB/400-60 29 280 00 for luminaires ···58, supports 60 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° 3.0 

Corner and pole mounting 

0803EMB/250-42 29 274 00 for luminaires ···18, ····/TCL18, ···24. Supports 42 mm x 250 mm, inclination angle 15° 2.1 

0803EMB/400-42 29 275 00 for luminaires ···36, supports 42 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° 2.7 

0803EMB/400-60 29 276 00 for luminaires ···58, supports 60 mm x 400 mm, inclination angle 15° 3.3 

200 

245 

245 

130 

154 

154 

107 


108 


The 877··· suspended luminaires fit in the 

city environment without dominating it. The 

series is suitable for mounting to cradles 

from 8 mm to 12 mm. The luminaire body 

is adjustable to a wire inclination of up to 15° 

and consists of weatherproof aluminium. 

The diffuser is made of impact-resistant 

PMMA. The high initial impact resistance of 

this transparent material is almost completely 

preserved. The smooth surface is 

resistant to soiling and yellowing. 

Optical systems 

Each lamp is assigned its own optical 

system. Roadway lighting can be reduced 

by switching off a lamp without adversely 

effecting the lighting‘s uniformity. 

Minimum maintenance effort 

The clear diffuser and gear tray can be 

lowered and suspended without tools. That 

lessens the maintenance effort considerably.


Suspended luminaires 

65M 

IP54 

8-10 m 

877··· 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


options 

···K ···KK W 

Suspended luminaires 

8771/100-150HST-II···* 13 100··· ···02 - 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 13.8 

8772/50-70HSE-E -II···* 13 105··· - ···09 2 x HSE-E 50/70** 2 x HIE-CE/S 70 E27 14.8 

8772/100HSE-II··· 13 102··· - ···09 2 x HSE 100 2 x HIE-CE/S 100 E40 16.0 

8772/50-70HST-II···* 13 106··· - ···09 2 x HST 50/70 2 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 14.8 

8772/100-150HST-II···* 13 101··· - ···09 2 x HST 100/150 2 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 16.0 



Suspended luminaire for mounting to 

cradles. 

Luminaire body made of deep-drawn 

aluminium, light grey, similar to RAL 7035, 


Wire suspension made of glass-fibre 

reinforced polyester for cradles from 8 mm 

to 12 mm. Can be turned axially and 

adjustable to wire inclination of up to 15°. 

Fixing screws made of stainless steel. 

Weatherproof and ageing-resistant. 


clear. Can be lowered and suspended without 

tools. Safe retention thanks to stainless steel 

lever locks. 



Gear tray can be lowered and suspended 

without tools. 


2.5 mm². 

Cable gland Pg16 for cable diameter 10 mm 

to 14 mm as strain relief system. One felt 

gasket for possible through-wiring. 

Through-wiring set available upon request. 







300 

675 

400 

877··· 

350 

250 

109 


THE BEST T 

THE DA 

IS THAT IT 

HELPS YOU DECIDE 

WHAT N 

TO SHI

HING ABOUT 

RK 

EEDS 

NE. 

TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 

TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights

Lumena 

122 863··· series 

Lumena 150 

112 

TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 

130 861··· series 

Lumena 400 

130 862··· series 

Lumena 600

Estadia Maxilux Optilux 

146 866··· series 

Estadia 

152 7-420··· series 

Maxilux 

156 7-402··· series 

Optilux 

113 


Light for everything that should be accentuated at night. 

114

Architecture may be fascinating, but without light nobody would hardly notice. Consequently, TRILUX‘ spotlights 

and floodlights highlight everything that makes up a building, facade or landscaping. And even helps us to discover 

so much more: For instance, the facets of architecture that remain hidden even when it is illuminated. 

115 


Exceptional illumination of architecture: the TRILUX Lumena. 

The TRILUX Lumena series, which is available in two sizes, highlights architectural details, accentuates individual objects 

or bathes a complete facade in colourful light thanks to RGB LEDs. You see whatever was intended to be illuminated: A broad 

array of optical systems, screens and fixing components allows for individual adaptation to almost every application and 

every desire. And all that distinguished with the prestigious red dot design award. 

116

117 


High performance that you can see – on an arena 

and above the arena: the TRILUX Estadia. 

118

Optimum lighting is the basic prerequisite for delivering maximum performance. That‘s why the TRILUX Estadia is well 

suited for wherever exceptional visibility is a must. Be it for illuminating industrial work areas, stadiums or other sports 

facilities, the Estadia is versatile in terms of use, thanks to its four optical systems. Its main features: Ease of maintenance, 

good glare limitation and extremely high degree of reliability. 

119 


Focusing on sports and historic highlights: 

the TRILUX Maxilux. 

120

What does a large sports stadium have in common with a historic structure? Both need the TRILUX Maxilux. To ensure 

an optimum appearance or a perfect mise en scène for players. The compact floodlight with rotationally symmetrical light 

distribution is especially suitable for television coverage-quality lighting of sports stadiums, for large building sites and 

high halls as well as for accent lighting of architectural highlights. 

121 


122 

Lumena 150···

Accent exterior lighting 

The goal: One luminaire that takes light to the point. A range of applications that meet the 

most individual demands thanks to its flexibility. And a lighting effect that grabs attention. 

TRILUX Lumena 150 focuses, accentuates and creates ambience – without compromising 

efficiency. Especially effective and efficient: the long-lasting LED lamps for white, blue, 

green or red light. Metal halide lamps, compact fluorescent lamps as well as low-voltage 

and mains-voltage halogen lamps offer additional scope for individualised application. By 

adjusting the spotlight‘s angle of inclination and rotation, it is possible to aim light where it 

is needed: optimal for illuminating buildings. And owing to its die-cast aluminium housing 

with the cover secured in a die-cast frame, the Lumena offers protection against dust and 

moisture (IP66). 

Reflector RT 

rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light 

distribution. 

C9O 

CO 

C18O 

Lumena 150 sets almost no limits to creative 

lighting presentations: inviting, exciting, 

striking. The wide variety of configuration 

options due to high-quality optics forms the 

basis for a creative design scope. 

Reflector RE 

rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light 

distribution. 

C9O 

CO 

C270 TRILUX Spotlights and Floodlights 

C9O 

C18O 

CO 

C18O 

C270 

C270 

Reflector RE + grooved glass RG 

narrow-angle with oval light distribution. 

Reflector RB 

rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light 

distribution. 

C9O 

C9O 

CO 

C18O 

CO 

C18O 

C270 

C270 

Reflector RB + grooved glass RG 

wide-angle with oval light distribution. 

123

Lumena 150 

Compact Spotlight 

65a IP66 

Compact spotlight for accent lighting. 

Spot-light housing made of die-cast aluminium, 

white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 

powder-coated, weather-resistant. Can be 

rotated and pivoted, pivoting range 135°, 

turning range 300°, with rotation guard. 

Control gear box as base element made 

of die-cast aluminum, white aluminium, 


weather-resistant. Thermally decoupled. 


sealed in die-cast frame and fixed with 

4 stainless steel screws to the spotlight 

housing. Fixing screws arranged outside 

of the area of seal. 

Optical systems made from reflectionintensifying 

aluminium. LED version with 

high-quality UV and temperature-resistant 

optical lens systems. 

···RT··· rotationally symmetrical, 

narrow-angle light distribution. 

···RE··· rotationally symmetrical, 


···RB··· rotationally symmetrical, 


124 

Re-lamping after loosening and removing 

the cover. Cover is secured against falling by 

means of a stainless steel wire. LED version 

requires no re-lamping. 

Electrical connection via 3-pole connection 

terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². 

With 2 cable glands M20 for wires up to 

7 to 10 mm. 



···ET With electronic transformer. 







8631··· 8631···/LED···

300° 

135° 

Accessories ··························· 128 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


···E ···ET Mains ···K W 

Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···RT···) 

8631RT/35HIT··· 58 325··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 3.7 

8631RT/70HIT··· 58 326··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 4.3 

8631RT/150HIT··· 58 324··· ···04 - - - 1 x HIT 150 G12 4.6 

8631RT/LED-W··· 56 819··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, white 3.7 

8631RT/LED-B··· 56 820··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, blue 3.7 

8631RT/LED-G··· 56 821··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, green 3.7 

8631RT/LED-R··· 56 822··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, red 3.7 

Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···RE···) 

8631RE/35HIT··· 50 171··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 5.0 

8631RE/70HIT··· 50 173··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 5.0 

8631RE/150HIT··· 50 175··· ···04 - - - 1 x HIT 150 G12 4.7 

8631RE/60-100QT18 50 179··· - - ···10 - 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 B15d 4.5 

8631RE/35-90QT12··· 50 181··· - ···40 - - 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 GY6,35 4.6 

8631RE/LED-W··· 56 583··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, white 3.7 

8631RE/LED-B··· 56 584··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, blue 3.7 

8631RE/LED-G··· 56 585··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, green 3.7 

8631RE/LED-R··· 56 586··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, red 3.7 

Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···RB···) 

8631RB/35HIT··· 50 172··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 5.0 

8631RB/70HIT··· 50 174··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 5.0 

8631RB/150HIT··· 50 176··· ···04 - - - 1 x HIT 150 G12 4.7 

8631RB/TCT13··· 50 177··· ···04 - - - 1 x TC-T 13 GX24q-1 4.7 

8631RB/TCT18··· 50 178··· ···04 - - - 1 x TC-T 18 GX24q-2 4.7 

8631RB/60-100QT18 50 180··· - - ···10 - 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 B15d 4.5 

8631RB/35-90QT12··· 50 182··· - ···40 - - 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 GY6,35 4.6 

8631RB/LED-W··· 56 587··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, white 3.7 

8631RB/LED-B··· 56 591··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, blue 3.7 

8631RB/LED-G··· 56 588··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, green 3.7 

8631RB/LED-R··· 56 589··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, red 3.7 

8631··· 

320 

130 

183 

210 

130 

176 167 

102 

183 

125 


Lumena 150 

Compact spotlight with bracket 

65a IP66 

Compact spotlight with bracket for accent 

lighting. 

Spot-light housing made of die-cast aluminium, 


powder-coated, weather-resistant. Can 

be rotated and pivoted, pivoting range 200°, 

turning range 300°, with rotation guard. 

Bracket made of sturdy aluminium tubing, 

mounted. white aluminium, similar to 

RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. 

Pivoting range 180°. 

Control gear box as base element made 

of die-cast aluminum, white aluminium, 


weather-resistant. Thermally decoupled. 

126 


sealed in die-cast frame and fixed with 

4 stainless steel screws to the spotlight 

housing. Fixing screws arranged outside 

of the area of seal. 

Optical systems made from reflectionintensifying 

aluminium. LED version with 

high-quality UV and temperature-resistant 

optical lens systems. 

···RE··· rotationally symmetrical 

narrow-angle. 

···RB··· rotationally symmetrical, 

wide-angle. 

Re-lamping after loosening and removing 

the cover. Cover is secured against falling by 

means of a stainless steel wire. LED version 

requires no re-lamping. 

8631···A··· 

Electrical connection via 3-pole connection 

terminal for wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². With 

2 cable glands M20 for wires up to 7 - 10 mm. 










300° 

115° 

85° 

180° 

Accessories ··························· 128 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


···E ···ET Mains ···K W 


8631RE-A/35HIT··· 50 183··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 6.0 

8631RE-A/70HIT··· 50 185··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 6.0 

8631RE-A/150HIT··· 50 187··· ···04 - - - 1 x HIT 150 G12 5.7 

8631RE-A/60-100QT18 50 191··· - - ···10 - 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 B15d 5.5 

8631RE-A/35-90QT12··· 50 193··· - ···40 - - 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 GY6,35 5.6 

Lumena 150, rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···RB···) 

8631RB-A/35HIT··· 50 184··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 6.0 

8631RB-A/70HIT··· 50 186··· - - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 6.0 

8631RB-A/150HIT··· 50 188··· ···04 - - - 1 x HIT 150 G12 5.7 

8631RB-A/TCT13··· 50 189··· ···04 - - - 1 x TC-T 13 GX24q-2 5.7 

8631RB-A/TCT18··· 50 190··· ···04 - - - 1 x TC-T 18 GX24q-2 5.7 

8631RB-A/60-100QT18 50 192··· - - ···10 - 1 x QT-18 60/75/100 B15d 5.5 

8631RB-A/35-90QT12··· 50 194··· - ···40 - - 1 x QT-12 35/50/75/90 GY6,35 5.6 

8631RB-A/LED-W··· 56 590··· - ···40 - - 12 x LED 3, white 4.3 

130 1108 

8631···A··· 

176 167 

183 

210 

130 

102 

183 

127 


Lumena 150 

Accessories 

128 

0863ES 

0863F-··· 

0863RG 

0863ZB 

Reference TOC Description 

0863ES 51 344 00 Earth rod 

Earth rod with base plate made of galvanised sheet steel, white aluminium, similar to 

RAL 9006, powder-coated, weather-resistant. Including fixing components made of stainless 

steel for mounting to the control gear box. 


0863F-blue* 51 345 00 Colour filter, blue 

0863F-yellow* 51 348 00 Colour filter, yellow 

0863F-green* 51 347 00 Colour filter, green 

0863F-rot* 51 346 00 Colour filter, red 

* Not designed for use of LED and compact fluorescent lamps TC-T 18 W. 

Colour filter blue, red, green or yellow made of toughened safety glass. 


0863RG* 51 349 00 Grooved glass 


Grooved glass pane, made of toughened safety glass, for producing oval light distribution. 


0863ZB 51 350 00 Cylindrical screen 

Cylindrical screen made of galvanised sheet steel, anthracite-grey, similar to RAL 7016, 

weather-resistant. To be fixed to the die-cast frame with 3 stainless steel screws.

0863LB 

0863G 

0860MS 


0863LB* 51 352 00 Cross-louvre shielding 


Cross-louvre shielding made of galvanised sheet steel, anthracite-grey, similar to RAL 7016, 



0863G 51 351 00 Protective mesh 

Protective mesh made of galvanised sheet steel, anthracite-grey, similar to RAL 7016, 

weather-resistant. To be fixed to the die-cast frame with 2 stainless steel screws. 


0860MS 51 343 00 Pole clamp 

Pole clamp made of stainless steel, colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, powdercoated, 

weather-resistant, for mounting the spotlight to the pole or tube. Clamping range 

40-130 mm. Including stainless steel fixing materials. 

Internal equipment can be easily integrated thanks to the bayonet fixing mechanism. 

129 


130 

Lumena 400 and 600 

Floodlights for streets and squares 

Light and slender appearance, sturdy and 

functional design – these are the typical 

characteristics of the Lumena floodlights. 

But not the only ones. Separate pole fixings 

for single or multiple floodlight arrangements 

predestine both sizes – Lumena 400 

and Lumena 600 – for illuminating streets 

and squares.

The inclination angle of the floodlight is 

lockable in 5° steps by means of an angle 

scale thus creating extensive planning 

scope. The angle scale is covered by stylish 

polypropylene, anthracite grey diffusers. 

The appealing floodlight housing offers 

protection against the ingression of dust 

and humidity in accordance with IP66. 

The front pane can be lowered for installation 

and maintenance. 

Lumena 400 and 600 with asymmetrical 

medium wide-angle specular reflector „AM“ 

are used, e.g., for illuminating pedestrian 

zones and as multiple arrangement at 

squares and traffic areas. 

Lumena 400 and 600 with asymmetrical 

wide-angle specular reflector „AB“ are 

suited for use in residential streets and 

roads with average traffic, pedestrian zones 

and shopping streets. 

131 


Lumena 400/600 

Floodlights for accentuation lighting 

The TRILUX Lumena – developed to highlight 

beautiful architectural structures with 

beautiful light: Architectural details are 

emphasised, buildings accentuated or even 

complete facades colourfully illuminated. 

The colourful planning scope that is facilitated 

thanks to the Lumena 400 equipped with 

LED lamps is especially interesting. Be it in 

white, blue, green or red – the attractiveness 

of architecture is enhanced effectively either 

way. 

132 

A welcome secondary effect: LEDs hardly 

ever have to be changed thanks to their 

longevity and thus reduce follow-up costs. A 

sturdy floodlight housing with cover protects 

the luminaires effectively against ingress of 

dust and moisture and climatic influences. 

Lumena offers great planning scope 

The Lumena floodlights can be mounted 

diversely thanks to its intelligent design. 

105° 

105° 

105° 

60° 

60° 

60°

C90 

C90 

C90 

C90 

CO 

C18O 

CO 

C18O 

CO 

C18O 

CO 

C18O 

C270 

C27O 

C270 

C27O 

The four available optical systems ensure 

maximum freedom when it comes to use. 

Reflector RE 

Rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle light 

distribution. 

Reflector SE 

Symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution. 

Reflector SM 

Symmetrical medium wide-angle light 

distribution. 

Reflector SB 

Symmetrical wide-angle light distribution. 

133 




3-5 m 5-8 m 

65a IP66 861··· 862··· 

Floodlights for streets, squares and 

providing accentuation lighting. 

···AB··· with asymmetrical wide-angle light 

distribution for illuminating streets and 

squares. 

···AM··· with extremely asymmetrical, 

medium wide-angle light distribution for illuminating 

squares and providing accentuation 

lighting. 

Floodlight housing made of die-cast aluminium, 



Fixing bracket made of aluminium for 

mounting to horizontal surfaces, floors and 

also poles by means of the corresponding 

accessories. 

Angle scale to facilitate the inclination 

adjustment, lockable in 5° steps. 

Covered by polypropylene caps, anthracite 

grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. 

Protection pane made of toughened safety 

glass, sealed in cover frame, can be lowered 

and fixed to the floodlight housing by means 

of stainless steel screws. 

Optical system made of anodised 

aluminium. 

···AB··· with asymmetrical wide-angle light 

distribution. 

···AM··· with extremely asymmetrical 

medium wide-angle light distribution, as 

wide beam floodlight with 50° (8611···) or 

55° (8621···) vertical light distribution. 

134 

8611··· + 0860/1/76 8621··· + 0860/1/76 

Electrical connection for two cables, each 

3 x 2.5 mm². With two cable glands M20 

for cable diameter 6 mm to 12 mm as strain 

relief system. One sealed cable gland. 






···WZ··· Floodlight with integrated, intelligent 

start management system for instantaneous 

hot re-ignition of lamp after a power outage. 

Windage area 

Lumena 400 F W = 0.057 m 2 . 

Lumena 600 F W = 0.108 m 2 . 


216 

340 

130 

8611··· + 0860/1/76 

202 

76 

446 

130 393 

290 

145 

298 

340 

130 

Accessories ··························· 136 

Lamp data ···························· 360 



Lumena 400, asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···AB···) 

8611AB/50-70HST 47 639··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.4 

Lumena 400, asymmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···AM···) 

8611AM/50-70HST* 13 018··· - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.4 

8611AM/100HST 13 011··· - ···02 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 8.2 

8611AM/150HST 13 014··· - ···02 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 8.3 

8611AM/35HIT 13 016··· - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 6.9 

8611AM/70HIT 13 019··· - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 7.2 

8611AM/150HIT 13 012··· - ···02 1 x HIT 150 G12 7.8 

8611AM/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 020··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 7.3 

8611AM-WZ/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 50 558··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 7.7 

8611AM/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 013··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 7.9 

8611AM-WZ/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 49 655··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 8.3 

8611AM/500QT-DE 13 017··· ···10 - 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 R7s 5.8 

Lumena 600, asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···AB···) 

8621AB/100-150HST* 47 640··· - ···02 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 13.5 

Lumena 600, asymmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···AM···) 

8621AM/600HST 49 440··· - ···02 1 x HST 600 E40 18.5 

8621AM/250HST-DE 13 063··· - ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621AM-WZ/250HST-DE 51 212··· - ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 Fc2 15.4 

8621AM/250HIT/HST 13 060··· - ···02 1 x HIT-CE/S 250 1 x HST 250 E40 14.7 

8621AM/400HIT/HST 13 064··· - ···02 1 x HIT 400 1 x HST 400 E40 16.9 

8621AM/250HIT-DE 13 061··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621AM-WZ/250HIT-DE 51 211··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 Fc2 15.4 

8621AM/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 065··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 1 x HST-DE 400 Fc2 16.7 

8621AM-WZ/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 51 213··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 1 x HST-DE 400 Fc2 17.6 

8621AM/1000QT-DE 13 059··· ···10 - 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 R7s 11.5 


8621··· + 0860/1/76 

202 166 556 

76 

624 

203 406 

135 




Accessories 

136 

0860/1/··· 

0860/2/···/90° 

0860/2/···/180° 

Reference TOC Description Windage area F W (m 2 ) ≈ kg 


8611··· 8621··· 

0860/1/76 22 203 00 Pole fixing, single 0.109 0.176 3.2 

Pole fixing made of cast aluminium, with 

connection module that can be removed 

without tools, with 4-pole connection terminal 

for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain relief 

system. Single floodlight arrangement. 

White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 

weather-resistant. For pole top 76 mm. 

Including fixing components for mounting 

the floodlight. 

340 

130 

340 

340 

76 

130 

130 

0860/1/76 



8611··· 8621··· 

0860/2/76/90° 43 829 00 Pole fixing, double, 90° 0.178 0.305 4.2 





system. Double floodlight arrangement (90°). 

White aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 

weather-resistant. For pole top 76 mm. 

Including fixing components for mounting 

the floodlights. 

Lumena 400··· Lumena 600··· 

1366 1767 


1366 1767 

202 

202 

12,5 

76 

76 

12,5 

80 

50 

0860/2/76/90° 



8611··· 8621··· 

0860/2/76/180° 22 204 00 Pole fixing, double, 180° 0.187 0.321 4.2 



without tools, with 4-pole connection 

terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² and strain 

relief system. Double floodlight arrangement 

(180°). White aluminium, similar to 

RAL 9006, weather-resistant. For pole top 

76 mm. Including fixing components for 

mounting the floodlights. 

0860/2/76/180° 

311 

76 

12,5 

80 

50 

50 80

0860/3/··· 

0860/4/··· 



8611··· 8621··· 

0860/3/76 22 205 00 Pole fixing, triple 0.198 0.370 5.2 


connection module that can be removed without 

tools, with 4-pole connection terminal for 


Triple floodlight arrangement. White aluminium, 

similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant. 

For pole top 76 mm. Including fixing 

components for mounting the floodlights. 


1366 1767 


1366 1767 

340 

130 

0860/3/76 



8611··· 8621··· 

0860/4/76 22 206 00 Pole fixing, star 0.209 0.389 6.2 





system. Star floodlight arrangement. White 

aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weatherresistant. 

For pole top 76 mm. Including 

fixing components for mounting the floodlights. 

340 

130 

50 

290 

0860/4/76 

311 

12,5 

76 

12,5 

50 80 

76 

80 

137 




Accessories 

Decorative pole head for Lumena 400 (861···) 

or Lumena 600 (862···) floodlight, made of 

welded, galvanised steel tube. White aluminium, 


weather-resistant. Decorative pole head, 

double arrangement, 90° and triple arrangement, 

consisting of pole head and screw-on 

brackets. With connection module that 

can be removed without tools, with 4-pole 

connection terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm² 

and strain relief system. Including wiring 

from connection module to floodlight and 

fixing components made of stainless steel 

for mounting the floodlight. For pole top 

76 mm. Safety class I. 

138 

Decorative wall mount for one Lumena 400 

(861···) or Lumena 600 (862···) floodlight 

made of welded, galvanised steel tube. White 


weather-resistant. Easy mounting 

to wall plate made of galvanised steel. Electrical 

connection in the socket of the plug 

with connection for wires up to 3 x 1.5 mm². 

Including wiring for the floodlight and fixing 

components made of stainless steel for 

mounting the floodlight. Safety class I. 

08600DM/2/76/180°



8611··· 8621··· 

08600DM/1/76 49 664 00 Decorative pole head, single 0.192 0.243 12.1 

08600DM/2/76/90° 49 674 00 Decorative pole head, double, 90° 0.293 0.407 18.8 

08600DM/2/76/180° 49 665 00 Decorative pole head, double, 180° 0.318 0.422 17.2 

08600DM/3/76 49 675 00 Decorative pole head, triple 0.312 0.420 24.5 

08600DWB 49 670 00 Decorative wall mounting 0.170 0.221 12.1 

08600DM/2/76··· 08600DM/1/76 

20 2348 

42 

130 

76 

767 

210 

2446 

2446 

210 

1174 

20 

42 

60 

750 

90 

139 


Lumena 400 

Floodlight for accentuation lighting 

65a IP66 

Floodlight with different light distribution 

characteristics. 





mounting to horizontal surfaces, floors and 

also poles by means of corresponding accessories. 

Angle scale to facilitate the inclination adjustment, 

lockable in 5° steps. 

Covered by polypropylene caps, anthracite 

grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. 





Optical system made of anodised aluminium. 

LED lamp with high-quality UV and 

temperature-resistant optical lens 

systems. 

···RB··· rotationally symmetrical wide-angle 


···RE··· rotationally symmetrical narrowangle 


···SE··· symmetrical narrow-angle light 

distribution. 

···SM··· symmetrical medium wide-angle 


···SB··· symmetrical wide-angle light 

distribution. 

140 

8611 RE··· 

290 

20 x 12,5 12,5 20 x 12,5 

8611 RE··· 











Windage area 

F W = 0.057 m 2 . 


217 

145 

216 72 

140 

446 

130 393 

8611··· 

290 

216 

140 

20 x 12,5 12,5 

20 x 12,5 

8611···LED··· 

145 

72 

446 

130 393

Accessories ··························· 144 

Lamp data ····························· 360 


···ET Mains ···K W 


8611RE/50-70HST* 13 024··· - - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.7 

8611RE/35HIT 13 023··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 7.3 

8611RE/70HIT 13 025··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 7.6 

8611RE/150HIT 13 022··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 150 G12 8.2 

8611RE/LED-W 56 571··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, white 7.4 

8611RE/LED-B 56 572··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, blue 7.4 

8611RE/LED-G 56 573··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, green 7.4 

8611RE/LED-R 56 574··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, red 7.4 

Lumena 400 LED, rotationally symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···RB···) 

8611RB/LED-W 56 575··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, white 7.4 

8611RB/LED-B 56 576··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, blue 7.4 

8611RB/LED-G 56 577··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, green 7.4 

8611RB/LED-R 56 578··· ···40 - - 32 x LED 3, red 7.4 

Lumena 400, symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···SE···) 

8611SE/50-70HST* 13 044··· - - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.4 

8611SE/100HST 13 037··· - - ···02 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 8.2 

8611SE/150HST 13 040··· - - ···02 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 8.3 

8611SE/35HIT 13 042··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 6.9 

8611SE/70HIT 13 045··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 7.2 

8611SE/150HIT 13 038··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 150 G12 7.8 

8611SE/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 046··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 7.3 

8611SE/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 039··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 7.9 

8611SE/500QT-DE 13 043··· - ···10 - 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 R7s 5.8 

8611SE/LED-W 56 579··· ···40 - - 24 x LED 3, white 7.4 

8611SE/LED-B 56 580··· ···40 - - 24 x LED 3, blue 7.4 

8611SE/LED-G 56 581··· ···40 - - 24 x LED 3, green 7.4 

8611SE/LED-R 56 582··· ···40 - - 24 x LED 3, red 7.4 

Lumena 400, symmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···SM···) 

8611SM/50-70HST* 13 055··· - - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.4 

8611SM/100HST 13 048··· - - ···02 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 8.2 

8611SM/150HST 13 051··· - - ···02 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 8.3 

8611SM/35HIT 13 053··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 6.9 

8611SM/70HIT 13 056··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 7.2 

8611SM/150HIT 13 049··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 150 G12 7.8 

8611SM/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 057··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 7.3 

8611SM/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 050··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 7.9 

8611SM/500QT-DE 13 054··· - ···10 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 R7s 5.8 

Lumena 400, symmetrical wide angle light distribution (···SB···) 

8611SB/50-70HST* 13 033··· - - ···02 1 x HST 50/70 1 x HIT-CE/S 50/70 E27 7.4 

8611SB/100HST 13 026··· - - ···02 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 8.2 

8611SB/150HST 13 029··· - - ···02 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 8.3 

8611SB/35HIT 13 031··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 6.9 

8611SB/70HIT 13 034··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 70 G12 7.2 

8611SB/150HIT 13 027··· - - ···02 1 x HIT 150 G12 7.8 

8611SB/70HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 035··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 7.3 

8611SB/150HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 028··· - - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 7.9 

8611SB/500QT-DE 13 032··· - ···10 1 x QT-DE 200/300/500 R7s 5.8 

* Electronic control gear, selectable, preset to the lowest level 

8611··· 

141 


Lumena 600 

Floodlight for accentuation lighting 

65a IP66 

Floodlight with different light distribution 






mounting to horizontal surfaces, floors 

and also poles by means of corresponding 

accessories. 

Angle scale to facilitate the inclination 

adjustment, lockable in 5° steps. Covered by 

polypropylene caps, anthracite grey, similar 

to RAL 7016, weather-resistant. 





Optical system made of anodised aluminium. 

···RE··· rotationally symmetrical narrowangle 


···SE··· symmetrical narrow-angle light 

distribution. 

···SM··· symmetrical medium wide-angle 


···SB··· symmetrical wide-angle light 

distribution. 

142 

8621 RE··· 8621··· 










Windage area 

F W = 0.108 m 2 . 


8621 RE··· 

406 373 

298 

180 

20 x 12,5 12,5 20 x 12,5 

203 

93 

624 

556 

166 

8621··· 

Accessories ··························· 144 

Lamp data ····························· 360 




8621RE/100-150HST* 13 068··· - ···02 1 x HST 100/150 1 x HIT-CE/S 100/150 E40 14.4 

8621RE/250HIT/HST 13 069··· - ···02 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 250 E40 15.4 

8621RE/400HIT/HST 13 071··· - ···02 1 x HIT 400 1 x HST 400 E40 17.6 

Lumena 600, symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (···SE···) 

8621SE/600HST 49 442··· - ···02 1 x HST 600 E40 18.5 

8621SE/250HST-DE 13 086··· - ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621SE/250HIT/HST 13 083··· - ···02 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 250 E40 14.7 

8621SE/400HIT/HST 13 087··· - ···02 1 x HIT 400 1 x HST 400 E40 16.9 

8621SE/250HIT-DE 13 084··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621SE/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 088··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 1 x HST-DE 400 Fc2 16.7 

8621SE/1000QT-DE 13 082··· ···10 - 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 R7s 11.5 

Lumena 600, symmetrical, medium wide-angle light distribution (···SM···) 

8621SM/600HST 49 443··· - ···02 1 x HST 600 E40 18.5 

8621SM/250HST-DE 13 095··· - ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621SM/250HIT/HST 13 092··· - ···02 1 x HST 250 1 x HST 250 E40 14.7 

8621SM/400HIT/HST 13 096··· - ···02 1 x HIT 400 1 x HST 400 E40 16.9 

8621SM/250HIT-DE 13 093··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621SM/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 097··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 1 x HST-DE 400 Fc2 16.7 

8621SM/1000QT-DE 13 091··· ···10 - 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 R7s 11.5 

Lumena 600, symmetrical wide-angle light distribution (···SB···) 

8621SB/600HST 49 441··· - ···02 1 x HST 600 E40 18.5 

8621SB/250HST-DE 13 077··· - ···02 1 x HST-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621SB/250HIT/HST 13 074··· - ···02 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 250 E40 14.7 

8621SB/400HIT/HST 13 078··· - ···02 1 x HIT 400 1 x HST 400 E40 16.9 

8621SB/250HIT-DE 13 075··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 250 Fc2 14.5 

8621SB/400HIT-DE/HST-DE 13 079··· - ···02 1 x HIT-DE 400 1 x HST-DE 400 Fc2 16.7 

8621SB/1000QT-DE 13 073··· ···10 - 1 x QT-DE 750-1000 R7s 11.5 


406 

298 93 

180 

20x12,5 12,5 20x12,5 

203 

624 

556 

166 

143 



Accessories 

144 


0861 ZR 22 202 00 Accessory frame, for Lumena 400 0.5 

0862 ZR 22 213 00 Accessory frame, for Lumena 600 0.7 

Accessory frame 

Made of die-cast aluminium, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant, 

for mounting on the cover frame of the floodlight. Including stainless steel fixing materials. 


0861 BLS 22 197 00 Anti-glare louvres rigid, for Lumena 400 0.5 

0862 BLS 22 208 00 Anti-glare louvres rigid, for Lumena 600 0.6 

Anti-glare louvres 

Anthracite grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant, rigid, for horizontal or vertical 

mounting to accessory frame 086···ZR. Including stainless steel fixing materials. 


0861 BK 22 196 00 Anti-glare device, for Lumena 400 0.4 

0862 BK 22 207 00 Anti-glare device, for Lumena 600 0.6 

Anti-glare device 

Anthracite grey, similar to RAL 7016, weather-resistant, adjustable, for mounting up to 

max. 4 pieces to accessory frame 086···ZR. Including stainless steel fixing materials.


0861 F-blue 22 198 00 Colour filter, blue, for Lumena 400 0.4 

0861 F-red 22 201 00 Colour filter, red, for Lumena 400 0.4 

0861 F-green 22 200 00 Colour filter, green, for Lumena 400 0.4 

0861 F-yellow 22 199 00 Colour filter, yellow, for Lumena 400 0.4 

0862 F-blue 22 209 00 Colour filter, blue, for Lumena 600 0.6 

0862 F-red 22 212 00 Colour filter, red, for Lumena 600 0.6 

0862 F-green 22 211 00 Colour filter, green, for Lumena 600 0.6 

0862 F-yellow 22 210 00 Colour filter, yellow, for Lumena 600 0.6 

Colour filter 

Blue, red, green or yellow for mounting to accessory frame 086···ZR. 

Including stainless steel fixing materials. Not combinable with 8611···LED···. 


0861 G 48 086 00 Protective mesh, for Lumena 400 0.3 

0862 G 48 085 00 Protective mesh, for Lumena 600 0.4 

Protective mesh 

Made of stainless steel for mounting to accessory frame 086···ZR, including holding angle 

made of galvanised sheet steel, white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, weather-resistant 

and stainless steel fixing screws. 


0860MS 51 343 00 Pole clamp, for Lumena 400 

Pole clamp 

Made of cast aluminium for mounting a 861··· floodlight to pole or tube. 

Clamping range 40-130 mm. Including stainless steel fixing materials. 

145 


146 

Estadia 

The TRILUX Estadia is a wide beam floodlight 

with extremely asymmetrical light 

distribution especially for illuminating large 

areas such as sports facilities, squares and 

outdoor work areas. The inclined design not 

only provides a minimalist, sophisticated 

design, but also ensures minimised windage 

area, minimised light pollution and good 

glare limitation.

Sturdy aluminium design 

The sturdy floodlight housing 

made of aluminium sheet and 

cast aluminium components are 

suited for both suspended and 

upright mounting. The fixing 

bracket made of galvanised steel 

allows for continuously variable 

adjustment. 

AB: asymmetrical wide-angle, 

vertical light distribution 65°. 

Maintenance 

All hands free to change a lamp: 

The back cover just hangs there, 

allowing maintenance personnel 

to focus on changing the lamps. 

AM: asymmetrical medium 

wide-angle, vertical light distribution 

65°. 

Hot re-ignition 

A new, compact ignitor with 

intelligent ignition management 

system ensures instantaneous 

hot re-ignition of double-ended 

lamps – indispensable for lighting 

installations that must be 

ready to operate immediately 

after a power outage. 

AT: asymmetrical wide-angle, 


Photometrics 

4 different optical systems with 

various luminous intensity distributions 

and angles ensure optimum 

illumination of areas with 

light emissions area arranged 

horizontally. 

AN: asymmetrical close vicinity, 


147 


Estadia 

Wide beam floodlight 

65a IP65 

Wide beam floodlight with extremely asymmetrical 

light distribution characteristics. 

Floodlight housing made of welded aluminium 

sheet and cast-aluminium back cover, 



Back cover secured using four stainless 

screws. With mounted fixture and reflector 

components. Including thermally decoupled 

ignitor tray made of cast aluminium. 


sealed in housing with silicon seal and 

secured in place using stainless steel clips. 

Optical systems made of reflection-intensifying, 

anodised aluminium for horizontal 

alignment as wide-beam light distribution. 

···AB··· asymmetrical wide-angle, 

luminous intensity distribution 65°. 

···AM··· asymmetrical medium wide-angle, 


···AT··· asymmetrically narrow angle, 


···AN··· asymmetrical close vicinity, 


148 

Fixing bracket made of galvanised steel, 

suited for upright and suspended mounting 

of the floodlight. 

Re-lamping after removal of back cover. 

Cover is mounted in such a way that it can 

be opened to a position allowing for maintenance. 

Electrical connection via a connector 

integrated in the ignition device compartment 

with 4-pole terminal for connecting 

wires up to 2.5 mm² and cable gland for 

cables up to 6-12 mm. 

Versions available either with or without 

ignitor and for instantaneous hot re-ignition 

(WZ). Others components required for 

operating the floodlight must be ordered 

separately and mounted, see Accessories. 

WZ versions with attached, intelligent ignition 

management system for instantaneous 

hot re-ignition of lamp after power outage. 

State-of-the-art microprocessor technology 

allows for flicker-free and lamp-preserving 

rapid lamp start of even hot lamps. Automatic 

safety cut-off and end-of-life detection 

prevent abnormal lamp operation and protect 

the components of the luminaire. Ignitor 

mounted on outside of back cover. The floodlight 

is connected to the ignitor via a 3-pole 

terminal of up to 4 mm². With cable gland 

M20 for cables up to 8-13 mm. 


8661··· 8661···WZ···

454 

8661··· 

700 

620 

722 

255 

600 

14 23 14 

160 

742 

692 

282 

454 

120 

Accessories ··························· 150 

Lamp data ····························· 360 

Reference TOC without with Instanta- Lamps Socket ≈ kg 

ignitor ignitor neous hot 

ignition (WZ) W 

Estadia, asymmetrical wide-angle light distribution (AB) 

8661AB/600HST 51 699··· - ···50 1 x HST 600 E40 18.5 

8661AB/1000HST/HIT 51 702··· - ···50 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT 1000 E40 18.5 

8661AB/1000HIT-DE 51 712··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 19.0 

8661AB-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 716··· - - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 22.3 

8661AB/2000HIT-I 51 706··· ···50 - - 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A E40 18.0 

8661AB/2000HIT 51 709··· - ···50 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A E40 18.7 

8661AB/2000HIT-DE 51 720··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 19.0 

8661AB-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 724··· - - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 22.3 

8661AB/2000HIT-DE32 51 728··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 Cable 19.0 

Estadia, asymmetrical medium wide-angle light distribution (AM) 

8661AM/600HST 51 698··· - ···50 1 x HST 600 E40 18.5 

8661AM/1000HST/HIT 51 701··· - ···50 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT 1000 E40 18.5 

8661AM/1000HIT-DE 51 711··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 19.0 

8661AM-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 715··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 22.3 

8661AM/2000HIT-I 51 705··· ···50 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A E40 18.0 

8661AM/2000HIT 51 708··· - ···50 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A E40 18.7 

8661AM/2000HIT-DE 51 719··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 19.0 

8661AM-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 723··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 22.3 

8661AM/2000HIT-DE32 51 727··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 Cable 19.0 

Estadia, asymmetrical narrow-angle light distribution (AT) 

8661AT/600HST 51 700··· - ···50 1 x HST 600 E40 18.5 

8661AT/1000HST/HIT 51 703··· - ···50 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT 1000 E40 18.5 

8661AT/1000HIT-DE 51 713··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 19.0 

8661AT-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 717··· - - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 22.3 

8661AT/2000HIT-I 51 707··· ···50 - - 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A E40 18.0 

8661AT/2000HIT 51 710··· - ···50 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A E40 18.7 

8661AT/2000HIT-DE 51 721··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 19.0 

8661AT-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 725··· - - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 22.3 

8661AT/2000HIT-DE32 51 729··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 Cable 19.0 

Estadia, asymmetrical close vicinity (AN) 

8661AN/1000HST/HIT 51 704··· ···50 - 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT 1000 E40 18.5 

8661AN/1000HIT-DE 51 714··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 19.0 

8661AN-WZ/1000HIT-DE 51 718··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 22.3 

8661AN/2000HIT-DE 51 722··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 19.0 

8661AN-WZ/2000HIT-DE 51 726··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 22.3 

8661AN/2000HIT-DE32 51 730··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE32 2000 Cable 19.0 

8661···WZ··· 

750 

620 

722 

255 

600 

14 23 14 

160 

742 

692 

220 

149 


Estadia 

System Accessories 

Shield made of galvanised sheet steel, 

colour white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006, 

powder-coated, weather-resistant. Including 

stainless steel fixing screws. 

Support made of galvanised steel for 

mounting floodlights. 

For pole top diameter 89-114 mm. 

Including fixing components for the 

floodlights. 

150 

TW1/114 M20 

M20 

M20 

89-114 

M20 

Pg16 

TW2/114 

995 

895 

89-114 

Pg16 

TW3-4/114 

M20 

1300 

1200 

1000 

89-114 

Pg16 

0866AS 


0866AS 51 677 00 Shields 1.7 


TW1/114 27 854 00 Support for 1 floodlight 3.0 

TW2/114 27 856 00 Support for 2 floodlights 12.0 

TW3-4/114 27 858 00 Support for 3-4 floodlights 19.0 

M20 

M20

94 

94 

0860VE/600HS··· 

115 

0860VE/1000HI/HS··· 

115 

400 

0860GK/1/··· 

65 

444 

12 12 

414 

524 

12 12 

494 

210 300 

260 

M20 

40 

8,6 

360 

M20 

120 

Lamp data ····························· 360 

Accessories TOC Description for lamps ≈ kg 

W 

Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/600HST 

B600HS 51 577 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 1 x HST 600 10.0 

6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400 V 0.6 

0860VE/600HS K 58 315 00 Supply unit, compensated 11.0 

Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/1000 HIT 

B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 1 x HIT 1000 13.0 

6-3801-40 24 943 00 Capacitor 40 µF/230 V 0.2 

6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230 V 0.3 

0860VE/1000HI/HS K 58 316 00 Supply unit, compensated 15.2 

Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/1000 HST 

B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 1 x HST 1000 13.0 

2x 6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230 V 0.3 


Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/2000 HIT/8.8A 

B 2000 HI 8,8A 49 422 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/8.8 A 1 x HI··· 2000/8,8 A 16.0 

6-3802-37 24 935 00 Capacitor 37 µF/400 V 0.5 

0860VE/2000HI/8,8A/380V/400V/420V K 58 318 00 Supply unit, compensated 20.1 

Individual components for pole installation for Estadia/2000 HIT/10.3A 

B 2000 HI 10,3A 49 423 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/10.3 A 1 x HI··· 2000/10,3 A 16.0 

6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400 V 0.6 


Supply unit 0860VE··· for a floodlight including Neozed fuse 16 A 

and 8-pole screw-type terminal for wires up to 6 mm². With two 

cable glands M20 for cables up to 7-14 mm. Fixed via two boreholes 

12 mm. Parallel-compensated. Safety class I, IP 65 protection rating. 

94 

94 

0860VE2000HI/8,8A··· 

115 

0860VE/2000HI/10,3A··· 

115 

600 

0860GK/2/··· 

65 

210 380 

340 

M20 

599 

12 12 

569 

634 

12 12 

Accessories TOC Compensated Description for lamps ≈ kg 

···K ···KK 

···02 ···09 W 

Control gear boxes 

0860GK/1/600HST··· 52 489··· ···02 Control gear box for 1 x HST 600 1 x HST 600 14.7 

0860GK/1/1000HI/HS··· 52 483··· ···02 Control gear box for 1 x HI/HS 1000 1 x HST/HIT 1000 18.1 

0860GK/1/2000HI/10,3A··· 52 485··· ···02 Control gear box for 1 x HI 2000/10.3A 1 x HI··· 2000/10,3A 25.4 

0860GK/1/2000HI/8,8A··· 52 487··· ···02 Control gear box for 1 x HI 2000/8.8A 1 x HI··· 2000/8,8A 25.4 

0860GK/2/600HST··· 52 497··· - ···09 Control gear box for 2 x HST 600 2 x HST 600 29.3 

0860GK/2/1000HI/HS··· 52 491··· - ···09 Control gear box for 2 x HI/HS 1000 2 x HST/HIT 1000 36.7 

0860GK/2/2000HI/10,3A··· 52 493··· - ···09 Control gear box for 2 x HI 2000/10.3A 2 x HI··· 2000/10,3A 51.3 

0860GK/2/2000HI/8,8A··· 52 495··· - ···09 Control gear box for 2 x HI 2000/8.8A 2 x HI··· 2000/8,8A 51.3 

Control gear box 0860GK···, optionally for one or two floodlights 

made of sheet steel, light-grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, 

weather-resistant. With lockable door. Complete with all necessary 

control gear, prewired ready for connection. With two or three 

cable glands M20 for cables up to 6-12 mm. Mains-side connection 

terminal 5 x 6 mm², luminaire-side terminals 2 x 3 x 6 mm². Parallelcompensated. 

Safety class I, degree of protection IP65. 

604 

55 55 

8,6 

560 

M20 

105 

151 


152 

Maxilux 

Good light is an essential prerequisite for 

good performance. 

That applies especially to large sports 

facilities and multifunctional arenas: In many 

large-scale projects, the TRILUX Maxilux 

compact floodlights have proven themselves 

and their capabilities. And even wherever 

sports are not top priority, just a lot of light, 

e.g. at large-scale building sites and in high 

halls, the Maxilux floodlights are impressive 

as industrial lighting solutions.

Four optical systems offer 

maximum planning scope 

Reflector T 


C180 

C180 

C0 C 

C90 C270 

Reflector B 


C0 

C90 C270 

Easy re-lamping 

The cover mounted on the back and with integrated 

socket carrier can be opened for maintenance purposes. 

Thus, the lamp housing is easily accessible and the 

re-lamping especially uncomplicated. 

Hot re-ignition 

Maxilux versions with instantaneous hot re-ignition (WZ) 

have a fully electronic ignition management system. 

State-of-the-art microprocessor technology allows for 

flicker-free and lamp-preserving rapid lamp start of even 

hot lamps. Automatic safety cut-off and end-of-life detection 

prevent abnormal lamp operation and protect the 

components of the luminaire. 

Reflector TB 

narrow/wide-angle light distribution. 

C90 C270 

C180 

C180 

C0 C 

Reflector SB 

extremely wide-angle light distribution. 

C0 C 

C90 C270 

153 


Maxilux 

Compact Floodlight 

65a IP65 

Compact floodlight with pseudo rotationally 


Floodlight housing 

made of an anodised aluminium reflector 

and an anthracite base made of die-cast 

aluminium, additionally anodised. With 

flange-mounted, thermally decoupled ignitor 

tray and pressure equalisation vent. 

Cover made of 5 mm thick, thermally toughened 

safety glass, equipped with a silicon 

seal and held secure to the reflector part 

using non-rusting clips, a mesh cover is not 

necessary. 


continuously adjustable, suited for upright 

and suspended mounting of floodlight. 

Optical systems 

The aluminium reflector forms the rotationally 

symmetrical reflector, which has a 

highly-specular or semi-specular anodised 

inner surface. With internal highly-specular 

shield. Pseudo rotationally symmetrical light 

distribution. 

154 

T narrow-angle, reflector highly-specular. 

TB narrow/wide-angle, reflector highlyspecular. 

B wide-angle, reflector semi-specular. 

SB extremely wide-angle, reflector semispecular. 

Re-lamping is simple after loosening four 

captive stainless steel screws and opening 

the back cover with mounted fixture and 

reflector components. 

Electrical connection 

using enclosed, lockable connector with 

cable gland Pg13.5, with 4-pole terminal for 

wires up to 2.5 mm². When opening the housing 

to change the lamp, the connector must 

be unplugged and the floodlight must be 

disconnected from power supply. 

Versions with ignitor, optionally for instantaneous 

hot re-ignition (WZ). Others components 

required for operating the floodlight 

must be ordered separately and mounted, 

see Accessories. 

7-420··· 

WZ versions with attached, intelligent ignition 

management system for instantaneous 

hot re-ignition of lamp after power outage. 

State-of-the-art microprocessor technology 

allows for flicker-free and lamp-preserving 

rapid lamp start of even hot lamps. Automatic 

safety cut-off and end-of-life detection 

prevent abnormal lamp operation and protect 

the components of the luminaire. The 

floodlight is connected to the ignitor via a 

3-pole terminal of up to 4 mm². With cable 

gland M20 for cables up to 8 - 13 mm. 


Control gear box 0860GK···, either for one 

or two floodlights, made of sheet steel, lightgrey, 


weather-resistant. With lockable door. 

Complete with all necessary control gear, 

prewired ready for connection. With two or 

three cable glands M20 for cables up to 

6-12 mm. Mains-side connection terminal 

5 x 6 mm², luminaire-side terminals 

2 x 3 x 6 mm². Parallel-compensated. 


Supply unit 0860VE··· for one floodlight 

including Neozed fuse 16 A and 8-pole 

screw-type terminal 6 mm². With two cable 

glands M20 for cables up to 7-14 mm. Fixed 

via two boreholes 12 mm. Parallel-compensated. 

Safety class I, degree of protection 

IP65.

94 

94 

0860VE/1000HI/HS··· 

115 

524 

12 12 

494 

0860VE/2000HI/10,3A··· 

115 

634 

12 12 

604 

400 

0860GK/1/··· 

65 

210 300 

260 

M20 

40 

8,6 

360 

M20 

120 

600 

0860GK/2/··· 

65 

210 380 

340 

M20 

55 55 

8,6 

560 

M20 

105 

440 

7-420··· 

Lamp data ····························· 360 

Reference TOC with ignitor Instantaneous Lamps Socket ≈ kg 

hot reignition 

(WZ) W 

Maxilux, narrow-angle light distribution (T) 

7-4201-1207 19 847··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 12.0 

7-4201-1237 19 848··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 12.0 

Maxilux, narrow/wide-angle light distribution (TB) 

7-4202-1207 19 849··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 12.0 

7-4202-1237 19 850··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 12.0 

7-4202-1238 19 851··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 12.5 

Maxilux, wide-angle light distribution (B) 

7-4203-1207 15 827··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 12.0 

7-4203-1237 19 842··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 12.0 

7-4203-1238 19 843··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 12.5 

Maxilux, extremely wide-angle light distribution (SB) 

7-4204-1207 19 844··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 1000 Cable 12.0 

7-4204-1237 19 845··· ···50 - 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 12.0 

7-4204-1238 19 846··· - ···50 1 x HIT-DE 2000 Cable 12.5 


W 


0860GK/1/1000HI/HS K 52 483 02 Control gear box for 1xHI/HS 1000 1 x HI/HS 1000 18.1 

0860GK/1/2000HI/10,3A K 52 485 02 Control gear box for 1xHI 2000/10.3 A 1 x HI... 2000/10,3A 25.4 

0860GK/2/1000HI/HS KK 52 491 09 Control gear box for 2xHI/HS 1000 2 x HI/HS 1000 36.7 

0860GK/2/2000HI/10,3A KK 52 493 09 Control gear box for 2xHI 2000/10.3 A 1 x HI... 2000/10,3A 51.3 

Individual components for pole installation for Maxilux···/1000 HIT-DE 

B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 1 x HIT-DE 1000 13.0 

6-3801-40 24 943 00 Capacitor 40 µF/230 V 0.2 

6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230 V 0.3 

0860VE/1000HI/HS K 58 316 00 Supply unit, compensated 1 x HIT-DE 1000 15.2 

Individual components for pole installation for Maxilux···/2000 HIT-DE 

B 2000 HI 10,3A 49 423 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/10.3 A 1 x HIT-DE 2000 16.0 

6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400 V 0.6 

6-3802-37 24 935 00 Capacitor 37 µF/400 V 0.5 

0860VE/2000HI/10,3A/380V/400V/420V K 58 317 00 Supply unit, compensated 1 x HIT-DE 2000 22.7 

420 

380 

60° 

133 60 

wz 

295 

18 x 80 

12 12 

80 80 

372 

155 


Optilux 

Linear Floodlight 

65a IP54 

Linear floodlight with symmetrical light 

distribution 

Floodlight housing 

made of high-quality anodised aluminium 

with pressure equalisation vent. Housing 

with angle scale to facilitate the inclination 

adjustment. 

Cover made of 5 mm thick, thermally toughened 

safety glass, secured in a galvanised 

steel frame with a silicon seal using nonrusting 

clips, a mesh cover is not necessary. 


continuously adjustable, suited for upright 

and suspended mounting of floodlight. 

Optical system 

Floodlight housing made of anodised aluminium 

and forming the linear reflector. 

With additional, internal highly-specular 

cover for reducing the luminous intensity in 

the C90–C270 plane. 

B Symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution. 

T Symmetrical narrow-angle light distribution 

with additional, highly-specular 

reflectors. 

Re-lamping is simple tool-free process, 

just open and suspend the cover. 


via 3-pole terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². 

With cable gland Pg16. 

156 

Versions available either with or without 

ignitor. Other components required for the 

operation of the floodlight must be ordered 

separately and mounted, see Accessories. 

Control gear box 0860GK···, either for 

one or two floodlights made of sheet steel, 

light grey, similar to RAL 7035, powder-coated, 

weather-resistant. With lockable cover. 

Complete with all necessary control gear, 

prewired ready for connection. With two or 

three cable glands M20 for cables up to 

6–12 mm. Mains-side connection terminal 

5 x 6 mm², luminaire-side terminals 

2 x 3 x 6 mm². Parallel-compensated. 


Supply unit 0860VE··· for one floodlight 

including Neozed fuse 16 A and 8-pole 

screw-type terminal for wires up to 6 mm². 

With two cable glands M20 for cables up to 

7–14 mm. Fixed via two boreholes 12 mm. 

Parallel-compensated. Safety class I, degree 

of protection IP65. 

Supports TW··· made of galvanised steel, 

for mounting of 1, 2 or 3-4 floodlights. For 

pole top diameter 89-114 mm. Including 

fixing components for the floodlights. 

TW1/114 M20 

M20 

M20 

89-114 

M20 

Pg16 

TW2/114 

995 

895 

89-114 

Pg16 

TW3-4/114 

M20 

1300 

1200 

1000 

89-114 

Pg16 

7-402··· 

M20 

M20

400 

600 

0860GK/1/··· 

65 

210 300 

260 

M20 

0860GK/2/··· 

65 

40 

8,6 

210 380 

340 

M20 

55 55 

360 

M20 

120 

8,6 

560 

M20 

105 

94 

94 

94 

0860VE/1000HI/HS··· 

115 

524 

12 12 

494 

0860VE/2000HI/10,3A··· 

115 

634 

12 12 

0860VE2000HI/8,8A··· 

115 

604 

599 

12 12 

569 

485 

7-402··· 

157 

220 

60° 

135 60 

Lamp data ····························· 360 

Reference TOC with without Lamps Socket ≈ kg 

ignitor ignitor 

W 

Optilux, narrow-angle light distribution (T) 

7-4022-1187 15 867··· ···50 - 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT 1000 E40 14.5 

7-4022-1210 15 869··· - ···50 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A E40 14.0 

7-4022-1227 15 868··· ···50 - 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A E40 14.5 

Maxilux, wide-angle light distribution (B) 

7-4021-1187 15 863··· ···50 - 1 x HST 1000 1 x HIT 1000 E40 14.5 

7-4021-1210 15 865··· - ···50 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT-I 2000/10,3 A E40 14.0 

7-4021-1227 15 864··· ···50 - 1 x HIT 2000/8,8 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A E40 14.5 

Accessories TOC ···K ···KK for lamps ≈ kg 

···02 ···09 W 


0860GK/1/1000HI/HS 52 483··· ···02 - 1 x HST/HIT 1000 18.1 

0860GK/1/2000HI/10,3A 52 485··· ···02 - 1 x HI··· 2000/10,3 A 25.4 

0860GK/1/2000HI/8,8A 52 487··· ···02 - 1 x HI··· 2000/8,8 A 25.4 

0860GK/2/1000HI/HS 52 491··· - ···09 2 x HST/HIT 1000 36.7 

0860GK/2/2000HI/10,3A 52 493··· - ···09 2 x HI··· 2000/10,3 A 51.3 

0860GK/2/2000HI/8,8A 52 495··· - ···09 2 x HI··· 2000/8,8 A 51.3 


W 

Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/1000 HIT 

B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 1 x HIT 1000 13.0 

6-3801-40 24 943 00 Capacitor 40 µF/230 V 0.2 

6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230 V 0.3 


Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/1000 HST 

B 1000 HI/HS 49 421 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 230 V/50 Hz 1 x HST 1000 13.0 

2 x 6-3801-50 24 948 00 Capacitor 50 µF/230 V 0.3 


Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/2000 HIT-I 

B 2000 HI 8,8A 49 422 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/8.8 A 1 x HIT-I 2000/8,8 A 16.0 

6-3802-37 24 935 00 Capacitor 37 µF/400 V 0.5 


Individual components for pole installation for Optilux/2000 HIT 

B 2000 HI 10,3A 49 423 00 Encapsulated electronic control gear 380 V/400 V/50 Hz/10.3 A 1 x HIT 2000/10,3 A 16.0 

6-3802-60 24 953 00 Capacitor 60 µF/400 V 0.6 


Supports for Optilux floodlights 

TW1/114 27 854 00 Support for 1 floodlight 3.0 

TW2/114 27 856 00 Support for 2 floodlights 12.0 

TW3-4/114 27 858 00 Support for 3 - 4 floodlights 19.0 

Anti-glare louvre 

7-8223 22 982 00 BRV Optilux anti-glare louvre vertical 1.6 

ZG 

300 

Pg16 

760 

675 

620 

23 

13 13 

80 80 

642 

157 


DURING THE 

A DECORATIV 

AT NI 

A DECORATIVE 

ILLUMIN

DAY: 

E LUMINAIRE. 

GHT: 

ATOR. 


DZ – decorative

180 LS 190 Laterne 192 RL 200 SR 

204 Focus 210 Konus 212 Belisco 214 Reeds 

160 

DZ luminaires – decorative

220 HS 224 Zauberflöte 

232 DI 

236 Varisto 238 DKS 

240 Lichtboden 

234 Segmentkugel 

244 Lichtlinie 

161 

DZ – decorative

248 Elle 254 Lionda 258 Ondo 

266 Uni 278 Sonnos 284 Pinzetta 

162 


260 Symbol 

288 Ontria

292 Tube 296 VR 

298 Potsdam 

306 Emporium 

312 Westminster A 

316 Westminster 

300 Palme 

163 

DZ – decorative

When outdoor lighting needs to achieve especially decorative tasks, luminaires from DZ come into play. DZ has complemented 

the luminaire spectrum of TRILUX since 2007 with individual lighting solutions, especially in the areas of light columns and 

bollard luminaires. A wide spectrum of decorative luminaires offers creative flexibility and a high level of safety for lighting 

tasks, such as the setting of museums, park spaces, castles and other architectural highlights. After all, an especially 

prestigious building or environment demands especially prestigious lighting solutions, both during the day and at night. 

Experience fascinating outdoor luminaires from DZ on the following pages. 

164

Distinctive outdoor lighting from DZ. 

165 

DZ – decorative

Highlights of the town: the DZ LS, the VR and the Emporium. 

166

Each outdoor space demands a different lighting solution, but they must all have one thing in common: the best of everything. 

At DZ that also means the most stylish of everything. For example the DZ LS: a light column that forms a definite 

reference for orientation, akin to a landmark. Or the DZ VR, reminiscent of a classic lantern, but newly interpreted and 

transformed into a highly elegant form. And the DZ Emporium that combines modernity and tradition, allowing it to be 

used both for highly modern locations as well as heritage sites. 

167 

DZ – decorative

For us, outdoor lighting is always the creation of outdoor 

“lighting scenes”: the DZ Palme, the Elle and the Symbol. 

168

Outdoor spaces can be illuminated – or consciously set in scene. With these DZ post-top luminaires, the staging of any 

lighting scene becomes a success. For example, the DZ Palme that emits its light into the night with an elegant swing. 

Or the DZ Elle and its purist, rectangular luminaire head that renders any green space, pedestrian zone or square attractive. 

And finally the DZ Symbol, mainly implemented as a street luminaire, with its matter-of-fact, geometrical style giving it an 

especially interesting design language that originates from the designer Peter Zegers, the founder of DZ Licht. 

169 

DZ – decorative

170

Symbioses of objectivity and sensibility: the DZ SR and the HS. 

In addition to its function as an aid for orientation, outdoor lighting has a further important task: it must be perfectly 

adaptable, because it is always part of a whole. A good example of this concept is the DZ SR: as light column, bollard or 

wall luminaire, thanks to its elementary simplicity it blends in with any type of surrounding. Or the DZ HS: its simple 

and geometric form makes it a design element that you can‘t do without. 

171 

DZ – decorative

172

Art with architecture: the DZ DI, the DKS and the Uni spotlight. 

With wall spotlights from DZ, building facades are transformed into works of art during hours of darkness. For example the 

DI, setting special accents with its sophisticated collar and both light emission apertures. Or the DKS: its maximum level 

of flexibility allows any form of light control and can thus target the emphasis onto specific architectural highlights. And 

then there‘s the Uni spotlight, here in the yoke bracket version, giving any facade an unmistakable appearance both during 

the day and at night. 

173 

DZ – decorative

Can you walk over light? 

The DZ Lichtboden and Lichtlinie. 

174

Whether as an orientation system for paths or for accenting architectural highlights, light coming from the ground really 

catches the eye. The Lichtboden and Lichtlinie serve to emphasise particular architectural effects with light, and with either 

white or coloured LEDs according to requirements. Wherever they are used, they always make sure that simple paths and 

squares are transformed into notable and highly attractive ones. 

175 

DZ – decorative

Burning for architecture: the DZ Lionda. 

A luminaire that brings with it a perfect understanding of architecture. With its timeless form, its high level of aesthetics 

and not least with its pedigree: designed by the architect David Chipperfield. Whether as bollard, wall or post-top luminaire, 

Lionda is the perfect lighting solution for the effective and dependable illumination of architecture. Awarded the red dot 

design award. 

176

177 

DZ – decorative

Set uniquely inimitable accents. 

With DZ Konus, Reeds, Focus and Belisco. 

178

The lighting of paths and green spaces can either be restrained or atmospheric, unobtrusive or conspicuous, but it always 

has to accomplish one thing: enthusiasm. In the case of the DZ Konus for example this is achieved with a purist design that 

results in a sophisticated and versatile lighting solution. Or with absolute originality, as with the Reeds garden lighting: 

filigree luminous rods enhancing all surroundings unobtrusively but effectively. Or with unique design from the renowned 

architect Sir Norman Foster: the DZ Focus. And finally with a special form of light created via indentations within a light 

cylinder, as with the DZ Belisco. 

179 

DZ – decorative

Design: Peter Zegers 

180 

LS

Firmly dedicated to purism. Simplicity and 

functionality are the cornerstones of this 

light column that with its triangular or 

square form appears to be firmly anchored 

to the ground. Wherever used, the LS··· light 

column sets appealing accents for outdoor 

applications. A wide selection of heights 

and the option to use the luminaire for wall 

applications makes it the perfect lighting 

solution for widely diverse outdoor areas. 

The wall luminaire. The purist design of the 

light column leaves a perfect impression on 

walls. 

The glass design. The fine, formal structure 

of the glass is an optical highlight of the light 

column. 

The family philosophy. The basic form of the 

light column can be either triangular or 

square. But always geometrical – that's the 

unmistakable signature of the designer 

Peter Zeger s. 

181 

DZ – decorative

LS 

Decorative light columns with square section 

65a IP44 

Decorative light column with square section 

(···Q···). 

Supporting column of extruded aluminium 

with square section (···Q···), with continuously 

bitumised underground support (···E···) 

or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium 

(···FP···). Upper cover plate of cast 

aluminium. 

Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 with 

metal effect, highly weather-resistant, 

powder-coated (colour code ···26). 

Mounting of ···FP··· version via fastening of 

flange plate to sufficiently firm surface or 

with use of an underground support in the 

substrate, to be ordered separately. 

Cover of lamp compartment of non-laminated 

safety glass with printed wire glass design 

and four-sided light emission. 

182 

LS 400 Q-FP··· 

Optical system of anodised aluminium with 

rotationally symmetrical wide angle light 

distribution. Versions with E27 or E40 socket 

with additional glare reduction of lamp. 

Relamping via release of two stainless steel 

screws and removal of upper cover plate. 




···L with inductive ballast. 

Windage area 

LS 400 Q··· F W = 0.76 m². 

LS 270 Q··· F W = 0.51 m². 

Underground support of steel, galvanised, 

for fixing of light column in substrate. 

Further versions on request. 

LS 270 Q-FP···

800 

0804E-1 

400 

270 

M24 

LS 400 Q-E··· 

4000 

800 

500 

190 

80 x 400 

300 600 

50 x 150 

LS 400 Q-FP··· 

4000 

190 

400 

270 

80 x 400 

600 

26 x 34 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

LS 400, light column, square (Q), with underground support (E) 

LS 400 Q-E/1x70HIT···26 53 894··· ···01 1 x HIT 70 G12 64.2 


LS 400 Q-E/1x70HST···26 53 903··· ···01 1 x HST 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 E27 64.2 


LS 400, light column, square (Q), with flange plate (FP) 

LS 400 Q-FP/1x70HIT···26 53 930··· ···01 1 x HIT 70 G12 59.4 


LS 400 Q-FP/1x70HST···26 53 939··· ···01 1 x HST 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 E27 59.4 


LS 270, light column, square (Q), with underground support (E) 





LS 270, light column, square (Q), with flange plate (FP) 






0804E-1 56 424 00 Underground support for LS 400/270 Q FP, galvanised 3.2 

LS 270 Q-E··· 

2700 

800 

500 

190 

80 x 400 

300 600 

50 x 150 

LS 270 Q-FP··· 

2700 

190 

400 

270 

80 x 400 

600 

26 x 34 

183 

DZ – decorative

LS 

Decorative bollard and wall luminaires with square section 

65a IP44 

Decorative bollard or wall luminaire with 

square section (···Q···). 

Supporting column with LS 120 Q··· bollard 

luminaire of extruded aluminium section, 

square section with welded baseplate of cast 

aluminium. Upper cover plate of cast 

aluminium. 

Wall plate with ···W··· version of cast 

aluminium. 

Colour anthracite, similar to DB703, with 



Mounting of LS 120··· bollard luminaire via 

integral flange plate for direct mounting to 

firm surface or with use of an underground 

support in the substrate, to be ordered separately. 



and four-sided light emission. ···W··· wall 

luminaire closed on rear. 



distribution. Versions with E27 socket with 

additional glare reduction of lamp. 

184 

LS 120 Q··· 

Relamping via release of two stainless steel 

screws and removal of upper cover plate. 



···W··· with 4-pole connection terminal for 

wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². 


···L with inductive ballast 

···L+KT with inductive ballast and conventional 

transformer. 


for fixing of bollard luminaire in substrate. 


LS W-Q···

500 

0804E-2 

210 

149 

M8 

149 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L ···L-KT W 

LS 120, bollard luminaire, square (Q) 

LS 120 Q/1x70HIT···26 53 741··· ···01 - 1 x HIT 70 G12 11.5 

LS 120 Q/1x70HST···26 53 750··· ···01 - 1 x HST 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 E27 11.9 

LS 120 Q/1xTCL36···26 53 757··· ···01 - 1 x TC-L 36 2G11 11.9 

LS, wall-mounted luminaire (W), square (Q) 

LS W-Q/1x70HIT+1x35QR-LP···26 53 989··· - ···45 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QR-LP51 35 G12 + GU5,3 9.4 

LS W-Q/1x70HIT···26 53 995··· ···01 - 1 x HIT 70 G12 8.5 

LS W-Q/1xTCL36···26 54 001··· ···01 - 1 x TC-L 36 2G11 8.9 


0804E-2 56 421 00 Underground support for LS 120 Q, hot-dip galvanised 4.5 

LS 120 Q··· 

1200 

150 

210 

110 

80 x 200 

300 

10 x 18 

110 

520 

LS W-Q··· 

150 

185 

680 

68 

460 

7 x 16 

7 x 10 

185 

DZ – decorative

LS 

Decorative light columns with triangular section 

65a IP44 

Decorative light column with triangular 

section (···D···). 


with triangular section (···D···), with continuously 

bitumised underground support (···E···) 

or with welded flange plate of cast aluminium 

(···FP···). Upper cover plate of cast aluminium. 




Mounting of ···FP··· version via fastening of 

flange plate to sufficiently firm surface or 





and three-sided light emission. 

186 

LS 400 D-FP··· 



distribution. Versions with E27 or E40 socket 

with additional glare reduction of lamp. 

Relamping via release of three stainless 

steel screws and removal of upper cover 

plate. 





Windage area 

LS 400 D··· F W = 0.88 m². 

LS 270 D··· F W = 0.59 m². 


for mounting of light column in substrate. 


LS 270 D-FP···

800 

0804E-1 

400 

270 

M24 

LS 400 D-E··· 

4000 

800 

221 

500 

220 

600 

191 

80 x 400 

50 x 150 

LS 400 D-FP··· 

4000 

220 

400 

270 

80 x 400 

600 

26 x 34 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

LS 400, light column, triangular (D), with underground support (E) 

LS 400 D-E/1x70HIT···26 53 895··· ···01 1 x HIT 70 G12 54.0 


LS 400 D-E/1x70HST···26 53 854··· ···01 1 x HST 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 E27 54.0 


LS 400, light column, triangular (D), with flange plate (FP) 

LS 400 D-FP/1x70HIT···26 53 931··· ···01 1 x HIT 70 G12 49.0 

LS 400 D-FP/1x150HIT···26. 53 917··· ···01 1 x HIT 150 G12 49.6 

LS 400 D-FP/1x70HST···26 53 870··· ···01 1 x HST 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 E27 49.0 


LS 270, light column, triangular (D), with underground support (E) 





LS 270, light column, triangular (D), with flange plate (FP) 






0804E-1 56 424 00 Underground support for LS 400/270 D-FP, galvanised 32.0 

LS 270 D-E··· 

2700 

800 

221 

500 

220 

600 

191 

80 x 400 

50 x 150 

LS 270 D-FP··· 

2700 

220 

400 

270 

80 x 400 

600 

26 x 34 

187 

DZ – decorative

LS 

Decorative bollard and wall luminaires with triangular section 

65a IP44 


triangular section (···D···). 

Supporting column with 120 D··· bollard 

luminaire of extruded aluminium section, 

triangular section with welded baseplate of 

cast aluminium. Upper cover plate of cast 

aluminium. 


aluminium. 




Mounting of LS 120··· bollard luminaire via 




Mounting of ···W··· wall luminaire via 

mounting plate. 


safety glass with printed wire glass 

design and three-sided light emission. ···W··· 

wall luminaire closed on rear. 



distribution. Versions with E27 socket with 

additional glare reduction of lamp. 

188 

LS 120 D··· 

Relamping via release of three stainless 

steel screws and removal of upper cover 

plate. 



···W··· with 4-pole connection terminal for 

wires up to 2 x 2.5 mm². 



···L+KT with inductive ballast and 

conventional t ransformer. 


for fixing of bollard luminaire in substrate. 


LS W-D···

500 

0804E-3 

280 

255 

M8 

LS 120 D··· 

1200 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L ···L+KT W 

LS 120, bollard luminaire, triangular (D) 

LS 120 D/1x70HIT···26 53 690··· ···01 - 1 x HIT 70 G12 12.8 

LS 120 D/1x70HST···26 53 712··· ···01 - 1 x HST 70 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 E27 13.1 

LS 120 D/1xTCL36···26 53 718··· ···01 - 1 x TC-L 36 2G11 12.1 

LS, wall-mounted luminaire (W), triangular (D) 

LS W-D/1x70HIT+1x50QT12···26 53 958··· - ···45 1 x HIT 70 + 1 x QT-12 50 G12 + GY6,35 10.4 

LS W-D/1x70HIT···26 53 944··· ···01 - 1 x HIT 70 G12 9.5 

LS W-D/1xTCL36···26 53 980··· ···01 - 1 x TC-L 36 2G11 9.9 


0804E-3 56 423 00 Underground support for LS 120 D, hot-dip galvanised 6.0 

220 

290 

255 

80 x 200 

291 

10 

110 

520 

LS W-D··· 

191 

227 

220 680 

68 

7 x 16 

460 

7 x 10 

189 

DZ – decorative


Distinguished by the Design Center Stuttgart 

190 

Laterne 

The new interpretation of a classic. The 

Laterne luminaire from designer Peter 

Zegers shows what the timeless version of a 

classic outdoor luminaire can really look like. 

Reduced to the essence of a rectangle, it 

blends ideally into every surrounding without 

being obtrusive, whether bollard, light column 

or wall luminaire.

Laterne 

Decorative bollard luminaires, light columns or wall luminaires 

65a IP54 

Laterne 120··· 

500 

0804E-2 

210 

149 

M8 


1200 

149 


150 

210 

110 

80 x 200 

445 

10 x 18 

357 

149 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


150 

210 

110 

10 x 18 

146 

146 

Laterne W··· 


···L Mains W 

Lantern 120, bollard luminaire 

Laterne 120/1xTCT18···26 58 474··· ···01 - 1 x TC-T 18 GX24d-2 10.0 

Laterne 120/E27 26 

Lantern 35, pillar luminaire 

55 820··· - ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100) E27 9.7 

Laterne 35/1xTCT18···26 58 475··· ···01 - 1 x TC-T 18 GX24d-2 5.0 

Laterne 35/E27 26 

Lantern, wall luminaire (W) 

55 831··· - ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100) E27 4.6 

Laterne W/1xTCT18···26 58 476··· ···01 - 1 x TC-T 18 GX24d-2 3.6 

Laterne W/E27 26 55 844··· - ···10 1 x E27 (max. 100) E27 3.2 


0804E-2 56 421 00 Underground support for lantern 35/120, hot-dip galvanised 4.5 

Decorative bollard luminaire, light column 

or wall luminaire. 

Supporting column of extruded section with 

welded baseplate of cast aluminium. 

Wall luminaire (···W···) with mounting plate 

of cast aluminium. 




Fixing of bollard and light column via integral 

flange plate to solid surface or with use 

of an underground support in the substrate, 

to be ordered separately. Mounting of wall 

luminaire with mounting plate of cast aluminium. 


safety glass with printed, polished wire 

glass design. Wall luminaire ···W··· closed at 

rear. 


terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm² (Laterne 

120···). With Laterne 35··· and Laterne W··· 

with 3-pole connection terminal for wires up 

to 2 x 2.5 mm². 



Mains No power supply equipment required, 

lamp operation directly from mains power. 

Underground support 

of steel, galvanised, for installation 

of luminaire in substrate. 


Laterne W··· 

150 

187 

284 

126 

120 

124 

191 

DZ – decorative

192 

RL 


For alleys of light. The RL, originating from 

an architectural competition, is designed as 

a light column, bollard luminaire or wall 

luminaire for emotional lighting of all styles, 

ranging from path lighting to accentuation of 

trees and facades. Various designs with differently 

oriented reflectors and light sources 

make the RL an optimal solution for nearly 

all lighting tasks.

RL 500··· – the optics. A combination of three 

photometrically optimised reflector systems 

and light sources makes the RL 500··· a multifunctional 

talent for planning of light with the 

most diverse of applications. 

RL 500··· – the light effect. The rotationally 

symmetrical light distribution of the RL 

500···, paired with two integral supplementary 

spots guarantees optimal illumination – 

whether for accentuation of trees and facades 

or for the lighting of paths. 

RL 450··· – the light rings. A distinct feature 

of this luminaire with rotationally symmetrical 

light emission: the blue, LED design light 

rings. 

RL 280··· – a play of light. A light object with 

a highly unusual effect: equipped with RGB 

LEDs, the RL 280··· can automatically change 

colour. 

193 

DZ – decorative

RL 730/400 

Decorative light pillars 

65a IP54 

Decorative light column with rotationally 


Supporting column with RL 400··· of extruded 

aluminium section with continuously bitumised 

underground support (···E···) or with 

welded flange plate of cast aluminium 

(···FP···). Supporting column with RL 730··· of 

galvanised steel with continuously bitumised 

underground support (···E···) or with welded 

flange plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). 




Cover cylinder of highly impact-resistant 

PMMA, transparent. RL 730··· with supplementary, 

backlit lower cylinder cover of 

highly impact-resistant PMMA, opal. 

Optical system in luminaire head of anodised 

aluminium with rotationally symmetrical 


Relamping via opening of luminaire head. 

With RL 730···, replacement of lower lamp 

via opening of inspection door. 


terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm², behind 

a door. 



Windage areas 

RL 730··· F W = 1.46 m². 

RL 400··· F W = 0.8 m². 


for mounting of light column RL 400-FP··· in 

substrate. 


194 

RL 730-FP··· 

RL 400-FP···

800 

0804E-1 

400 

270 

M24 

RL 400-E··· RL 400-FP··· 

4000 

800 

200 

325 

600 1936 

85 x 300 

500 

50 x 150 

4000 

200 

400 

270 

325 

600 1936 

85 x 300 

26 x 34 

RL 730-E··· 

7300 

1000 

1211 

200 

219 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

RL 730, light column with underground support (E) 

RL 730-E/1x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 54 153··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 + 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 159.7 

RL 730-E/2x70HIT···26 54 155··· ···01 2 x HIT-CE 70 G12 157.7 

RL 730, light column with flange plate (FP) 

RL 730-FP/1x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 54 157··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 + 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 176.0 

RL 730-FP/2x70HIT···26 54 160··· ···01 2 x HIT-CE 70 G12 174.0 

RL 400, pillar with planted section (E) 



RL 400-E/1x70HSE-I···26 54 127··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 55.8 

RL 400, pillar with flange (FP) 



RL 400-FP/1x70HSE-I···26 54 141··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 56.0 

* Lamp with integral ignitor. 


0804E-1 56 424 00 Underground support for RL 400-FP, galvanised 32.0 

230 

2300 

2300 

100 x 620 

100 x 420 

550 

500 

50 x 150 

RL730-FP··· 

7300 

1211 

200 

219 

500 

400 

230 

2300 

2300 

100 x 620 

100 x 420 

550 

30 

195 

DZ – decorative

RL 350/120/W 

Decorative light column, bollard and wall luminaires 

65a IP54 

Decorative light column, bollard luminaire 

or wall luminaire with rotationally symmetrical 



section with continuously bitumised underground 

support (···E···) or with welded flange 

plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). 


aluminium. 




196 

Mounting of RL 120··· bollard luminaire via 




Mounting of ···W··· wall luminaire with 

cast aluminium mounting plate. 

Cylinder cover of highly impact-resistant 

PMMA, transparent (RL 120···) or translucent 

(RL 350···). With ···W··· wall luminaire of 

highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent, 

with supplementary cover glasses of nonlaminated 

safety glass, fixed via cast aluminium 

rings. 


RL 350··· with rotationally symmetrical wide 

angle light distribution. 

RL 120··· rotationally symmetrical wide angle 

light distribution and additional decorative 

blue light emission upwards. 

RL 350T-FP··· 

RL W··· with wide angle light distribution 

above and below. With decorative perforated 

sheet concealment for illumination of cover 

cylinder. 


With RL-W··· wall luminaire after release of 

upper or lower cover ring. 





Windage area RL 350··· F W = 0.56 m². 


for mounting of RL···FP··· luminaires in 

substrate. 

Further versions on request.

800 

0804E-1 

RL 120··· RL W··· 

400 

270 

0804E-4 

500 

60° 

190 

M8 

100 

126 

160 

RL 350T-E··· 

3500 

800 

150 

600 1576 

80 x 300 

500 

50 x 150 

RL 350T-FP··· 

3500 

150 

400 

270 

1576 

80 x 300 

600 

26 x 34 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L W 

RL 350, light column with translucent enclosure (T) and underground support (E) 

RL 350T-E/1x58···26 54 110··· ···01 1 x T26 58 G13 26.9 

RL 350, light column with translucent enclosure (T) and flange plate (FP) 

RL 350T-FP/1x58···26 54 113··· ···01 1 x T26 58 G13 27.1 

RL 120, bollard luminaire with flange (FP) 


RL, wall luminaire (W) 

RL W/1x70HIT+1x150HIT···26 54 166··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 + 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 13.1 

RL W/2x70HIT···26 54 180··· ···01 2 x HIT-CE 70 G12 12.3 


0804E-1 56 424 00 Underground support for RL 350T-FP, galvanised 32.0 

0804E-4 56 420 00 Underground support for RL 120···, hot-dip galvanised 4.0 

RL 120··· 

1200 

9 

100 

200 

126 

416 

120° 

60 

RL W··· 

500 

330 

210 

360 

8,5 x 20 

197 

DZ – decorative

RL 500/450/280 

Decorative light columns with effect lighting 

65a IP54 

Decorative light column with rotationally 

symmetrical light distribution and effect 

lighting. 




plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). 




Mounting with ···FP··· version via fastening of 

flange plate to sufficiently firm usurface or 



198 

RL 500-FP··· RL 450-FP··· RL 280T-FP··· 

Cylinder cover of highly impact-resistant 

PMMA. 

RL 500··· transparent, upper light emission 

of borosilicate glass. 

RL 450··· upper part transparent, lower part 

translucent. 

RL 280··· translucent. 


RL 500··· with rotationally symmetrical light 

emission and two supplementary spotlight 

elements for object and facade illumination. 

RL 450··· with rotationally symmetrical light 

emission and supplementary LED decorative 

rings, blue. 

RL 280··· light object with coulor change for 

effect lighting with LEDs. 






···ET with electronic transformer. 

···L+ET with inductive ballast and electronic 

transformer. 

Windage area 

RL 500··· F W = 1.0 m². 

RL 450··· F W = 0.9 m². 

RL 280··· F W = 0.45 m². 


for mounting of RL···FP··· light columns in 

substrate. 


800 

0804E-1 

400 

270 

M24 

5000 

RL 500-FP··· 

200 

400 

270 

243 

741 

85 x 300 

600 

26 x 34 

5000 

1000 

RL 500-E··· 

200 

243 

741 

85 x 300 

600 

500 

50 x 150 

4500 

RL 450-FP··· 

200 

400 

270 

325 

393 

600 1534 

85 x 300 

26 x 34 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L ···ET ···L+ET W 

RL 500, pillar with planted section (E) 

RL 500-E/2x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 


54 147··· ···01 - - 2 x HIT 150 + 1 x HIT 70 G12 46.2 

RL 500-FP/2x150HIT+1x70HIT···26 


54 150··· ···01 - - 2 x HIT 150 + 1 x HIT 70 G12 44.6 

RL 450-FP/1x150HIT+4xLED-bl···26* 54 144··· - - ···43 1 x HIT 150 + 4 x LED, blue G12 66.5 

RL 280, light column with translucent enclosure, with planted section (E) 

RL 280T-E/LED-RGB 9x1W···26* 55 913··· - ···40 - 9 x LED-RGB 1 W 21.0 

RL 280, light column with translucent enclosure, with flange plate (FP) 

RL 280T-FP/LED-RGB 9x1W···26* 

*EN 60598 compliant 

55 915··· - ···40 - 9 x LED-RGB 1 W 19.4 


0804E-1 56 424 00 Underground support for 280/450/500 FP, galvanised 32.0 

2800 

RL 280T-FP··· 

150 

400 

270 

2000 

80 x 300 

160 

26 x 34 

2800 

800 

RL 280T-E··· 

150 

160 

2000 

80 x 300 

500 

50 x 150 

199 

DZ – decorative

200 

SR 


Conspicuously inconspicuous. The SR transforms 

any environment, whether residential 

area or pathway, into an area of elegance. As 

light column, bollard or wall luminaire, 

thanks to its elementary simplicity it blends 

well in all spaces.

Individual light distribution: By rotation of 

the luminaire housing, light distribution can 

be simply adjusted to create the required 

lighting effect. 

Shielding as an added plus. The SR bollard 

and wall luminaires additionally win over 

with an adjustable shielding of the luminaire 

head. 

201 

DZ – decorative

SR 

Decorative light columns, bollard and wall luminaires 

65a IP55 

Decorative light column, bollard and wall 

luminaire with one-sided shielding. 

Luminaire housing of aluminium and cast 

aluminium components, with one-sided 

shielding as design element. 




plate of cast aluminium (···FP···). SR 120··· 

bollard luminaire with welded baseplate of 

cast aluminium. 




Mounting of SR 120··· bollard luminaire via 




Fixing of ···FP··· via fastening of flange 

plate to solid surface or with use of an 

underground support in the substrate, to be 

ordered separately. Mounting of ···W··· wall 

luminaire with aluminium mounting plate. 


PMMA, transparent, with rotationally 

symmetrical light emission. 

One-sided shielding, for glare control of 

luminaire on one side. Adjustment of light 

emission direction via rotation of luminaire 

housing. ···W·-B··· wall luminaire with 

adjustable shielding. ···W·/··· wall luminaire 

with fixed, rear shielding. 


terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm², with ···W··· 


to 1.5 mm². 


···E with electronic ballast. 


of steel, galvanised, for mounting 



202 

SR 400-FP···

500 

M6 

0804E-5 

100 

70 

120° 

800 

0804E-1 

400 

270 

M24 

SR 120··· 

1200 

480 

360° 

SR 120··· 

10 

158 

150 

70 

422 

67 x 270 

290 

90 

100 

120° 

4000 

800 

SR 400-E··· 

1600 

360° 

158 

1540 

90 

67 x 270 

600 

500 

50 x 150 

100 

4000 

1600 

SR W1··· 

SR 400-FP··· 

360° 

158 

400 

270 

1540 

90 

67 x 270 

600 

26 x 34 

105 

480 

480 

324 

105 

SR W1··· 

184 

324 

124 

SR W1-B··· 

210 

Lamp data ······························ 360 

360° 

8 

54 

158 

54 

432 

432 

8 

105 

700 

184 

SR W2-B··· 


···E W 

SR 120, bollard luminaire 

SR 120/1xTCL36···26 55 919··· ···04 1 x TC-L 36 2G11 12.5 

SR 400, light column with underground support (E) 

SR 400-E/1x58···26 

SR 400, light column with flange (FP) 

55 929··· ···04 1 x T26 58 G13 21.5 

SR 400-FP/1x58···26 

SR, wall luminaire (W) 

55 934··· ···04 1 x T26 58 G13 24.0 

SR W1/1xTCL24···26 55 939··· ···04 1 x TC-L 24 2G11 4.9 

SR W2/1xTCL40···26 55 949··· ···04 1 x TC-L 40 2G11 6.5 

SR, wall luminaire (W) with adjustable shielding (B) 

SR W1-B/1xTCL24···26 55 944··· ···04 1 x TC-L 24 2G11 5.1 

SR W2-B/1xTCL40···26 55 954··· ···04 1 x TC-L 40 2G11 7.2 


0804E-5 56 422 00 Underground support for SR 120, hot-dip galvanised 2.6 

0804E-1 56 424 00 Underground support for SR 400-FP, hot-dip galvanised 32.0 

700 

544 

105 

SR W2··· 

210 

544 

124 

SR W2-B··· 

360° 

8 

54 

158 

54 

652 

652 

8 

203 

DZ – decorative

Design: Foster and Partners 

204 

Focus 

Designed according to the philosophy of 

Sir Norman Foster. The luminaires from the 

Focus series are carefully matched in appearance. 

This opens the way for design 

possibilities not available until now. As such, 

the application spectrum of the Focus group 

is considerable. But whatever type and whatever 

application you choose, all Focus luminaires 

have one thing in common: a unique 

design originating from the house of Norman 

Foster.

Four-fold design diversity. A bollard luminaire 

with many faces: Focus is available 

with four different luminaire heads. 

Flexibility and the joy of colour. A high level 

of rotation (around 350°) and tilt (-5° to +90°) 

characterise the luminaire heads of the 

bollard luminaires Focus 42···, ···57··· and 

···97···. Colour filters as accessories create 

red, blue, yellow or green light. 

Simple mounting. Tool-free plug-in technology 

enables effortless anchoring of the 

luminaire to the baseplate with integral 

connection technology. 

Sophisticated connection technology. The 

Focus 300 light column has a door to the 

connection compartment that is cut directly 

from the extruded section and is therefore 

inconspicuous. 

205 

DZ – decorative

Focus 

Decorative light columns and bollard luminaires 

65a IP65 

Decorative light column or bollard luminaire 

with rotationally symmetrical light 

distribution. 

Luminaire body of cast aluminium components 

and cover glass. 


section with decorative stripes. Focus 300··· 

light column with welded flange plate of cast 

aluminium. 

Baseplate with Focus 90···/···83··· of cast 

aluminium with integral connection technology. 

Mounting holes outside of sealed area. 




Mounting of bollard luminaire directly by 

fastening of baseplate to firm surface or with 

use of underground support in the substrate, 

to be ordered separately. Mounting of 

Focus 300··· light column by fastening of 

flange plate to sufficiently firm surface. 

Cover glass with Focus 300··· light column 

and Focus 90··· bollard luminaire of highly 

impact-resistant PMMA, satinised or transparent 

(Focus 90 LO···). Cover glass with 

Focus 83··· of solid, polished crystal glass. 

Optical systems with rotationally symmetrical 


Focus 90 LO··· with lamella optics. 

Relamping with removal of upper cover. 

Electrical connection of bollard luminaire 


to 2 x 4 mm² of baseplate. Tool-free connection 

via plug-in technology during erection 

of supporting column. Electrical connection 

of Focus 300··· light column with 5-pole connection 

terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm² 

behind flush-fitting door. With C-nut within 

supporting column for mounting of a junction 

box, to be ordered separately. 





of steel, galvanised, for anchoring of 

Focus 90···/···83··· bollard luminaires in the 

substrate. 

Windage area 

Focus 300··· F W = 0.51 m 2 . 

Focus 90··· F W = 0.15 m 2 . 

Focus 83··· F W = 0.14 m 2 . 


206 

Focus 300···

Focus 90 LO··· Focus 90T··· Focus 83··· 

0804E-8 

500 

M8 

M6 

160 

60° 

106 

126 

140 

Focus 300··· 

3020 

170 

266 

160 

1565 

641 400 

18 

Focus 90 LO··· 

920 

6,5 

170 

140 

170 

120° 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L ···E W 

Focus 300, pillar 

Focus 300/2x58···26 53 484··· ···01 - 2 x T26 58 G13 43.0 

Focus 90, bollard luminaire with lamella optics (LO) 

Focus 90 LO/1xTCD13···26 55 554··· - ···04 1 x TC-DEL 13 G24q-1 11.4 

Focus 90 LO/1x35HIT···26 53 502··· - ···04 1 x HIT-CE 35 G8,5 11.4 

Focus 90, bollard luminaire with translucent light output (T) 

Focus 90T/1xTCD13···26 55 557··· - ···04 1 x TC-DEL 13 G24q-1 11.4 

Focus 90T/1x35HIT···26 53 505··· - ···04 1 x HIT-CE 35 G8,5 11.4 

Focus 83, bollard luminaire with light output made of glass 

Focus 83/1x35HIT···26 53 498··· - ···04 1 x HIT-CE 35 G8,5 11.9 


0804E-8 56 428 00 Underground support for Focus 90···/···83···, galvanised 3.0 

Focus 90T··· 

920 

6,5 

170 

140 

170 

120° 

Focus 83··· 

830 

6,5 

170 

140 

83 

120° 

207 

DZ – decorative

Focus 

Decorative bollard luminaires with light emission head 

65a IP65 

Decorative bollard luminaire with rotatable 

and tiltable light emission head. 

Light emission head of cast aluminium, 

rotatable to 350°, tiltable from -5° to + 90° to 

the horizontal. 


section with decorative stripes. 

Baseplate of cast aluminium with integral 

connection technology. Mounting holes 

outside of sealed area. 




Direct mounting of bollard luminaire via 

fastening of baseplate to firm surface or with 

use of an underground support or ground 

spike in the substrate, to be ordered separately. 

Cover glass of durable borosilicate, sealed 

within a cast-aluminium ring. 

Optical systems of anodised aluminium. 

Either with rotationally symmetrical wide 

angle ···RB···, narrow angle ···RE··· or very 

narrow angle ···RT··· light distribution. 

Relamping with release and removal of cover 

glass. 


terminal for wires up to 2 x 4 mm² of the 

baseplate. Tool-free connection of bollard 

luminaire via plug-in connection during 

erection of supporting column. 

208 

Focus 42··· Focus 57··· Focus 97··· 






Windage area 

Focus 42··· F W = 0.07 m 2 . 

Focus 57··· F W = 0.10 m 2 . 

Focus 97··· F W = 0.17 m 2 . 


of steel, for installation of bollard luminaires 

in the substrate. 

Ground spike of steel, for Focus 42··· and 

Focus 5 7···. 

Colour filters for Focus ZF-··· in colours red, 

blue, green or yellow for optional installation 

in light emission head. 


0804ES-2 

352 

9 

160 

140 

120° 

0804E-8 

500 

M8 

M6 

160 

60° 

106 

126 

140 


410 

6,5 

350° 

170 

140 

120° 

90° 

5° 

214 


570 

6,5 

350° 

170 

140 

120° 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···E ···ET Mains W 

Focus 42, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution (RB) 

Focus 42RB/1x100QT12 ···26 55 536··· - ···40 - 1 x QT 12 100 GY6,35 6.5 

Focus 42RB/1x75QT14···26 55 539··· - - ···10 1 x QT 14 75 G9 5.4 

Focus 42, pathway luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution (RE) 

Focus 42RE/1x100QT12···26 55 542··· - ···40 - 1 x QT 12 100 GY6,35 6.5 

Focus 42RE/1x75QT14···26 55 545··· - - ···10 1 x QT 14 75 G9 5.4 

Focus 42, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, deep beam (RT) 

Focus 42RT/1x100QT12···26 55 548··· - ···40 - 1 x QT 12 100 GY6,35 6.5 

Focus 42RT/1x75QT14···26 55 551··· - - ···10 1 x QT 14 75 G9 5.4 

Focus 57, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution (RB) 

Focus 57RB/1x70HIT···26 53 487··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT 70 G8,5 8.2 

Focus 57, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution (RE) 

Focus 57RE/1x70HIT···26 53 490··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT 70 G8,5 8.2 


Focus 57RT/1x70HIT···26 53 495··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT 70 G8,5 8.2 

Focus 97, pathway luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, wide-angle light distribution (RB) 

Focus 97RB/1x100QT12···26 55 561··· - ···40 - 1 x QT 12 100 GY6,35 13.9 

Focus 97RB/1x70HIT···26 53 508··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT 70 G8,5 13.4 

Focus 97RB/1x75QT14···26 55 564··· - - ···10 1 x QT 14 75 G9 12.5 

Focus 97, bollard luminaire with spotlight, rotationally symmetrical, narrow-angle light distribution (RE) 

Focus 97RE/1x100QT12···26 55 567··· - ···40 - 1 x QT 12 100 GY6,35 13.9 

Focus 97RE/1x70HIT···26 53 512··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT 70 G8,5 13.4 

Focus 97RE/1x75QT14···26 55 570··· - - ···10 1 x QT 14 75 G9 12.5 


Focus 97RT/1x100QT12···26 55 573··· - ···40 - 1 x QT 12 100 GY6,35 13.9 

Focus 97RT/1x70HIT···26 53 515··· ···04 - - 1 x HIT 70 G8,5 13.4 

Focus 97RT/1x75QT14···26 55 576··· - - ···10 1 x QT 14 75 G9 12.5 


0804ES-2 56 429 00 Earth rod for Focus 42/57, hot-dip galvanised 0.9 

0804E-8 56 428 00 Hot-dip galvanised underground support 3.0 

Focus ZF-R 53 337 00 Colour filter, red 0.1 

Focus ZF-B 53 334 00 Colour filter, blue 0.1 

Focus ZF-Y 53 335 00 Colour filter, yellow 0.1 

Focus ZF-G 53 336 00 Colour filter, green 0.1 

90° 

5° 

214 


970 

6,5 

350° 

170 

140 

120° 

90° 

5° 

214 

209 

DZ – decorative

Design: Christian von Stackelberg 

210 

Konus 

Timeless elegance and technology. The 

Konus bollard luminaire designed by 

Christian von Stackelberg catches the eye 

with its timeless design. The purist design 

language blends optimally into almost all 

surroundings. Thanks to the rotationally 

symmetrical light distribution, the Konus 

becomes a sophisticated object within its 

setting.

Konus 

Decorative bollard luminaire 

65a IP65 

Konus/··· 

Decorative bollard luminaire with 

rotationally symmetrical light distribution. 

Luminaire canopy and baseplate of cast 

aluminium. 


section. 

Mounting of bollard luminaire via direct 

fastening of baseplate to solid underground 

or with use of an underground support in the 





Enclosure of highly impact-resistant, 

transparent P MMA. 

Optical system consists of primary and 

secondary reflector of anodised aluminium, 

with rotationally symmetrical wide angle 


Relamping with removal of luminaire canopy 

via secured bayonet catch. 







Underground support of galvanised steel, for 

mounting of bollard luminaire in substrate. 


0804E-4 

500 

60° 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 


Bollard luminaire 

Konus/1x150QT 32 26 53 627··· - ···10 1 x QT32 150 E27 11.8 

Konus/1x35HIT···26 53 630··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-CE 35 G12 13.2 

Konus/1x70HIT···26 53 632··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 13.6 


0804E-4 56 420 00 Underground support for Konus, galvanised 4.0 

190 

M8 

100 

126 

160 

1200 

Konus/··· 

9 

355 

150 

100 

120° 

211 

DZ – decorative

Design: Wilmotte et Associés 

212 

Belisco 

A play with perception. Thanks to three 

indentations in the cylinder of the luminaire, 

three light sources are perceived that come 

from an LED light source in the lower section 

of the luminaire. When the supporting column 

is rotated during mounting, the optical 

impression of a continuous cylinder results. 

These different methods of light emission 

together with its high protection rating make 

Belisco a light object suitable for especially 

effective outdoor lighting of parks and gardens 

– with a maximum of visual appeal.

Belisco 

Decorative light object 

a IP65 

Belisco··· 

Decorative light object with various light 

distribution patterns. 


section with inner rotation cylinder of PA12. 

Baseplate of cast aluminium, welded to 

supporting c olumn. 

Installation via integral flange plate of cast 

aluminium, for direct mounting to firm surface 

or with use of an underground support 

in the substrate, to be ordered separately. 





Cylinder with backlit surfaces. When the 

supporting column is rotated during mounting, 

the form of light emission can be modified. 

The impression of a continuous cylinder 

or a cylinder with indentations is created. 


terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². 




of steel, galvanised, for installation 



Reference TOC Control gear Lamps ≈ kg 

options 

···ET W 

Belisco/LED-W 3x3W···26 55 463··· ···40 3 x LED 3 W, white 9.2 


0804E-7 56 427 00 Hot-dip galvanised underground support 6.1 

500 

M6 

0804E-7 

280 

260 

120° 

Belisco 

140 

1250 

310 

7 x 29 120° 

260 

213 

DZ – decorative

Design: Klaus Begasse 

214 

Reeds 

Garden lighting as if from a dream world. 

LED technology and the designer Klaus 

Begasse make it possible: Reeds, the completely 

new type of garden lighting. Seven 

fine luminous rods are fixed to a baseplate, 

swaying in the wind like reeds on a lake. 

LEDs are integrated at their upper ends that 

unobtrusively highlight each rod and therefore 

the surroundings as well. A presence 

accoladed with the reddot design award.

The Reeds I. Seven glass-fibre rods each 

in two heights come together to form an 

atmospheric whole. 

The Reeds II. Reeds II, manufactured from 

highly impact-resistant PMMA, creates an 

especially varied impression, as each rod 

has a different height. 

Endless possibilities for combination. 

Whether as a single luminaire, or as a triple 

or 5-fold combination – the Reeds enable an 

extremely high level of creative freedom. 

215 

DZ – decorative

Reeds I 

Decorative light objects 

M IP65 

216 

Reeds I/LED-W··· 

Decorative light object with white LEDs integrated 

in freely swinging glass-fibre rods. 

Luminaire base of cast aluminium with 

baseplate of stainless steel. Individual arrangement 

free-standing, or installed with 

fixing anchorage available separately. 

···M··· pre-assembled and wired luminaire 

combination in group arrangement(···G···) 

or line arrangement (···L···), includes fixing 

anchorage. 





7 filigree, free-swinging glass-fibre rods 

with 1 white LED each per single luminaire 

for uniquely dynamic light effects. 

Electrical connection with 3 m connection 

cable and shaped mains plug. 




Reeds I-M3G··· Reeds I-M3L···

1552 

Reeds I-M5G··· Reeds I-M5L··· 

Reference TOC Control gear options Lamps ≈ kg 

···ET W 

Reeds I/LED-W 7x0,085W···26 55 889··· ···40 7 x LED 0.085 W, white 3.2 

Reeds I-M3G/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 55 904··· ···40 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 10.3 

Reeds I-M3L/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 55 906··· ···40 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 10.7 

Reeds I-M5G/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 55 909··· ···40 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 17.5 

Reeds I-M5L/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 55 911··· ···40 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 17.8 


0804SV/Reeds 56 466 00 Safety fixture, stainless steel 0.2 

Reeds I··· 

215 

215 

223 

50 

Reeds I-M3G··· 

1552 

413 

414 

295 

419 

88 

9 

1552 

241 

Reeds I-M3L··· 

20 x 7 

510 

645 

215 

170 

88 

150 

Reeds I-M5G··· 

1552 

413 

549 

455 

625 

88 

9 

Reeds I-M5L··· 

1552 

241 

138 

920 

1051 

569 

20 x 7 

213 

88 

150 

217 

DZ – decorative

Reeds II 

Decorative light objects 

M IP65 

Decorative light object with white LEDs 

integrated in freely swinging glass-fibre 

rods. 

Luminaire base of cast aluminium with 

base plate of stainless steel. Individual 

arrangement free-standing, or installed with 

fixing anchorage available separately. 

···M··· pre-assembled and wired luminaire 

combination in group arrangement(···G···) 

or line arrangement ···L···, includes fixing 

anchorage. 





7 filigree, free-swinging glass-fibre rods with 

1 white LED each per single luminaire for 

uniquely dynamic light effects. 

Electrical connection with 3 m connection 

cable and shaped mains plug. 




218 

Reeds II··· Reeds II-M3G··· Reeds II-M3L···

1539 

Reeds II-M5G··· Reeds II-M5L··· 


···ET W 

Reeds II/LED-W 7x0,085W···26 55 893··· ···40 7 x LED 0.085 W, white 3.2 

Reeds II-M3G/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 55 896··· ···40 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 10.3 

Reeds II-M3L/LED-W 21x0,085W···26 55 898··· ···40 21 x LED 0.085 W, white 10.7 

Reeds II-M5G/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 55 900··· ···40 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 17.5 

Reeds II-M5L/LED-W 35x0,085W···26 55 902··· ···40 35 x LED 0.085 W, white 17.8 


0804SV/Reeds 56 466 00 Safety fixture, stainless steel 0.2 

Reeds II··· 

215 

215 

223 

50 

Reeds II-M3G··· 

1539 

413 

414 

295 

419 

88 

9 

Reeds II-M3L··· 

1539 

241 

20 x 7 

510 

645 

215 

170 

88 

150 

Reeds II-M5G··· 

1539 

413 

549 

455 

625 

88 

9 

Reeds II-M5L··· 

1539 

241 

138 

920 

1051 

569 

20 x 7 

213 

88 

150 

219 

DZ – decorative


220 

HS 

Simple, but quite the opposite of boring. 

The designer Peter Zegers has a uniquely 

fine feeling for an unadorned, chaste design 

language that still proves to be exciting. In 

accordance with a strict, mathematical basic 

order, the wall and bollard luminaires of the 

HS series enrich any school of architecture.

Particularly convincing: the HS version with 

innovative LEDs. Long-life and almost maintenance-free 

– this luminaire is a dependable 

partner for every conceivable outdoor 

application. 

221 

DZ – decorative

HS 

Decorative bollard and wall luminaires 

65a IP54 

Decorative bollard luminaire in single or 

double-head configurations (···M2···) and 

wall luminaire in three construction sizes. 

Luminaire housing of cast aluminium. 

Supporting column of HS 80··· bollard 

luminaire of extruded aluminium section 

with welded baseplate of cast aluminium. 

Protective grid of cast aluminium (HS II···, 

HS III···). 


metal effect (colour code ···26) or grey-white, 

similar to RAL 9002 (colour code ···24), highly 

weather-resistant, powder-coated. 

Fixing of HS 80··· bollard luminaire via integral 

flange plate to solid surface or with use 


to be ordered separately. Fixing of wall luminaire 

with mounting plate of cast aluminium. 

Cover glass of durable borosilicate (HS 80···, 

HS I···) or of non-laminated safety glass 

(HS II···, HS III···). 

Relamping following tool-free removal of 

cover glass with bayonet catch (HS 80···, 

HS I···) or after release of a safety screw and 

removal of luminaire housing from mounting 

plate (HS II···, HS III···). 


terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm². With 

HS 80··· with 3-pole connection terminal for 

wires up to 4 mm² on connection unit of the 

flange plate. 




···KT with conventional transformer. 




Underground support of steel, galvanised, for 

installation of HS 80··· bollard luminaire in 

substrate. 


222 

500 

0804E-5 

M6 

100 

70 

120° 

HS 80···24 

HS 80··· 

800 

7 

150 

70 

175 110 

50 

120° 

200 

HS 80-M2··· 

800 

7 

300 110 

150 

70 

HS 80-M2···26 

50 

120° 

200

HS I··· 

159 

125 

200 

110 

23 

110 

12 x 6,5 

137 

9 x 6,5 

HS II··· 

158 

189 

129 

220 

194 

22 

100 

12 x 6,5 

9 x 6,5 

220 

137 

Lamp data ······························ 360 

HS I···26 HS II···24 

HS III···26 


···L ···ET ···KT Mains W 

HS 80, bollard luminaire 

HS 80/1x50QPAR 24 55 580··· - - - ···10 1 x QPAR 50 GZ10 6.4 

HS 80/1x50QR-CB···24 55 593··· - - ···41 - 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 GU5,3 5.2 

HS 80/LED-W 3x1W···24* 55 631··· - ···40 - - 3 x LED 1 W, white 4.6 

HS 80/1x50QPAR 26 55 581··· - - - ···10 1 x QPAR 50 GZ10 6.4 

HS 80/1x50QR-CB···26 55 595··· - - ···41 - 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 GU5,3 5.2 

HS 80/LED-W 3x1W···26* 55 632··· - ···40 - - 3 x LED 1 W, white 4.6 

HS 80, bollard luminaire, double-headed (M2) 

HS 80-M2/1x50QPAR 24 55 635··· - - - ···10 2 x QPAR 50 GZ10 7.6 

HS 80-M2/1x50QR-CB···24 55 641··· - - ···41 - 2 x QR-CBC 51 50 GU5,3 7.1 

HS 80-M2/LED-W 3x1W···24* 55 654··· - ···40 - - 6 x LED 1 W, white 5.8 

HS 80-M2/1x50QPAR···26 55 636··· - - - ···10 2 x QPAR 50 GZ10 7.6 

HS 80-M2/1x50QR-CB···26 55 642··· - - ···41 - 2 x QR-CBC 51 50 GU5,3 7.1 

HS 80-M2/LED-W 3x1W···26* 

HS I, wall luminaire 

55 655··· - ···40 - - 6 x LED 1 W, white 5.8 

HS I/1x50QPAR 24 55 667··· - - - ···10 1 x QPAR 50 GZ10 1.2 

HS I/1x50QR-CB···24 55 695··· - - ···41 - 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 GU5,3 1.9 

HS I/LED-W 3x1W···24* 55 782··· - ···40 - - 3 x LED 1 W, white 1.2 

HS I/1x50QPAR 26 55 670··· - - - ···10 1 x QPAR 50 GZ10 1.2 

HS I/1x50QR-CB···26 55 701··· - - ···41 - 1 x QR-CBC 51 50 GU5,3 1.9 

HS I/LED-W 3x1W···26* 55 785··· - ···40 - - 3 x LED 1 W, white 1.2 

HS II, wall luminaire with protective mesh 

HS II/1xTCD18 L···24 53 525··· ···01 - - - 1 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 2.3 

HS II/1x100QT-DE 24 55 791··· - - - ···10 1 x QT-DE 100 R7s 1.8 

HS II/1xTCD18···26 53 527··· ···01 - - - 1 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 2.3 

HS II/1x100QT-DE 26 55 794··· - - - ···10 1 x QT-DE 100 R7s 1.8 

HS III, wall luminaire with protective mesh 

HS III/1x70HIT···24 53 564··· ···01 - - - 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 6.7 

HS III/2xTCD18···24 53 592··· ···01 - - - 2 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 5.6 

HS III/1x70HIT···26 53 565··· ···01 - - - 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 6.7 

HS III/2xTCD18···26 

*EN60598 ompliant c 

53 595··· ···01 - - - 2 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 5.6 


0804E-5 56 422 00 Underground support for HS 80, hot-dip galvanised 2.6 

145 

HS III··· 

250 

245 

370 

210 

100 

8,5 x 12 

210 

185 

90 

223 

DZ – decorative

Design: Ernesto Gismondi 

224 

Zauberflöte 

A luminaire reminiscent of an opera stage. 

Available in various designs – but always inspired 

by the famous Mozart opera. Discreet, 

illuminated and graceful glass forms lend 

any outdoor application a unique sense of 

lighting. Special feature: the crystal glass of 

the Zauberflöte is satinised on the outside.

Unique diversity. Many versions make a wide 

spectrum of uses possible: the Zauberflöte is 

available as a ceiling surface-mounted, wall, 

light column and bollard luminaire, including 

supporting column. All versions have one 

thing in common: the opal, acid matt crystal 

glass. 

225 

DZ – decorative

Zauberflöte 

Decorative high bollard luminaires 

65a IP65 

Decorative light column luminaire for use in 

non-public areas. 


section with welded baseplate of cast 

aluminium. 



powder-coated (colour code···26). 

Installation via integral flange plate, for 

direct mounting to firm underground or 



Cover glass of opal crystal glass, acid matt, 

can be removed without tools. 

Relamping after removal of glass. 







of steel, galvanised, for installation of 

ZF 80··· bollard luminaire in substrate. 


226 

ZF 220 Königin··· ZF 220 Monostatos··· ZF 220 Pamina···

0804E-4 

500 

60° 

190 

ZF 220 Papagena··· ZF 220 Sarastro··· 

M8 

100 

126 

160 

ZF 220 Königin··· 

2210 

1926 

9 

250 

201 

126 

120° 

100 

ZF 220 Monostatos··· 

2201 

1926 

9 

165 

201 

126 

120° 

100 

ZF 220 Pamina··· 

2166 

1926 

9 

250 

201 

126 

120° 

100 

ZF 220 Papagena··· 

2186 

1926 

9 

250 

201 

126 

120° 

100 

Lamp data ······························ 360 

ZF 220 Sarastro··· 

2186 

1926 

9 

249 

201 

126 

120° 

ZF 220 Tamino··· 


options 

Mains W 

Bollard luminaire including supporting column with flange plate 

ZF 220 Königin/E27 26 56 105··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 8.1 

ZF 220 Monostatos/E27 26 56 108··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 7.0 

ZF 220 Pamina/E27 26 56 112··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 8.0 

ZF 220 Papagena/E27 26 56 115··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 7.4 

ZF 220 Sarastro/E27 26 56 120··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 7.5 

ZF 220 Tamino/E27 26 56 124··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 7.2 


0804E-4 56 420 00 Underground support for ZF 220, galvanised 4.0 

100 


2203 

1926 

9 

215 

201 

126 

120° 

100 

227 

DZ – decorative

Zauberflöte 

Decorative light column and bollard luminaire 

65a IP65 

Decorative light column or bollard luminaire 

for use in pedestrian areas. 


section with welded baseplate of cast 

aluminium. 




Installation via integral flange plate, for 

direct mounting to firm surface or with use 


to be ordered separately. 

Cover glass of opal crystal glass, acid matt, 

can be removed without tools. 








of steel, galvanised, for installation of 

ZF 80··· bollard luminaire in substrate. 


228 

ZF 45 Königin··· ZF 45 Monostatos··· ZF 45 Pamina··· 


480 

196 

6,5 

250 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


471 

196 

6,5 

165 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


436 

196 

6,5 

300 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


456 

196 

6,5 

250 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


456 

196 

6,5 

249 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


473 

196 

6,5 

215 

155 

106 

120° 

100

0804E-8··· 

500 

M8 

M6 

ZF 80 Papagena··· ZF 80 Sarastro··· ZF 80 Tamino··· 

160 

60° 

106 

126 

140 


830 

545 

6,5 

250 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


820 

545 

6,5 

165 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


785 

545 

6,5 

300 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


806 

545 

6,5 

250 

155 

106 

120° 

100 

Lamp data ······························ 360 

Reference TOC Control gear 

options 

Lamps Socket ≈ kg 

Mains W 

Light olumn 

c 






ZF 45 Tamino/E27 26 

Bollard luminaire 

56 143··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.0 






ZF 80 Tamino/E27 26 56 162··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.6 


0804E-8 56 428 00 Underground support for ZF 80, hot-dip galvanised 3.0 


806 

545 

6,5 

249 

155 

106 

120° 

100 


822 

545 

6,5 

215 

155 

106 

120° 

100 

229 

DZ – decorative

Zauberflöte 

Decorative ceiling surface-mounted and wall luminaires 

65a IP65 

Decorative ceiling or wall luminaire for use 

in private areas. 

Ceiling surface-mounted luminaire ···D··· 

with base element of cast aluminium for 

direct mount ing. 

Wall luminaire ···W··· with bracket arm of 

cast aluminium and wall plate of stainless 

steel. 




Cover glass of opal crystal glass, acid matt 

exterior, can be removed without tools. 








230 

ZF D Königin··· ZF D Monostatos··· ZF D Pamina··· 

310 

ZF D Königin··· 

155 

250 

89 

26 

4 

301 

ZF D Monostatos··· 

155 

165 

89 

26 

4 

266 

ZF D Pamina··· 

155 

300 

89 

26 

4 

286 

ZF D Papagena··· 

155 

250 

89 

26 

4 

286 

ZF D Sarastro··· 

155 

249 

89 

26 

4 

303 

ZF D Tamino··· 

155 

215 

89 

26 

4

ZF W Papagena··· ZF W Sarastro··· ZF W Tamino··· 

ZF W Königin··· 

358 

334 

250 

252 

326 

250 

252 

326 

50 

ZF W Papagena··· 

50 

56 

56 

102 

102 

16 

4,5 x 6 

16 

4,5 x 6 

ZF W Monostatos··· 

349 

165 

252 

284 

50 

ZF W Sarastro··· 

334 

249 

252 

325 

50 

56 

56 

102 

102 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

Mains W 

Ceiling surface-mounted luminaire 

ZF D Königin/E27 26 56 166··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.2 

ZF D Monostatos/E27 26 56 169··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 2.1 

ZF D Pamina/E27 26 56 172··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.1 

ZF D Papagena/E27 26 56 175··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 2.5 

ZF D Sarastro/E27 26 56 178··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 2.6 

ZF D Tamino/E27 26 56 181··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 2.3 

Wall luminaire 

ZF W Königin/E27 26 56 185··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 4.1 

ZF W Monostatos/E27 26 56 189··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.1 

ZF W Pamina/E27 26 56 192··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 4.1 

ZF W Papagena/E27 26 56 195··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.5 

ZF W Sarastro/E27 26 56 198··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.5 

ZF W Tamino/E27 26 56 201··· ···10 1 x max. 60 E27 3.2 

16 

4,5 x 6 

16 

4,5 x 6 

ZF W Pamina··· 

314 

300 

252 

351 

50 

ZF W Tamino··· 

351 

215 

252 

309 

50 

56 

56 

102 

102 

16 

4,5 x 6 

16 

4,5 x 6 

231 

DZ – decorative


232 

DI 

Direct-indirect lighting design. The wall 

luminaire from Peter Zegers catches the eye 

with interesting combinations, for example a 

simple elegance with lively playfulness. Or 

the body with a triangular base. Or direct 

with indirect light. Or, to put it succinctly: the 

perfect combination of form and function.

DI 

Decorative wall luminaires 

65a IP55 

DI··· 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


below/above 

···L + KT Mains W 

DI/1x50QR111+1x70 HIT L 26 55 468··· ···45 - 1 x QR111 50 / 1 x HIT-CE 70 G53 + G12 9.7 

DI/1x70 HIT L+1x50QR111 26 55 473··· ···45 - 1 x HIT-CE 70 / 1 x QR111 50 G12 + G53 9.7 

DI/E27 2x75QPAR30 26 55 477··· - ···10 2 x QPAR 30 75 E27 7.4 

Decorative wall luminaire with upper and 

lower light emission. 

Luminaire housing of extruded aluminium 

section with mounting plate of cast 

aluminium. 




Design element of chrome-plated brass 

sheet. 

Cover glasses of durable borosilicate, sealed 

with cast aluminium in canopy. 

Light emission above and below. Version 

with QR111 lamp has adjustable light distribution 


Relamping after removal of cover glasses. 


terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm². Lamps can 

be switched separately. 


···L + KT with inductive ballast (L) and 

conventional transformer (KT). 




147 

147 

DI··· 

255 

37 

450 

253 

126 

120 

124 

6 x 12 

233 

DZ – decorative


234 

Segmentkugel 

Sensuality and stability. Like a moon let free 

upon the Earth – the Segmentkugel inspires 

dream-like interpretations, aided by its neutral 

design and a clear and harmonious form. 

Can be used as a ceiling or wall luminaire, 

emitting soft, uniform light for all areas.

Segmentkugel 

Decorative wall or ceiling luminaires 

65a IP44 

Segmentkugel I··· Segmentkugel II··· 

Segmentkugel I··· 

160 

180 

42 

6 

308 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

Segmentkugel I (quarter sphere) 

Segmentkugel I/1xTCD18···24 54 193··· ···01 1 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 1.9 

Segmentkugel II (hemisphere) 

Segmentkugel II/2xTCD18···24 54 199··· ···01 2 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 3.3 

Decorative wall or ceiling luminaire for 

indoors and outdoors. 

Wall plate and housing components of cast 

aluminium. 

Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002, 

highly weather-resistant, powder-coated 

(colour code ···24). 

Enclosure of highly impact-resistant 

polycarbonate, opa l. 

Relamping after release of a safety pin and 

removal of enclosure. 






87 

Segmentkugel II··· 

308 

180 

6 

226 

235 

DZ – decorative


236 

Varisto 

Simple and emotional. The Varisto ceiling luminaire catches the eye 

with a clarity of form and function. High quality surfaces and discreet 

illumination round off the sophisticated appearance. The recessed 

ceiling versions have additional variability for recess depth with an 

adjustable ring.

Varisto 

Decorative ceiling surface-mounted or recessed ceiling luminaires 

65a IP44 

Varisto I··· 

72 

6 

84 

115 

100 

10 

120° 

10-50 

Varisto I-D··· 

72 

6 

84 

60 

11 

Lamp data ······························ 360 

Varisto I···26 Varisto I-D···24 

Varisto II-D···24 


options 

···KT W 

Varisto I, ceiling recessed 

Varisto I/1x20QR-CB···24 55 410··· - ···50 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 GU5.3 0.5 

Varisto I/1x20QR-CB···26 55 412··· - ···50 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 GU5.3 0.5 

Varisto I, ceiling mounted (D) 

Varisto I-D/1x20QR-CB···24 55 425··· - ···50 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 GU5.3 0.4 

Varisto I-D/1x20QR-CB···26 55 427··· - ···50 1 x QR-CBC 51 20 GU5.3 0.4 

Varisto II, ceiling recessed 

Varisto II/1x50QR-LP···24 55 438··· ···41 - 1 x QR-LP 51 50 GU5.3 1.7 

Varisto II/1x50QR-LP···26 55 440··· ···41 - 1 x QR-LP 51 50 GU5.3 1.7 

Varisto II, ceiling mounted (D) 

Varisto II-D/1x50QR-LP···24 55 452··· ···41 - 1 x QR-LP 51 50 GU5.3 1.6 

Varisto II-D/1x50QR-LP···26 55 455··· ···41 - 1 x QR-LP 51 50 GU5.3 1.6 

Electrical equipment TOC Description Rating ≈ kg 

ETW 60 M05 23 581 00 Electronic transformer 230/12 V 10-60 VA 0.06 

ETP 105 C05 43 193 00 Electronic transformer 230/12 V 20-105 VA 0.15 

ETX 150 L05 43 194 00 Electronic transformer 230/12 V 30-150 VA 0.22 

Decorative ceiling surface-mounted or 

recessed ceiling luminaire for indoors and 

outdoors. 

Luminaire housing and ceiling panel of cast 

aluminium. 

Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002 

(colour code ···24) or anthracite, similar to 

DB703 with metal effect (colour code ···26), 

highly weather-resistant, powder-coated. 

Mounting as ceiling-mounted luminaire 

(···D···) or recessed ceiling luminaire with 

variable recess depth. With Varisto I, an 

external transformer to be ordered separately 

is required for operation of the lamp. 

Cover glass of durable borosilicate. 

Relamping after tool-free removal of cover 

glass with bayonet catch. 


with Varisto I with 2-pole connection terminal 

for wires up to 1.5 mm², with Varisto II 


to 1.5 mm². 


···KT with conventional transformer. 

···50 requires further components for lamp 

operation. 

Electronic transformers (ET···) for low 

voltage halogen lamps 

• Mains voltage: 230-240 V, 50/60 Hz 

• Secondary voltage: 11.5 V, 12 V (ETX) 

• Secondary voltage connections: 1 (ETW), 

2 (ETP), 3 (ETX) 

• Connection for looping through of mains 

voltage (ETP, ETX) 

• Connection terminals 1.5 mm² for cables 

with 3-8 mm diameter 

• Overheating protection 

• Overload protection and short-circuit 

protection 

• Dimmable with phase control dimming 

• Safety class II / degree of protection IP20 


Varisto II··· 

181 

6 

84 

115 

100 

10 

120° 

10-160 

Varisto II-D··· 

181 

6 

84 

50 

11 

237 

DZ – decorative


238 

DKS 

Flexibility has a name. With its minimalist 

form the DKS leverages a maximum of 

flexibility: rotatable, tiltable, pivotable – all 

methods of light control are possible, including 

rotation in the horizontal to 350° and 

folding downwards to 180°. In addition the 

use of decorative colour elements in the 

recess of the luminaire centre offers great 

flexibility for individualisation with colour. 

The DKS can be used as a ceiling or wall 

spotlight or with a ground spike in the 

garden. Suitable for LEDs.

DKS 

Decorative wall, ceiling or garden spotlight 

65a IP54 

Decorative wall, ceiling or garden spotlight, 

can be panned and tilted. 

Luminaire head of cast aluminium, rotatable 

to 350°, can be folded down to max. 180°. 

Colour anthracite, similar to DB703 (colour 

code ···26) or DB704 (colour code ···27) with 

metal effect, or grey-white, similar to RAL 

9002 (colour code ···24), highly weather- 

resistant, powder-coated. 

Installation with flange plate as ceiling or 

wall luminaire, and with galvanised ground 

spike as a mobile garden spotlight. 

Cover glass of durable borosilicate, fixed via 

cast aluminium cover ring. 

Relamping after release of cover ring. 





Coloured cover available as optional 

decorative el ement. 


DKS ES···26 DKS···27 DKS···24 

DKS ES··· 

215 

75 

max.180° 

350° 

121 

157 

200 130 

DKS··· 

5,5 

350° 

157 

121 

72 

150 

120° 

max. 180° 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···ET W 

DKS 

DKS/1x50QT12···24 55 502 ··· ···40 1 x QT 12ax 50 GY6.35 4.1 

DKS/LED-W 4x1W···24* 55 525 ··· ···40 4 x LED 1 W 3.2 








DKS with ground stake (ES) 

DKS ES/1x50QT12···24 55 484 ··· ···40 1 x QT 12ax 50 GY6.35 5.0 

DKS ES/LED-W 4x1W···24* 55 491 ··· ···40 4 x LED 1 W 4.1 








*EN60598 compliant 


DKS ZFB 24 53 318 00 Coloured cover, colour similar to RAL 9002 0.1 

DKS ZFB 26 53 319 00 Coloured cover, colour similar to DB 703 0.1 

DKS ZFB 27 53 320 00 Coloured cover, colour similar to DB 704 0.1 

121 

215 

75 

max.180° 

157 

120° 

72 

5,5 

239 

DZ – decorative


240 

Lichtboden 

The light for today: omnipresent. The right 

light can come from anywhere: in this case 

from the ground. The ground recessed 

luminaire is a marker and guide, but more 

importantly a setter of accents when it 

comes to supporting a particular architectural 

effect. Equipped with white or coloured 

LEDs, easily combined, frameless and with a 

“NepStep” anti-slip surface, the Lichtboden 

gives paths and squares a really individual 

look.

Innovative surface. As a consequence of 

further development of the anti-slip property 

R12, the “NepStep” is now available, offering 

maximum safety for pedestrian areas, even 

when wet. 

Glass to glass. With the possibility of framelessly 

combining Lichtboden elements, large 

surfaces can be equipped with ease. 

241 

DZ – decorative

Lichtboden 

Decorative ground recessed luminaires 

M IP67 

242 

Lichtboden/LED-B···+ ···GH/300··· 

Decorative ground recessed luminaire for 

accent lighting, both walk-over and driveover. 

Housing of cast aluminium for installation of 

LED units to be ordered separately. Construction 

size 300 mm x 300 mm for one LED 

unit, 600 mm x 600 mm for four LED units. 

Including flush-fitting cover glass. 

Version ···0,5T··· for pressure load up to 

500 kg, walk-over. Version ···5,0T··· for pressure 

load up to 5000 kg, drive-over capacity 

at walking pace. In areas with stress loads 

from accelerating, braking and turning 

movements of vehicles, the ground recessed 

luminaires must not be used. Housing with 

large drainage aperture. On-site, a foundation 

corresponding to the load with suitable 

drainage must be ensured. 

Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002, 

highly weather-resistant, powder-coated 

(colour code ···24). 

Cover glass of flat non-laminated safety 

glass (construction size 300 x 300 mm) or 

laminated safety glass (construction size 

600 x 600 mm). Underside with special 

foil for homogenous illumination of glass 

surface. With R12 anti-slipping. ···NS··· 

(NepStep) version with innovative surface 

technology for anti-slipping, resistance to 

wear and water displacement. 

Lichtboden/LED-G··· + ···GH/300··· Lichtboden/LED-W··· + ···GH-NS/300··· 

LED unit of highly impact-resistant PMMA 

with transparent light emission for installation 

in housing to be ordered separately. 

Complete with driver and 6 LEDs each, either 

in blue, green, orange, red or white. With 

connection cable fed outwards, with appropriate 

protection rating. 

Electrical connection via 3-pole EasyClick 

plug connection (IP68) for wires up to 2.5 mm 2 , 

included in delivery. Further connection 

accessories to be ordered separately simplify 

installation of several LED units. 




Lichtboden/LED-O··· + ···GH/600··· Lichtboden/LED-R··· + ···GH/600··· 


LED units ···ET W 

Lichtboden/LED-B 6x1W Einsatz 55 853 ··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, blue 1.1 

Lichtboden/LED-G 6x1W Einsatz 55 854 ··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, green 1.1 

Lichtboden/LED-O 6x1W Einsatz 55 855 ··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, orange 1.1 

Lichtboden/LED-R 6x1W Einsatz 55 856 ··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, red 1.1 

Lichtboden/LED-W 6x1W Einsatz 55 857 ··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, white 1.1 


Housing 

Lichtboden GH/300x300/0,5T 24 56 467 00 Housing for one LED unit, RAL 9002 5.7 

Lichtboden GH/300x300/5,0T 24 56 468 00 Housing for one LED unit, RAL 9002 7.4 

Lichtboden GH/600x600/0,5T 24 56 470 00 Housing for four LED units, RAL 9002 26.8 

Lichtboden GH/600x600/5,0T 24 56 471 00 Housing for four LED units, RAL 9002 46.7 

Lichtboden GH-NS/300x300/0,5T 24 56 918 00 Housing for one LED unit, NepStep RAL 9002 5.7 

Lichtboden GH-NS/300x300/5,0T 24 56 921 00 Housing for one LED unit, NepStep RAL 9002 7.4 

Connection accessories 

ZVB Verteilerblock 56 473 00 Terminal block (1 x input 3 x output) 0.1 

ZVS Verschlussstück 56 472 00 Sealing plug for terminal block 0.1 

ZAL/4000 56 474 00 Extension cable, 4.0 m 0.1 

Lichtboden···300··· 

0,5 t 5,0 t 

300 

180 

6 

116 

300 

13 

123 

Lichtboden···600··· 

0,5 t 5,0 t 

211 

600 600 

480 

234 

243 

DZ – decorative


244 

Lichtlinie 

Aesthetics all the way. The further development 

of the Lichtboden concept can be used 

either in the ground or as a wall luminaire 

for illumination of buildings and facades. As 

a ground recessed luminaire it sets white or 

coloured accents for paths and squares, 

whereby a special light control foil ensures 

homogenous illumination of the glass 

surface.

The ···RT··· Lichtlinie. Reflector optics and 

white LEDs enable highly impressive facade 

illumination. 

Nomen est Omen. When recessed in the 

ground, the optical impression of a continuous 

light line is created. 

The W Lichtlinie. As a wall luminaire with 

white LEDs, the W··· Lichtlinie bathes buildings 

and facades in perfect light. 

245 

DZ – decorative

Lichtlinie 

Decorative ground recessed luminaires and wall luminaires 

M IP67 

Decorative ground recessed luminaire and 

wall luminaire for facade and effect lighting. 

Ground recessed luminaire housing of 

extruded aluminium section with screwfastened 

end pieces of cast aluminium. With 

flush-fitting cover glass and integral LED 

unit. For pressure loads up to 2000 kg, driveover 

capacity at walking pace. In areas with 

stress loads from accelerating, braking and 

turning movements of vehicles, the ground 

recessed luminaires must not be used. 

On-site, a foundation corresponding to the 

load with suitable drainage must be ensured. 

···W··· wall luminaires of aluminium, tiltable. 

With integral LED unit. 

Colour grey-white, similar to RAL 9002, highly 

weather-resistant, powder-coated (colour 

code ···24). 


glass, transparent. Underside with special 

foil for homogenous illumination of glass 

surface. With R12 anti-slipping. ···RT··· and 

···W··· versions without special foil and antislip 

technology. Cover glass removable 

on-site with suction holder. 

LED unit of highly impact-resistant, transparent 

polycarbonate. With corresponding 

number of LEDs and driver. With connection 

cable fed outwards. 

246 

Lichtlinie 1200···B Lichtlinie 1200···G Lichtlinie 1200···O 

Optical system with ···RT··· and ···W··· versions 

of high quality UV and thermally resistant 

optical lens systems with narrow angle 

light distribution for façade illumination. 

Electrical connection via 3-pole EasyClick 

plug connection (IP68) for wires up to 

2.5 mm². Further connection accessories to 

be ordered separately simplify installation 

of several luminaires. 




Lichtlinie 1200··· 

112 

80 

140 

Lichtlinie 600···R 

1200 

Lichtlinie 600··· 

112 

80 

140 

Lichtlinie 600RT··· 

600 

Lichtlinie W··· 

Lichtlinie W··· 


···ET W 

Light line 1200, end luminaire 

Lichtlinie 1200/LED-B 12x1W···24 55 858··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, blue 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200/LED-G 12x1W···24 55 859··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, green 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200/LED-O 12x1W···24 55 860··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, orange 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200/LED-R 12x1W···24 55 861··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, red 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200/LED-W 12x1W···24 

Light line 1200, middle luminaire 

55 862··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, white 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-B 12x1W···24 55 864··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, blue 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-G 12x1W···24 55 865··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, green 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-O 12x1W···24 55 866··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, orange 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-R 12x1W···24 55 867··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, red 10.5 

Lichtlinie 1200-LM/LED-W 12x1W···24 

Light line 600, end luminaire 

55 868··· ···40 12 x LED 1 W, white 10.5 

Lichtlinie 600/LED-B 6x1W···24 55 870··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, blue 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600/LED-G 6x1W···24 55 871··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, green 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600/LED-O 6x1W···24 55 872··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, orange 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600/LED-R 6x1W···24 55 873··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, rot 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600/LED-W 6x1W···24 

Light line 600, middle luminaire 

55 874··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, white 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-B 6x1W···24 55 875··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, blue 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-G 6x1W···24 55 876··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, green 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-O 6x1W···24 55 877··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, orange 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-R 6x1W···24 55 878··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, red 5.7 

Lichtlinie 600-LM/LED-W 6x1W···24 55 879··· ···40 6 x LED 1 W, white 5.7 

Light line 1200, for facade illumination with rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle optical systems (RT) 

Lichtlinie 1200RT/LED-W 24x1W···24 55 869··· ···40 24 x LED 1 W, white 13.6 

Light line 600, for facade illumination with rotationally symmetrical narrow-angle optical systems (RT) 

Lichtlinie 600RT/LED-W 16x1W···24 

Light line, wall-mounted luminaire (W) 

55 880··· ···40 16 x LED 1 W, white 7.0 

Lichtlinie W/LED-W 24x1W···24 55 881··· ···40 24 x LED 1 W, white 5.7 

Connection accessories TOC Description ≈ kg 

ZVB Verteilerblock 56 473 00 Terminal block (1 x input 3 x output) 0.1 

ZVS Verschlussstück 56 472 00 Sealing plug for terminal block 0.1 

ZAL/4000 56 474 00 Extension cable, 4.0 m 0.1 

90 

79 

65 

max. 30° 

max. 10° 

79 

25 x 9 

800 

1040 

247 

DZ – decorative


248 

Elle 

The consummation of a rectangle. Whether 

for public green spaces, squares or for 

pedestrian zones, the Elle makes an impression 

with flexibility, an adjustable tilt angle 

and low energy consumption. Its balanced 

and homogenous design also impresses the 

experts: awarded the red dot design award.

The future is called LED. The LED version of 

Elle with its optically matched and replaceable, 

individual LED lenses is particularly 

fitting for the future. 

The perfect effect – the projecting cover disc 

creates a decorative, lateral light component. 

Two-fold elegance – the post-top luminaire 

with double-headed configuration. 

The wall luminaire. Even without a mast 

an award-winning design highlight: 

the Elle W···. 

249 

DZ – decorative

Elle 

Decorative post-top luminaires 

65a 

250 

IP65 5 m 

Decorative post-top luminaire in single 

of double-headed configuration with adjustable 

luminaire head. 


section and cast aluminium-components. 

···M2··· post mounting element with doubleheaded 

configuration. 

Post mounting element of aluminium with 

cast aluminium components. 

Tilt angle of luminaire housing adjustable to 

0°/10°/20°/30° or 90°. 

Colour of luminaire housing anthracite, 

similar to DB703, with metal effect, post 

mounting element similar to DB704, highly 


code ···F8). 

Post spigot 76 mm. 

Mounting with insertion of a post mounting 

element into column and fixing on-site with 

grub screws to be inserted into post. 

Flat cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA, 

satinised, ···LED··· version with cover of 

highly impact-resistant PMMA, transparent, 

fringe with black screen printing. 

Optical system of anodised aluminium. LED 

version with high quality UV and temperature-resistant 

optical lens system. 

Elle I/··· Elle I-M2··· 

Relamping with tool-free removal of cover. 

No relamping required with LED version. 






Windage area 

Elle I··· F W = 0.06 m 2 . 

Elle I-M2··· F W = 0.11 m 2 . 

Elle II··· F W = 0.07 m 2 . 

Elle II-M2··· F W = 0.13 m 2 . 

Further versions and designed 

posts on request.

345 

Elle I··· 

76 

0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 

650 

460 

140 

360 

75 

Elle II/LED··· 

345 

Elle I-M2··· 

140 

1170 

76 

0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 

460 

75 

360 

Elle II··· 

345 

0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 

76 

735 

610 

140 

360 

Elle II-M2/LED··· 

75 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···E ···ET W 

Elle I, pole top luminaire 

Elle I/2xTCL24···F8 

Elle II, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2) 

53 417··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 8.2 

Elle I-M2/2xTCL24···F8 

Elle II, pole top luminaire 

53 429··· ···04 - 4 x TC-L 24 2G11 14.6 

Elle II/LED-W 25x1W···F8* 55 533··· - ···40 25 x LED 1 W, white 12.5 

Elle II/2xTCL55···F8 

Elle II, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2) 

53 423··· ···04 - 2 x TC-L 55 2G11 10.2 

Elle II-M2/LED-W 25x1W···F8* 55 534··· - ···40 50 x LED 1 W, white 21.1 

Elle II-M2/2xTCL55···F8 

*EN 60598 compliant 

53 427··· ···04 - 4 x TC-L 55 2G11 19.1 

345 

Elle II-M2··· 

140 

1470 

76 

0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 

610 

75 

360 

251 

DZ – decorative

Elle 


65a IP65 


adjustable luminaire head. 


section and cast aluminium components. 

Supporting column with Elle I 120··· bollard 





powder-coated. 

Wall mounting with Elle I W··· of aluminium. 

Colour of luminaire housing anthracite, 

similar to DB703, with metal effect, luminaire 

post top and wall connection, colour 

similar to DB704, highly weather-resistant, 

powder-coated (colour code ···F8). 

Tilt angle of luminaire housing adjustable to 

0°/10°/20°/30° or 90°. 

Flat cover of highly impact-resistant PMMA, 

satinised. 

Mounting of bollard luminaire via integral 

flange plate for direct mounting to firm surface 

or with use of an underground support 

in the substrate, to be ordered separately. 

Mounting of wall luminaire with wall connection 

of aluminium. 

Optical system of anodised aluminium. 

252 

Relamping after tool-free removal of cover. 






mounting of Elle I 120··· bollard luminaire in 

substrate. 


Elle I 120··· Elle I W···

500 

M8 

M6 

0804E-8 

160 

60° 

106 

126 

140 

1200 

120° 

Elle I 120··· 

201 

9 

126 

0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 

76 

710 

460 

75 

360 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···E W 

Elle I 120, bollard luminaire 

Elle I 120/1xTCF36···F8 53 407··· ···04 1 x TC-F 36 2G10 13.4 

Elle I 120/2xTCL24···F8 

Elle I wall luminaire (W) 

53 408··· ···04 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 13.4 

Elle I W/1xTCF36···F8 53 413··· ···04 1 x TC-F 36 2G10 7.9 

Elle I W/2xTCL24···F8 53 415··· ···04 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 7.9 


0804E-8 56 428 00 Underground support for Elle I 120···, galvanised 3.0 

Elle I W··· 

0°/10°/20°/30°/90° 

460 

550 

75 

360 

120 

90 

9 

253 

DZ – decorative

254 

Lionda 

Design: David Chipperfield 

An award-winning design. From architects 

for architects. The Lionda: created from a 

lively dialogue between the architect David 

Chipperfield and the DZ design team and 

awarded the reddot award. The luminaire 

was designed for the lighting of paths, green 

spaces and prestigious areas. It convinces 

not only with a discreet, unobtrusive design 

but also with a high level of dependability 

and a wide product spectrum: the Lionda is 

available as a bollard, wall or post-top 

luminaire. All versions have one thing in 

common: perfect aesthetics and simple 

maintenance.

The bollard luminaire. The Lionda 90 is 

suitable predominantly for the illumination of 

paths. 

The large post-top luminaire. The classic 

version of the Lionda catches the eye with its 

timeless elegance. 

Simple maintenance. The quick-release 

catch of the post-top luminaire allows simple 

opening of the luminaire head. 

The wall luminaire. With the wall adapter 

available as an accessory, the Lionda can 

also be mounted to facades. 

255 

DZ – decorative

Lionda 

Decorative post-top and bollard luminaires 

65a IP65 

256 

4-6 m 

Lionda/··· + 0801MGZ108··· 

Decorative post-top and bollard luminaire. 

With adapter for wall mounting. 


Supporting column with Lionda 90··· bollard 



Post spigot 76 mm for post-top luminaire. 

Wall adapter ZAW of cast aluminium enables 

wall mounting of post-top luminaire. 




Cover of flat, non-laminated safety glass 

with black screen-printing, sealed in 

luminaire hous ing. 

Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire with swingdown 

cast aluminium ring. 

Installation of Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire 

via integral flange plate for direct mounting 

to firm surface or with use of an underground 


Optical system of thermally high-tensile 

plastic with high quality surface coating. With 

asymmetric, wide angle light distribution. 

With Lionda 90···, specular reflector of anodised 

aluminium. 

Lionda/··· + Lionda ZAW 26 Lionda 90··· 

Relamping with Lionda/··· post-top luminaire 

after pressing a rotary catch and hinging 

upwards of luminaire canopy. With Lionda 

90··· bollard luminaire after releasing of two 

stainless steel screws and hinging down of 

cast aluminium ring. 


terminal for wires up to 2.5 mm². Post-top 

luminaire with connected, 6.5 m long cable. 




Windage area Lionda/··· F W = 0.07 m². 

Post of aluminium in matching design as an 

accessory. Mounting height 4 m. Either with 

continuous, bitumised underground support 

or with ···FP··· flange plate, coated in luminaire 

colour. 


mounting of Lionda 90··· bollard luminaire in 

substrate. 


500 

M6 

0804E-5 

100 

70 

120° 

170 

120 

Lionda/··· 

514 

108 

76 

130 

400 

130 

94 

Lionda ZAW 26 

148 

7 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L ···E W 

Lionda 

Lionda/1x70HIT/HST···26 56 658··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 8.4 



Lionda/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 54 206··· - ···04 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 PGZ12 9.1 

Lionda 90, bollard luminaire 

Lionda 90/1x20HIT···26 56 597··· - ···04 1 x HIT 20 PGJ5 8.7 

Lionda 90/1x35HIT··· 26 56 599··· - ···04 1 x HIT 35 PGJ5 8.7 


Lionda ZAW 26 53 344 00 Wall adapter 1.4 

0801MGZ108/40-76 26 56 477 00 Aluminium post with underground support, length 4 m 23.9 

0801MGZ108-FP/40-76 26 56 480 00 Aluminium post with flange plate, length 4 m 22.7 

0804E-5 56 422 00 Underground support, galvanised, for Lionda 90 2.6 

60 

112 

80 

920 

120° 

Lionda 90··· 

150 

70 

232 

7 

60 

76 

176 

257 

DZ – decorative

258 

Ondo 

Design: SSP Schmitz Schiminski Partner 

The light of tomorrow. Whether design, 

function or technology – the Ondo is futureproof 

in every way. Ten individual LEDs are 

accommodated in the circular luminaire 

body for illumination of elegant urban architecture. 

Discreet design was seldom so 

prevalent.

Ondo 

Decorative post-top luminaire 

a 

IP54 4-6 m 

Ondo··· 

Decorative post-top luminaire with LED 

technology. 

Luminaire housing of aluminium. 

Post extension of aluminium. 

Post adapter of cast aluminium. 


Colour of post extension anthracite, similar 

to DB703, luminaire housing DB704, highly 


code ···F8). 

Cover glass of highly impact-resistant 

PMMA, transparent. 

Mounting via insertion of post mounting element 

into column and fixing via grub screws 

to be fastened into the column on-site. 

Optical system of high quality UV and temperature-resistant 

optical lenses per LED. 






Further versions and designed posts on 

request. 

Reference TOC Control gear Lamps ≈ kg 

options 

···ET W 

Ondo/LED-W 10x3W···F8* 55 884··· ···40 10 x LED 3 W, white 14.5 

*EN60598 compliant 

640 

Ondo··· 

93 

76 

76 

660 

110 

110 

259 

DZ – decorative


260 

Symbol 

A luminaire based upon geometric principles. 

The Symbol – a prime example of the 

unique design language of Peter Zegers. 

With its matter-of-fact, geometrical style it 

enhances its surroundings as an arm luminaire 

or wall luminaire. The function of 

the Symbol is primarily utilised as a street 

luminaire.

The construction sizes. Two luminaire 

housing sizes are available. 

The configurations. Either single-headed 

or double-headed configurations expand 

applications for the symbol. 

The wall luminaire. The Symbol is a real eye 

pleaser for walls and facades. 

261 

DZ – decorative

Symbol I 

Decorative post-top and wall luminaires 

65a IP44 

Decorative post-top luminaire including 

column with single or double-head configuration 

(M2) and wall luminaire. 

Luminaire housing and post connection of 

cast aluminium. Wall luminaire ···W··· with 

welded wall plate of cast aluminium 




Post of galvanised steel, cylindrical, with 

bitumised underground support. Post cap of 

cast aluminium, colour similar to RAL9006, 


Post with C-rail in the door area for mounting 

of a junction box to be ordered separately. 


glass, sealed in cast aluminium frame. 


asymmetric wide angle light distribution. 

262 

Symbol I 450/··· Symbol I 450-M2··· Symbol I W··· 

Relamping after release of two rotary 

catches and folding down of cast aluminium 

frame. 


terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm² in the area 

of the post cap, without wiring. Electrical 

connection of wall luminaire ···W··· with 

3-pole plug-in connection for wires up to 

2.5 mm² in luminaire housing. 



Windage area F W = 0.65 m². 

···M2··· F W = 0.76 m². 


Symbol I 450··· 

5040 

4400 

1000 

108 

85 x 400 

600 

500 

50 x 150 

850 

670 

245 

300 

Symbol I 450-M2··· 

5040 

4400 

1000 

300 

1700 

108 

85 x 400 

600 

500 

670 

50 x 150 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L W 

Symbol I 450, pole top luminaire, including pole with underground support 

Symbol I 450/1x70HIE···26 54 242··· ···01 1 x HIE 70 E27 71.4 



Symbol I 450/1x70HSE-E···26 54 246··· ···01 1 x HSE-E 70 E27 71.4 

Symbol I 450/1x150HSE···26 54 231··· ···01 1 x HSE 150 E40 72.0 

Symbol I 450/2xTCL36···26 54 273··· ···01 2 x TC-L 36 2G11 72.4 

Symbol I 450, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2), including pole with underground support 

Symbol I 450-M2/1x70HIE···26 54 302··· ···01 2 x HIE 70 E27 84.2 



Symbol I 450-M2/1x70HSE-E···26 54 305··· ···01 2 x HSE-E 70 E27 84.2 

Symbol I 450-M2/1x150HSE···26 54 295··· ···01 2 x HSE 150 E40 85.4 

Symbol I 450-M2/2xTCL36···26 54 323··· ···01 4 x TC-L 36 2G11 86.2 

Symbol I, wall luminaire (W) 

Symbol I W/1x70HIE···26 54 359··· ···01 1 x HIE 70 E27 13.4 



Symbol I W/1x70HSE-E···26 54 362··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70 E27 13.4 

Symbol I W/1x150HSE···26 54 349··· ···01 1 x HSE 150 E40 14.0 

Symbol I W/2xTCL36···26 54 407··· ···01 2 x TC-L 36 2G11 14.0 

245 

257 

180 

Symbol I W··· 

800 

670 

245 

300 

14 

96 

130 

263 

DZ – decorative

Symbol II 


65a IP44 


column with single or double-headed configuration 

(M2). 






Post of galvanised steel, cylindrical offset, 

with bitumised underground support. Post 

cap of cast aluminium, colour similar to 

RAL9006, highly weather-resistant, powdercoated. 

Post with C-rail in the door area for 

mounting of a junction box to be ordered 

separately. 


glass, sealed in cast aluminium frame. 


asymmetric wide angle light distribution. 

264 

Symbol II 710/··· 

Relamping after release of two rotary 

catches and folding down of cast aluminium 

frame. 


terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm² in the area 

of the post cap. Without wiring. 




···M2··· F W = 1.27 m². 


Symbol II 710-M2···

Symbol II 710··· 

7740 

5600 

1200 

1500 

108 

100 x 400 

600 

500 

50 x 150 

159 

1080 

840 

310 

350 

Symbol II 710-M2··· 

7740 

5600 

1200 

1500 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L W 

Symbol II 710, pole top luminaire including pole with underground support 

Symbol II 710/1x250HIE···26 54 432··· ···01 1 x HIE 250 E40 141.8 

Symbol II 710/1x150HSE···26 54 424··· ···01 1 x HSE 150 E40 141.8 

Symbol II 710/1x250HSE···26 54 446··· ···01 1 x HSE 250 E40 141.8 

Symbol II 710/2x70HSE-I···26* 54 459··· ···01 2 x HSE-I 70 E27 141.8 

Symbol II 710, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2), including pole with underground support 

Symbol II 710-M2/1x250HIE···26 54 467··· ···01 2 x HIE 250 E40 165.3 

Symbol II 710-M2/1x150HSE···26 54 463··· ···01 2 x HSE 150 E40 165.3 

Symbol II 710-M2/1x250HSE···26 54 483··· ···01 2 x HSE 250 E40 165.3 

Symbol II 710-M2/2x70HSE-I···26* 54 498··· ···01 4 x HSE-I 70 E27 165.3 

* Lamp with integrated ignitor. 

2160 

108 

100 x 400 

600 

500 

50 x 150 

159 

840 

310 

350 

265 

DZ – decorative


266 

Uni 

Consistent in its design language and with a 

high level of diversity. Square and triangle 

geometries dictate its form, absolute 

dependability and precision its functionality. 

The Uni spotlight with its characteristic 

protective grid is available as a post-top, 

bracket arm, bollard and wall luminaire. Its 

reduction of form means that it can blend 

harmoniously into all surroundings.

Down to earth and simple. The Uni D··· wall 

luminaire creates optimal light for seeing 

with its sober form, for all outdoor applications. 

Triangular and square. The Uni 120 D··· 

bollard luminaire is intended primarily for 

perfect illumination of paths. Available with 

transparent glass cover or spread glass 

cover. 

Spread glass and transparent glass. The Uni 

spotlight is available either with transparent 

glass cover or spread glass cover (Uni···GS···). 

The non-laminated safety glass sealed in the 

frame permanently guarantees IP55 protection. 

267 

DZ – decorative

Uni 

Decorative post-top and bracket arm luminaires 

65a IP55 

Decorative post-top luminaire or bracket 

arm luminaire with single or double-headed 

configuration (M2). 






Post with Uni 350··· of galvanised steel, 

cylindrical, with bitumised underground support 

included. Post cap of cast aluminium, 

colour similar to RAL 9006, highly weatherresistant, 

powder-coated. Post with C-rail in 

the door area for mounting of a junction box 

to be ordered separately. 

Post spigot 76 mm with post-top luminaires. 


glass, transparent, or spread glass (···GS···). 

Cover glass in cast aluminium frame with 

sealed protective grid. 


wide angle light distribution. 

Relamping via release of four Allen screws 

and removal of cast aluminium frame. 

268 

Uni 350··· Uni 350 M2··· 


terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm² in area of 

post cap or post mounting element, without 

wiring. 



Windage area 

Uni··· F W = 0.07 m². 

Uni···M2··· F W = 0.12 m². 

Uni 350··· F W = 0.51 m². 

Uni 350···M2··· F W = 0.58 m². 


Uni 350··· 

4000 

3400 

800 

500 

85 x 400 

600 

108 

50 x 150 

680 

420 

230 

300 

Uni 350 M2··· 

4000 

3400 

800 

50 x 150 

1360 

85 x 400 

600 

500 

108 

420 

230 

300

Uni GS··· 

Uni GS-M2··· 

Uni··· 

210 

300 

407 

100 

76 

120 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

Uni, pole top luminaire with clear glass 

Uni/3xTCD26···26 55 333··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 9.6 

Uni/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 322··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 9.4 

Uni, pole top luminaire with clear glass, double-headed (M2) 

Uni M2/3xTCD26···26 55 366··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 17.4 

Uni, pole top luminaire with facetted glass (GS) 

Uni GS/3xTCD26···26 55 349··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 9.6 

Uni GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 338··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 9.4 

Uni, pole top luminaire with facetted glass (GS), double-headed (M2) 

Uni GS-M2/3xTCD26···26 55 358··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 17.4 

Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire with clear glass, including pole with underground support 

Uni 350/1x70HSE-I···26 54 705··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 56.2 

Uni 350/1x100HST···26 54 692··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 57.5 

Uni 350/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 700··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 56.5 

Uni 350/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 696··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 57.5 

Uni 350/3xTCD26···26 54 716··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 57.0 

Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) with clear glass, including pole with underground support 

Uni 350 M2/1x70HSE-I···26 54 680··· ···01 2 x HSE-I 70* E27 64.5 

Uni 350 M2/1x100HST···26 54 671··· ···01 2 x HST 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 67.0 

Uni 350 M2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 677··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE 70 2 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 66.0 

Uni 350 M2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 674··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE-CE 150 2 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 67.0 

Uni 350 M2/3xTCD26···26 54 688··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 66.5 

Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire with facetted glass (GS), including pole with underground support 

Uni 350 GS/1x70HSE-I···26 54 623··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 56.2 

Uni 350 GS/1x100HST···26 54 609··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 57.5 

Uni 350 GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 619··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 56.5 

Uni 350 GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 612··· ···01 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 57.5 

Uni 350 GS/3xTCD26···26 54 638··· ···01 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 57.0 

Uni 350, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) with facetted glass (GS), including pole with underground support 

Uni 350 GS-M2/1x70HSE-I···26 54 657··· ···01 2 x HSE-I 70* E27 64.5 

Uni 350 GS-M2/1x100HST···26 54 644··· ···01 2 x HST-DE 100 2 x HIT-DE-CE 100 E40 67.0 

Uni 350 GS-M2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 653··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE 70 2 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 66.0 

Uni 350 GS-M2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 54 647··· ···01 2 x HIT-DE-CE 150 2 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 67.0 

Uni 350 GS-M2/3xTCD26···26 54 667··· ···01 6 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 66.5 

*Lamp with integral ignitor. 

300 

Uni M2··· 

210 

300 

714 

100 

76 

120 

300 

269 

DZ – decorative

Uni 120 

Decorative bollard luminaires 

65a IP55 

Decorative bollard luminaire with protective 

grid. 



section with welded cover and baseplate of 

cast aluminium. With inspection door. 





glass, transparent, or of spread glass 

(···GS···). Cover glass in cast aluminium 

frame with sealed protective grid. 

Mounting via integral flange plate, for direct 

mounting to firm surface or with use of an 

underground support in the substrate, to be 

ordered separately. 

270 

Relamping via release of four stainless steel 

Allen screws and removal of cast aluminium 

frame. 



terminal for wires up to 2 x 4.0 mm² in area 

of the inspection door. 





mounting of bollard luminaire in substrate. 


Uni 120 D-GS···

0804E-2 

500 

210 

149 

M8 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


Mains W 

Uni 120, bollard luminaire, triangular (D), with clear glass or facetted glass (GS) 

Uni 120 D/E27 1x100/150QT32···26 55 961··· ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 12.1 

Uni 120 D-GS/E27 1x100/150QT32···26 55 974··· ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 12.1 


0804E-2 56 421 00 Underground support for Uni 120 D, hot-dip galvanised 4.5 

Uni 120··· 

1200 

220 

210 

149 

220 

90 x 210 

445 

110 

10 x 18 

370 

220 

150 

271 

DZ – decorative

Uni 

Decorative luminaire with yoke bracket 

65a IP55 

Decorative luminaire with yoke bracket in 

two construction sizes, with protective grid 

for wall or ceiling mounting. 

Luminaire housing and mounting bracket of 





Cover glass of flat, non-laminated safety 

glass, transparent or of spread glass 



Mounting via tiltable mounting bracket for 

direct wall or ceiling mounting. 



frame. 



terminal for wires up to 1.5 mm² within luminaire 

housing. 

272 






mounting of luminaire with yoke bracket 

···B1··· in substrate. Anthracite colour, similar 

to DB703 with metal effect, highly weather- 

resistant, powder-coated. 

Post adapter of cast aluminium, for mounting 

of luminaire with yoke bracket ···B2··· to 

posts with 76 mm mast spigot. Anthracite 

colour, similar to DB703 with metal effect, 



Uni B1-GS··· Uni B2-GS···

0804ES-1 26 

395 

44 

40 

Pg11 

Uni B2-ZMA/76 26 

208 

90 

60 

140 

76 

PG11 

Uni B1··· 

167 

255 

377 

311 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 


Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 1 (B1), with clear glass 

Uni B1/1x300QT-DE···26 56 012··· - ···10 1 x QT-DE 300 R7s 3.5 

Uni B1/2xTCD13···26 54 821··· ···01 - 2 x TC-D 13 G24d-1 4.2 


Uni B1/E27 1x100/150QT32···26 56 023··· - ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 3.3 

Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 1 (B1), with facetted glass (GS) 

Uni B1-GS/1x300QT-DE···26 56 064··· - ···10 1 x QT-DE 300 R7s 3.5 

Uni B1-GS/2xTCD13···26 54 975··· ···01 - 2 x TC-D 13 G24d-1 4.2 


Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 2 (B2), with clear glass 

Uni B2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 115··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 8.7 

Uni B2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 097··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 9.7 


Uni, adjustable luminaire with yoke bracket, size 2 (B2), with facetted glass (GS) 

Uni B2-GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 227··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 8.7 

Uni B2-GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 209··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 9.7 



0804ES-1 26 58 307 00 Ground stake for Uni B1, DB703 1.1 

Uni B2-ZMA/76 26 56 537 00 Post adapter for Uni B2, DB703 2.3 

255 

120 

6,5 

Uni B2··· 

230 

349 

488 

419 

300 

349 

160 

273 

9 

DZ – decorative

Uni 

Decorative luminaires with yoke bracket 

65a IP55 

Decorative wall luminaire with protective 

grid in various construction sizes. 

Luminaire housing and mounting plate of 


Uni D1···, Uni D2··· for oblique light 

distribution. 

Uni D4···, Uni D5··· for light emission parallel 

to ground. 








274 

Uni D1-W-GS··· 



frame. 


terminal for wires up to 2 x 1,5 mm² in connection 

compartment. 






Uni D2-W-GS···

Uni D4-W-GS··· Uni D5-W-GS··· 

Uni D1-W··· 

220 

220 

258 

220 

126 

120 

124 

6 x 12 


300 

300 

350 

300 

150 

7 


311 165 

255 

220 

125 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 


Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D1 with clear glass 

Uni D1-W/2xTCD13···26 54 726··· ···01 - 2 x TC-D 13 G24d-1 4.6 


Uni D1-W/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 55 993··· - ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 3.4 

Uni, wall luminaire (W), size D1 with facetted glass (GS) 

Uni D1-W-GS/2xTCD13···26 54 881··· ···01 - 2 x TC-D 13 G24d-1 4.6 


Uni D1-W-GS/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 049··· - ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 3.4 


Uni D2-W/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 055··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 9.0 

Uni D2-W/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 038··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 10.0 

Uni D2-W/1x70HSE-I···26 55 061··· ···01 - 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 8.8 



Uni D2-W-GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 136··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 9.0 

Uni D2-W-GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 150··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 10.0 

Uni D2-W-GS/1x70HSE-I···26 55 162··· ···01 - 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 8.8 





Uni D4-W/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 55 982··· ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 3.3 




Uni D4-W-GS/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 037··· - ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 3.3 


Uni D5-W/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 048··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 8.7 

Uni D5-W/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 031··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 9.7 



Uni D5-W-GS/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 158··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 8.7 

Uni D5-W-GS/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 55 144··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 9.7 

Uni D5-W-GS/3xTCD26··· 55 181··· ···01 - 3 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 9.4 

* Lamp with integral ignitor. 

42 

60 

7 


230 

420 

350 

300 

165 

42 

87 

7 

275 

DZ – decorative

Uni 

Decorative wall luminaires, rectangular construction 

65a IP55 

Decorative wall luminaire with rectangular 

construction, with or without protective grid 

(G). 

Luminaire housing and mounting plate of 








frame with sealed protective grid. Uni W/··· 

wall luminaire without protective grid. 



frame. 


Uni W/··· has shielded lamp and reflection 

reflector. 

276 








Uni W/··· Uni W-GS···

Uni W/··· 

311 

220 

129 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 


Uni, wall luminaire (W) with clear glass 

Uni W/1xTCD26···26 55 270··· ···01 - 1 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 4.8 

Uni, wall luminaire (W) with clear glass and protective grid (G) 

Uni W-G/2xTCD18···26 55 279··· ···01 - 2 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 4.5 

Uni W-G/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 087··· - ···10 1 x QT 32 max. 150 E27 3.7 

Uni, wall luminaire (W) with facetted glass (GS) and protective grid (G) 

Uni W-GS-G/1xTCD26···26 55 313··· ···01 - 1 x TC-D 26 G24d-3 4.8 

Uni W-GS-G/2xTCD18···26 55 293··· ···01 - 2 x TC-D 18 G24d-2 4.5 

Uni W-GS-G/E27 1x100/150 QT32··· 56 096··· - ···10 1 x QT32 max. 150 E27 3.7 

162 

7 

160 

Uni W···-G··· 

311 

220 

137 

162 

7 

160 

277 

DZ – decorative


278 

Sonnos 

Lightness and elegance. With Sonnos, the 

designer Klaus Begasse has created an 

outdoor luminaire that not only catches the 

eye with its straightforward, constructive 

design, but also with its wide spectrum of 

application possibilities. The asymmetrical 

wide angle light distribution of the circular 

luminaire head creates pleasant light for 

streets, squares and pathways.

The bracket arm luminaire. Impressive illumination 

of paths and squares: the Sonnos 

with single or double-headed configuration. 

The suspension luminaire. Simple elegance – 

the Sonnos H··· as a suspension luminaire 

for catenary suspensions. 

The wall luminaire. House entrances and 

facades can be perfectly set in scene with the 

Sonnos W··· . 

279 

DZ – decorative

Sonnos 

Decorative bracket arm luminaires 

65a 

280 

IP65 5-6 m 

Decorative bracket arm luminaire with single 

or double-headed configuration ···M2···. 

Luminaire housing of aluminium, formpressed. 

Post mounting element of formed, extruded 

aluminium section, aluminium and cast 

aluminium components. Post extension is 

removable. Tilt angle 5°. 

···M2··· bracket arm luminaire with post 

mounting element in double-headed configuration. 





Enclosure of highly impact-resistant PMMI, 

transparent, secured against falling down. 

Can be removed without tools for maintenance. 

Optical system of highly specular anodised 

aluminium, can be rotated along axis, with 

asymmetrical wide angle light distribution. 

Sonnos/··· Sonnos-M2··· 

Relamping after tool-free removal of 

enclosure. 


terminal for wires up to 4.0 mm², with strain 

relief. Easily accessible after removal of post 

extension. 





···M2··· F W = 0.24 m 2 . 

Further versions and designed 

masts on request.

440 

Sonnos/··· 

130 

76 

108 

606 

1150 

650 

80 372 

440 

Sonnos-M2··· 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L ···E W 

Sonnos, cantilever mounted luminaire 

Sonnos/1x50HST-CRI···26 53 400··· - ···04 1 x HST-CRI 50 PG12-1 11.6 

Sonnos/1x100HST-CRI···26 53 401··· - ···04 1 x HST-CRI 100 PG12-1 11.6 

Sonnos/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 53 398··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s-24 11.6 

Sonnos/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 53 404··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 12.2 

Sonnos, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) 

Sonnos-M2/1x50HST-CRI···26 56 489··· - ···04 2 x HST-CRI 50 PG12-1 20.4 

Sonnos-M2/1x100HST-CRI···26 56 490··· - ···04 2 x HST-CRI 100 PG12-1 20.4 

Sonnos-M2/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 56 491··· ···01 - 2 x HIT-DE 70 2 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 22.4 

Sonnos-M2/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 56 492··· ···01 - 2 x HIT-DE-CE 150 2 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 23.0 

1932 

130 

76 

108 

606 

650 

80 372 

281 

DZ – decorative

Sonnos 

Decorative suspension or wall luminaires 

65a IP65 

Decorative suspension (···H···) or wall luminaire 

(···W···). 

Luminaire housing of aluminium, formpressed. 

Wall mounting of formed, extruded aluminium 

section and cast aluminium components. 

Tilt angle 5°. 




Mounting of Sonnos W··· wall luminaire 

with flange plate of cast aluminium for direct 

mounting to wall. Suspension luminaire 

Sonnos H··· with catenary suspension of 

highly robust aluminium titanium alloy for 

catenary cables 6-12 mm. Cable tilt adjustable 

to 10°. Cross-wise mounting of two 

catenary cables possible. 

Enclosure of highly impact-resistant and 

thermally resistant PMMI, transparent, secured 

against falling down. Can be removed 

without tools for maintenance. 


Specular reflectors of highly specular 

anodised aluminium, can be rotated along 

axis, with symmetrical (Sonnos H···) or 

asymmetrical wide angle light distribution 

(Sonnos W···). 

282 

Relamping after tool-free removal of 

enclosure. 

Electrical connection with Sonnos W··· wall 

luminaire with 5-pole connection terminal 

for wires up to 2.5 mm². 

With Sonnos H··· suspension luminaire, 

electrical connection with included IP68 

EasyClick plug connection. 




Windage area Sonnos H··· F W = 0.1 m 2 . 


Sonnos H··· Sonnos W···

300 

Sonnos H··· 

130 

650 

40 

300 

102 

Sonnos W··· 

78 

586 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L ···E W 

Sonnos, suspension luminaire (H) 

Sonnos H/1x50HST-CRI···26 53 386··· - ···04 1 x HST-CRI 50 PG12-1 9.0 

Sonnos H/1x100HST-CRI···26 53 382··· - ···04 1 x HST-CRI 100 PG12-1 9.0 

Sonnos H/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 53 380··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 9.0 

Sonnos H/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 

Sonnos, wall luminaire (W) 

53 384··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 9.6 

Sonnos W/1x50HST-CRI···26 53 391··· - ···04 1 x HST-CRI 50 PG12-1 11.6 

Sonnos W/1x100HST-CRI···26 53 392··· - ···04 1 x HST-CRI 100 PG12-1 11.6 

Sonnos W/1x70HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 53 389··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE 70 1 x HST-DE 70 RX7s 11.6 

Sonnos W/1x150HIT-DE/HST-DE···26 53 395··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-DE-CE 150 1 x HST-DE 150 RX7s-24 12.2 

934 

650 

419 

80 

195 

11 x 19 

61 

283 

DZ – decorative


284 

Pinzetta 

Pendant suspension. The bracket arm luminaire 

holds its luminaire head as with a pair 

of tweezers, with its light seeming to float 

above the illuminated surface. For individual 

adaptation there is a choice of either bracket 

arm luminaire with single or double-headed 

configuration, or wall luminaire with direct 

asymmetric wide angle light distribution.

Perfection of form. The Pinzetta’s unusual 

design is indebted to its mast mounting 

element of specially formed, extruded aluminium 

section. 

The wall luminaire. Even without a column 

an eye-catcher: A mounting plate of cast 

aluminium allows attachment of the bracket 

to building facades. 

285 

DZ – decorative

Pinzetta 

Decorative bracket arm luminaires and wall luminaires 

65a 

286 

IP65 6 m 

Decorative bracket arm luminaire with single 

or double-headed configuration (···M2···) 

or wall luminaire. 


Post mounting element of formed, extruded 

aluminium section, aluminium and cast aluminium 

components. Tilt angle 8°. 

Bracket arm luminaire ···M2··· with post 

mounting element in double-headed 


Pinzetta W··· wall luminaire with mounting 

plate of cast aluminium. 





Cover of flat, non-laminated safety glass 

with black screen-printing in peripheral 

area, sealed in cast aluminium frame. 

Pinzetta II/··· Pinzetta II-M2··· 

Pinzetta W··· 

Relamping after release of rotary catch and 

folding down of enclosure. 

Optical system of thermally stable plastic 

with high quality surface coating. With asymmetric 

wide angle light distribution. 

Electrical connection with Pinzetta W··· with 

included IP68 EasyClick plug connection, 

3-pole, for wires up to 2.5 mm². Bracket arm 

luminaire with connected 6 m supply cable. 




···M2··· F W = 0.4 m². 

Further versions and column information on 

request.

Pinzetta II/··· 

600 

108 

140 

76 

1713 

8° 

175 

450 

Pinzetta II-M2··· 

600 

450 

2900 

108 

140 

76 

8° 

175 

Pinzetta W··· 

490 

317 

172 

124 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···E W 

Pinzetta II, cantilever mounted luminaire 

Pinzetta II/1x70HIT/HST···26 54 043··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 16.2 

Pinzetta II/1x150HIT/HST···26 54 039··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 150 E40 16.8 

Pinzetta II/1x60HIT-CE/OD···26 54 041··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 PGZ12 16.2 

Pinzetta II/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 54 036··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 PGZ12 16.2 

Pinzetta II, cantilever mounted luminaire, double-headed (M2) 

Pinzetta II-M2/1x70HIT/HST···26 56 500··· ···04 2 x HIT-CE/S 70 2 x HST 70 E27 32.0 

Pinzetta II-M2/1x150HIT/HST···26 56 499··· ···04 2 x HIT-CE/S 150 2 x HST 150 E40 32.6 

Pinzetta II-M2/1x60HIT-CE/OD···26 56 502··· ···04 2 x HIT-CE/OD 60 PGZ12 32.0 

Pinzetta II-M2/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 56 501··· ···04 2 x HIT-CE/OD 140 PGZ12 32.0 

Pinzetta wall luminaire (W) 

Pinzetta W/1x70HIT/HST···26 54 051··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 16.2 

Pinzetta W/1x150HIT/HST···26 54 047··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 150 E40 16.8 

Pinzetta W/1x60HIT-CE/OD···26 54 049··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/OD 60 PGZ12 16.2 

Pinzetta W/1x140HIT-CE/OD···26 54 045··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE/OD 140 PGZ12 16.2 

8° 195 

1480 

175 

450 

70 

8 x 11 

287 

DZ – decorative


288 

Ontria

Reason and aesthetics. Ontria, another 

classic from the hand of Peter Zegers. The 

highly aesthetic geometrical design language, 

dependability, a high level of safety 

and simple maintenance with quick-release 

fasteners on the housing characterise this 

luminaire. The luminaire succeeds both as a 

bracket arm luminaire as well as wall 

luminaire with direct light distribution. 

Simple handling. With release of quick- 

release fasteners on the luminaire housing, 

the Ontria housing can be simply removed, 

thus allowing easy maintenance. 

289 

DZ – decorative

Ontria 


65a IP44 

Decorative post-top luminaire with single 

or double-headed configuration (···M2···) 

including post, and wall luminaire. 


section, aluminium and cast aluminium 

components. 

···M2··· with mounting element for doubleheaded 


Post of galvanised steel, cylindrical offset, 

with bitumised underground support. 


Wall plate with Ontria W··· wall luminaire of 

cast aluminium with integral connection unit. 

Colour of luminaire anthracite, similar to 

DB703, with metal effect, highly weather- 

resistant, powder-coated, with galvanised 

post. 


glass, sealed within luminaire body. 


Involute reflector of highly specular anodised 

aluminium with symmetrical wide angle light 

distribution. 

290 

Ontria 340··· Ontria 340-M2··· Ontria W··· 

Relamping with release of three recessed 

rotary catches and removal of luminaire 

housing. With Ontria W··· wall luminaire after 

unfastening of grub screws and removal of 

luminaire housing. 






···M2··· F W = 0.53 m 2 . 


3550 

130 

900 

600 

500 

Ontria 340··· 

114 

400 

600 

76 

95 x 400 

50 x 150 

164 

300 

3564 

800 

Ontria 340-M2··· 

900 

500 

130 

1392 

114 

400 

76 

95 x 400 

50 x 150 

164 

326 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


···L W 

Ontria 340, pole top luminaire including pole and underground support (E) 

Ontria 340-E/1x100HST···26 54 058··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 38.8 

Ontria 340-E/2xTCL24···26 54 072··· ···01 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 38.6 

Ontria 340, pole top luminaire, double-headed (M2) including pole and underground support (E) 

Ontria 340-M2-E/1x100HST···26 54 075··· ···01 2 x HST 100 2 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 53.4 

Ontria 340-M2-E/2xTCL24···26 54 082··· ···01 4 x TC-L 24 2G11 53.0 

Ontria, wall luminaire (W) 

Ontria W/1x100HST···26 54 086··· ···01 1 x HST 100 1 x HIT-CE/S 100 E40 7.7 

Ontria W/2xTCL24···26 54 098··· ···01 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 7.5 

162 

324 

Ontria W··· 

631 

300 

23 

324 

230 

115 

8 

291 

DZ – decorative


292 

Tube 

Orientation with lucid forms and clear light. 

A classic at first sight, and on closer inspection 

a new interpretation of the same. Clear 

forms give the Tube its unique design – it is 

modern, and supplies optimal orientation 

during the evening and night, with an appealing 

design and pleasant light atmosphere. 

Available in two varying designs.

The wall luminaire. The additional application 

as a wall luminaire allows a wide spectrum 

of uses. With this version the light is 

emitted via the secondary reflector into the 

vicinity – the electrical components are 

concealed via the chrome-plated, perforated 

sheet cylinder. 

The purist. The second design version of the 

Tube is reduced to the characteristic form of 

a cylinder, or more precisely: an enclosing, 

satinised PMMA cylinder. 

293 

DZ – decorative

Tube 


65a IP55 

Decorative post-top or wall luminaire with 

transparent or translucent cover cylinder. 

294 

5 m 

Luminaire body of cast aluminium. 

Luminaire canopy of corrosion-resistant 

aluminium, fixed with inner stainless steel 

rods. 

Perforated sheet cylinder for concealing of 

electrical components in versions with transparent 

cover cylinder. 

Wall arm with version ···W··· of cast aluminium. 






PMMA, transparent, with version···T··· translucent. 


with Tube/··· and Tube W··· of highly specular 


Tube/··· Tube W··· Tube T··· 






···T··· F W = 0.11 m 2 . 


542 

Tube/··· 

200 

114 

800 

76 

387 

150 

1038 

320 

40 

Tube W··· 

200 

500 

800 

76 

387 

150 

10 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

Tube post-top luminaire 

Tube/1x70HIT···26 54 532··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 18.0 

Tube/1x150HIT···26 54 527··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 18.6 

Tube/1x70HSE-I···26 54 536··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 18.0 

Tube, wall luminaire (W) 

Tube W/1x70HIT···26 54 516··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 25.1 

Tube W/1x150HIT···26 54 510··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 25.7 

Tube W/1x70HSE-I···26 54 519··· ···01 1 x HSE-I 70* E27 25.1 

Tube post-top luminaire, with translucent cover glass (T) 

Tube T/2xTCL18···26 54 503··· ···01 2 x TC-L 18 2G11 8.0 

Tube T/2xTCL24···26 54 507··· ···01 2 x TC-L 24 2G11 8.0 

* Lamp with integral ignitor 

100 240 

140 

Tube T··· 

557 

114 

150 

76 

200 

295 

DZ – decorative

296 

VR 


Perfect technology with an elegant design. 

With its slimline form the VR is pleasantly 

discreet – yet with its consequent consummation 

in terms of form it asserts itself with 

confidence. The luminaire head of cast 

aluminium as well as the corrosion-resistant 

aluminium canopy speak a clear language: 

the language of elegance.

VR 


65a IP55 

Decorative post-top luminaire with 

secondary reflector including column. 

Luminaire head of cast aluminium. 

Luminaire canopy of corrosion-resistant aluminium, 

fixed via inner stainless steel rods. 

Perforated sheet cylinder for concealing of 

electrical components. 

Post of extruded aluminium section with 

welded flange plate of cast aluminium 

(VR 330-FP···) or with continuously bitumised 

underground support of sectional aluminium 

(VR 330-E···). 




Cover cylinder of durable borosilicate glass. 

Optical system with primary reflector of 

anodised aluminium. Luminaire canopy as 

secondary reflector designed for rotationally 

symmetrical narrow-wide light distribution. 

With decorative upper light emission. 

Relamping with opening of luminaire canopy. 






mounting of VR 330-FP··· in substrate. 

Windage area 

F W = 0.66 m 2 . 


800 

0804E-1 

400 

270 

M24 

VR 330-FP··· 

3300 

2690 

800 

80 

VR 330-E··· 

50 x 150 

800 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

VR 330, pole top luminaire including pole with underground support (E) 

VR 330-E/1x70HIT···26 55 379··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 37.6 

VR 330-E/1x150HIT···26 55 371··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 38.2 

VR 330, pole top luminaire including pole with flange (FP) 

VR 330-FP/1x70HIT···26 55 390··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 38.9 

VR 330-FP/1x150HIT···26 55 386··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 39.5 


0804E-1 56 424 00 Underground support for VR 330-FP, hot-dip galvanised 32.0 

150 

500 600 

530 

85 x 300 

80 

3300 

2690 

VR 330-FP··· 

800 

400 

270 

150 

85 x 300 

530 

600 

26 x 34 

297 

DZ – decorative

Design: Marcus Botsch 

298 

Potsdam 

Indirect light for direct effects. This post-top 

luminaire convinces with its thoroughly unusual 

design. With a filigree diffidence, the 

stringent forms and playful technology combine 

in unison. Thus the light given out by 

this luminaire is not direct but is emitted via 

a reflector into the vicinity. The result: a 

lighting experience that is unique.

Potsdam 

Decorative post-top luminaires with secondary reflector 

65a IP54 

5 m 


secondary r eflector. 

Luminaire body, canopy and decorative 

fixing r ods of aluminium. 



powder-coated (colour code ···26). Reflection 

surface coated white for optimal light 

control. 

Post spigot 108 mm. Adapter for 76 mm 

on request. 

Lamp compartment with primary reflector 

closed via cast aluminium cover ring with 

sealed cover glass of durable borosilicate. 


Primary reflector of highly specular aluminium. 

Indirect light distribution via specially 

coated luminaire canopy functioning as 


Relamping via release of cover ring. 







Potsdam··· Potsdam··· 

1350 

Potsdam··· 

574 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···E W 

Potsdam, pole top luminaire 

Potsdam/1x70HIT···26 54 055··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE 70 G8,5 14.0 

Potsdam/1x150HIT···26 54 053··· ···04 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 14.6 

190 

825 

20° 

108 

140 

299 

DZ – decorative

300 

Palme 

Design: Michele de Lucchi, Gerhard Reichert 

Award: the IF 2001 industry standard, 

North Rhine-Westphalia Award 2001 

2002 

Akin to an elegant gesture. The highly unusual 

design of this luminaire family stems 

from the hands of the designer duo Lucchi 

and Reichert. During the daytime it takes on 

the appearance of a palm leaf, and at night 

it illuminates mainly prestigious areas as a 

post-top, bollard or wall luminaire. The 

specially coated reflector surface of the 

luminaire head gives a pleasant, indirect 

light distribution.

Perfection of form. The Palme's unusual 

design is indebted to the post mounting 

element of specially formed, extruded aluminium 

section. 

Rich diversity: the Palme is available as a 

post-top, bollard and wall luminaire. 

Extremely maintenance-friendly: the 

Palme 120··· bollard luminaire. A rear 

inspection door enables especially simple 

relamping. 

301 

DZ – decorative

Palme 


65a IP65 

302 

Palme 270··· 


secondary reflector including column. 

Luminaire head of cast aluminium. 

Post of extruded aluminium section, with 

continuously bitumised underground support 

(···E) or with welded flange plate (···FP) of 

aluminium. 





closed via cast aluminium cover ring with 

sealed non-laminated safety glass. 

Optical system consists of primary reflector 

of anodised aluminium in closed lamp 

compartment and white-coated reflection 

surface of luminaire head functioning as 


Relamping via release of cover ring. 

Palme 330··· 


cable in area of mast door. 

With C-rail for mounting of a junction box to 




Windage area 

Palme 270··· F W = 0.29 m 2 . 

Palme 330··· F W = 0.50 m 2 . 

Palme 450··· F W = 0.94 m 2 . 

Further versions available on request. 

2700 

800 

Palme 270-E··· 

346 

76 

693 

2007 

50 x 150 

320 

50 x 300 

600 

500 

2700 

Palme 270-FP··· 

346 

260 

200 

76 

Palme 450··· 

693 

2007 

18 

320 

50 x 300 

600

3300 

800 


410 

108 

864 

2436 

50 x 150 

422 

85 x 400 

600 

500 

3300 


410 

400 

300 

108 

864 

2436 

30 

422 

85 x 400 

600 

4500 

800 


605 

160 

1271 

3229 

50 x 150 

548 

100 x 400 

600 

500 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

Palme 270, including pole with underground support (E) 

Palme 270-E/1x70HIT/HST L···26 54 008··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 19.9 

Palme 270, including pole with flange (FP) 

Palme 270-FP/1x70HIT/HST L···26 54 012··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 24.9 


Palme 330-E/1x70HIT L···26 54 015··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 26.7 

Palme 330 including pole with flange (FP) 

Palme 330-FP/1x70HIT L···26 54 018··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 70 G12 30.5 


Palme 450-E/1x150HIT L···26 54 021··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 47.3 

Palme 450-E/1x150HST L···26 54 024··· ···01 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 47.3 

Palme 450, including pole with flange (FP) 

Palme 450-FP/1x150HIT L···26 54 027··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE 150 G12 49.7 

Palme 450-FP/1x150HST L···26 54 030··· ···01 1 x HST 150 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 E40 49.7 

4500 


605 

400 

300 

160 

1271 

3229 

30 

548 

100 x 400 

600 

303 

DZ – decorative

Palme 


65a IP65 


secondary reflector. 

Luminaire body of cast aluminium. With 

Palme 120··· bollard luminaire one-piece 

with baseplate for direct fixing to a solid 

surface or with the use of an underground 


Wall luminaire (···W) two-piece, consisting 

of luminaire body and wall arm. 





for the wall luminaire (···W), closed with 

cover ring and sealed non-laminated safety 

glass. Bollard luminaire closed with permanently 

sealed, transparent cover glass of 

highly impact-resistant, heat-resistant PMMI. 


of anodised aluminium in closed lamp 

compartment and white-coated reflection 

surface of luminaire head functioning as 


Relamping with Palme 120··· via opening of 

rear inspection door and tool-free swinging 

out of electrical components. With ···W 

version via release of cover ring. 

304 

Palme 120··· 

Electrical connection of Palme 120··· with 

3-pole connection terminal for wires up to 

2 x 4 mm², ···W··· version with 3-pole connection 







for fixing of Palme 120··· bollard luminaire in 

substrate. 

Further versions available on request. 

Palme W···

0804E-10 

500 

120 

5 32 

64 

M8 

910 

230 

Palme W··· 

545 320 

10 

120 

70 

120 

Lamp data ······························ 360 



Palme 120, bollard luminaire 

Palme 120/1x70HIT/HST L···26 54 005··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 15.5 

Palme 120/E27 1x100 QT32···26 

Palme wall luminaire (W) 

55 886··· - ···10 1 x QT 32 100 E27 15.0 

Palme W/1x70HIT/HST L···26 54 034··· ···01 - 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 12.0 


0804E-10 56 426 00 Underground support for Palme 120, galvanised 3.5 

1200 

Palme 120··· 

9 

260 

130 

5 

32 

64 

280 

100 x 600 

100 

305 

DZ – decorative

Design: Italo Rota, Alessandro Pedretti 

306 

Emporium

The centre of attraction. As the name says, 

this post-top luminaire likes catching the 

eye – both during the day and at night. Its 

form is ideal for the illumination of modern 

surfaces as well as old-town surroundings. 

The bollard luminaire. Highly suitable for 

the stylish illumination of paths. 

The wall luminaire. For building entrances 

and facades. 

Effective illumination. The combination of a 

specially developed reflector system and the 

light controlling form of the inner attachment 

tube allows rotationally symmetrical illumination 

of the surrounding area. 

307 

DZ – decorative

Emporium 

Decorative post-top, bollard or wall luminaires 

65a IP65 

Decorative post-top, bollard or wall 

luminaire. 

Luminaire housing and canopy of cast 

aluminium. 

Supporting column with Emporium 500··· in 

matching design of extruded aluminium 


support (version ···E···) or with welded 

flange plate of cast aluminium (version 

···FP···). 

Flange plate with Emporium 120··· of galvanised 

steel, coated in luminaire colour. 

Wall arm with version ···W··· of cast aluminium 

with stainless steel mounting plate. 




Mounting with version ···FP··· by fastening of 

flange plate to sufficiently firm surface. 

Fixing of Emporium 120··· bollard luminaire 

via integral flange plate to solid surface or 

with use of an anchorage unit in the substrate 

to be ordered separately. Mounting of 

wall luminaire with mounting plate. 

308 


polycarbonate, t ransparent. 

Optical system of highly specular, facetted, 

anodised aluminium with rotationally 

symmetrical wide angle light distribution. 

Wall luminaire ···W··· with asymmetrical wide 

angle distribution. 

Relamping after release and removal of 

luminaire c anopy. 



With Emporium 500··· to connection cable 

behind a flush-fitting door. 

With C-rail in supporting column for mounting 

of a junction box to be ordered separately. 



Windage area 

Emporium 500··· F W = 0.65 m 2 . 


mounting of Emporium 120··· bollard luminaire 

in substrate. 


Emporium 500··· Emporium 120··· 

5000 

Emporium 500-FP··· 

320 

400 

300 

550 

1050 

108 

90 x 400 

600 

30 

5000 

1000 

Emporium 500-E··· 

320 

550 

1050 

108 

90 x 400 

500 600 

50 x 150

500 

Emporium W··· Emporium W-DB··· 

0804E-2 

210 

149 

M8 

1200 

Emporium 120··· 

320 

280 

149 

550 

10 

290 

Emporium W··· 

550 

980 

320 

1250 

120 

100 

12 x 18 

85 

290 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

Emporium 500 including pole with underground support (E) 

Emporium 500-E/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 436··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 76.0 

Emporium 500-E/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 433··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 150 E40 76.6 

Emporium 500 including pole with flange (FP) 

Emporium 500-FP/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 443··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 81.0 

Emporium 500-FP/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 440··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 150 E40 81.6 

Emporium 120, bollard luminaire 

Emporium 120/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 431··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 26.5 

Emporium wall luminaire (W) with straight wall arm 

Emporium W/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 456··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 24.2 

Emporium W/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 455··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 150 E40 24.8 

Emporium wall luminaire (W) with round wall arm (DB) 

Emporium W-DB/1x70HIT/HST···26 53 458··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 28.3 

Emporium W-DB/1x150HIT/HST···26 53 457··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 150 E40 28.9 


0804E-2 56 421 00 Underground support for Emporium 120, galvanised 4.3 

Emporium W-DB··· 

1176 

550 

320 

1494 

120 

100 

12 x 18 

85 

309 

DZ – decorative

Emporium 

Decorative post-top luminaire 

65a IP65 

310 

5 m 

Decorative post-top luminaire. 

Luminaire housing and canopy of cast 

aluminium. 






polycarbonate, t ransparent. 

Optical system of highly specular, facetted, 

anodised aluminium with rotationally 

symmetrical wide angle light distribution. 

Relamping after release and removal of 

luminaire c anopy. 






···ZAK2 F W = 0.04 m². 

···ZAK3 F W = 0.05 m². 

Post mounting element for two or three 

luminaires of glavanised steel with post 

spigot 108 mm. 

Post of galvanised steel, tapered, with post 

spigot 108 mm for mounting of Emporium 

post mounting elements. ···FP··· with flange 

plate. 


Emporium/···

3075 

0801MGK-FP/··· 

108 

400 

300 

127 

85 x 300 

168 

150 

600 

30 

3075 

1000 

0801MGK/··· 

108 

182 

127 

150 

85 x 300 

600 

500 

50 x 150 

1057 

Emporium/··· 

320 

550 

122 

76 

1136 

Emporium ZAK2 

122 

150 

1600 

127 

108 

76 

Lamp data ······························ 360 

Emporium/··· + ···ZAK2 Emporium/··· + ···ZAK3 


···L W 

Emporium, pole-top luminaire 

Emporium/1x70HIT/HST···26 56 673··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 70 1 x HST 70 E27 18.0 

Emporium/1x150HIT/HST···26 56 674··· ···01 1 x HIT-CE/S 150 1 x HST 150 E40 18.6 


Emporium ZAK2 53 322 00 Post mounting element, 2-fold, galvanised 20.1 

Emporium ZAK3 53 323 00 Post mounting element, 3-fold, galvanised 30.0 

0801MGK/30-108 56 541 00 Tapered post with underground support for post mounting element, galvanised 84.3 

0801MGK-FP/30-108 56 542 00 Tapered post with flange plate for post mounting element, galvanised 84.3 

1136 

Emporium ZAK3 

122 800 

150 

120° 

127 

108 

76 

1600 

311 

DZ – decorative

Design: Pearson & Lloyd 

Award: FX AWARD 2004, Public and Spaces 

312 

Westminster

A functional contribution to the urban 

environment – and not only in London. This 

highly aesthetic luminaire from the design 

offices of Pearson Lloyd was developed as 

part of a prestigious street lighting system 

for the City of Westminster. The post-top or 

bracket-mounted luminaires of cast aluminium 

are a calming focal point for the eye 

in any town or city. An additional decision 

criteria: simple maintenance and a version 

with integral twilight switch. 

Simple maintenance. Maintenance of the 

Westminster A··· is especially convenient: 

the luminaire canopy can be simply folded 

upwards for easy relamping. 

A homogenous concept. The Westminster 

street furniture system contains not only 

luminaires but perfectly matched site amenities. 

For example a stylish bench with integral 

LED lighting. Or a simple litter bin that 

really doesn't deserve that description at all. 

Furthermore, bicycle racks and hanging basket 

brackets are part of the extensive range. 

313 

DZ – decorative

Westminster 

Decorative bracket-mounted luminaires 

65a IP65 

314 

6-10 m 

Westminster A 1000··· Westminster A 800··· Westminster A 600··· 

Decorative bracket-mounted luminaires 

including column or for mounting to bracket 

posts. 


Column consists of designed extruded 

aluminium section with welded flange plate 

of cast aluminium and curved bracket of 

aluminium. Included with Westminster A 

600···, ···A 800··· and ···A 1000···. Connection 

of system accessories is possible. 

Colour metallic grey, similar to RAL 9006, 

highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (luminaire 

body, post bracket). Lower post section 

deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly 

weather-resistant, powder-coated. 

Mounting of luminaire to bracket posts with 

post connections 42 mm. Versions with 

posts included, fastened via a flange plate 

fixed to sufficiently firm surface. 2-piece 

post. Post bracket with welded flange plate, 

insertable, can be fixed with three stainless 

steel screws. 

Enclosure of highly impact-resistant and 

thermally resistant PMMI, transparent. 

Optical system of thermally durable plastic 

with high quality surface coating. Easy 

release of rotary fastener aids folding up of 

luminaire canopy. 

Relamping after release of rotary catch and 

folding up of luminaire canopy. 

Electrical connection of luminaire with 

3-pole plug connection for wires up to 

2.5 mm². Connection on versions with post 

are via a cable behind the column door. 

Option for mounting with a junction box to 




With order supplement ···LDS··· with twilight 

sensor in luminaire housing. 

Windage area F W = 0.13 m 2 

···A 600··· F W = 1.35 m². 

···A 800··· F W = 1.84 m². 

···A 1000··· F W = 2.18 m². 


Westminster A··· 

76 

Westminster A··· 

42 

760 

105 

15° 

211 

300 

10000 

Westminster A 1000··· 

400 

270 

2960 

26 x 34 

300 

15° 

8000 


400 

270 

26 x 34 

2750 

Accessories ···························· 318 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

Westminster A 1000, bracket-mounted luminaire including mast of aluminium section 

Westminster A 1000/1x250HIT/HST LDS···05 55 397··· ···01 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 250 E40 163.0 






Westminster A, bracket-mounted luminaire 

Westminster A/1x150HIT/HST L···03 55 401··· ···01 1 x HIT 150 1 x HST 150 E40 11.5 

Westminster A/1x250HIT/HST L···03 55 403··· ···01 1 x HIT 250 1 x HST 250 E40 12.1 

300 

15° 

6000 


400 

270 

1700 

26 x 34 

300 

15° 

315 

DZ – decorative

Westminster 


65a IP65 


column. 


Post consists of designed extruded aluminium 

section with welded flange plate of cast 

aluminium and curved mounting element of 

aluminium. Connection of accessories is 

possible. 

Colour metallic grey, similar to RAL 9006, 

highly weather-resistant, powder-coated (luminaire 

body, post mounting element). Lower 

post section deep black, similar to RAL 9005, 


316 

Westminster 650··· Westminster 550··· Westminster 450··· 

Versions with posts included, fastened via a 

flange plate fixed to sufficiently firm ground. 

2-piece post. Mounting element with welded 

flange plate, insertable and fixable with three 

stainless steel screws. 


of highly specular anodised aluminium and 

white-coated aluminium as secondary reflector. 

Lamp is shielded. 

Relamping via release of three Allen screws 

and removal of luminaire cover. 

Electrical connection to connection cable 

behind post door. Option for mounting with a 

junction box to be ordered separately. 



With order supplement ···LDS··· with twilight 

sensor. 

Windage area 

···650··· F W = 1.44 m². 

···550··· F W = 1.21 m². 

···450··· F W = 0.97 m². 


Westminster 650··· 

6500 

410 

400 

270 

4500 

26 x 34 


5500 

Accessories ···························· 318 

Lamp data ······························ 360 


options 

···L W 

Westminster 650, pole top luminaire including pole 

Westminster 650/1x150HIT LDS···G0 55 396··· ···01 1 x HIT 150 G12 134.0 





410 

400 

270 

3500 

26 x 34 


4500 

410 

400 

270 

2500 

26 x 34 

317 

DZ – decorative

Westminster site amenities 

Site amenities in Westminster design. 

Free-standing or for direct mounting to 

luminaire column. 

···ZBH··· 

Hanging basket bracket of gunmetal designed 

for mounting to Westminster post 

element of extruded aluminium section. 

Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, 


Sustains loads up to max. 40 kg. Hanging 

basket bracket not included in delivery. 

Mounting via clamp and fixed with two 

stainless steel screws. ···I··· for mounting 

to rounded mast sections, ···II··· for 

mounting to mast inden tations. 

···ZFH··· 

Banner bracket of red brass designed for 

mounting to Westminster post element of 

extruded aluminium section. Colour deep 

black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weatherresistant, 

powder-coated. Banner not included 

with delivery. Mounting via clamp and 

fixed with stainless steel screws to rounded 

post sections. 

···ZAG··· 

Screened barrier panel of brushed stainless 

steel with mounting elements of red brass, 

colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly 

weather-resistant, powder-coated. Designed 

for mounting to Westminster ZPAG···. 

···ZPAG··· 

Posts of extruded aluminium section for 

mounting of screened barrier panels. Colour 

deep black, similar to RAL 9005, highly 

weather-resistant, powder-coated. With 

bitumised underground support. 

318 

Westminster ZSBL 4 LED··· Westminster ZMF··· 

···ZAP··· 

Barrier bollard of extruded aluminium section 

with welded flange plate of aluminium 

and cover of cast aluminium. Colour deep 

black, similar to RAL 9005, highly weatherresistant, 

powder-coated. For direct mounting 

to sufficiently firm surface. 

···ZHP··· 

Signpost of extruded aluminium section with 

welded flange plate of aluminium and cover 

of cast aluminium. Colour deep black, similar 

to RAL 9005, highly weather-resistant, 

powder-coated. For direct mounting to sufficiently 

firm surface. Signpost not included in 

delivery. 

···ZBFS··· 

Signage mount for street signs of gunmetal 

for mounting to signpost or to Westminster 

post element of extruded aluminium section. 

Colour deep black, similar to RAL 9005, 


Mounting via clamp and fixed with two 

stainless steel screws. 

Westminster 

ZAG 05 

1000 

1410 

···ZFS··· 

Bicycle racks of brushed stainless steel. With 

continuous underground support. 

···ZMF··· 

Litter bin, free-standing, of hardened stainless 

steel, with inner accommodation for 

refuse bag. Holding capacity 120 l. 

···ZMM··· 

Litter bin designed for mounting to Westminster 

post element of extruded aluminium 

section, of brushed stainless steel, with 

inner refuse bag accommodation. Holding 

capacity 70 l. 

···ZSB··· 

Bench with or without backrest of brushed 

stainless steel. Seating surface and backrest 

of weather-resistant niangon hardwood. 

Including ground illumination via protected 

white LED, 3 x 1 W per seating area. Drivers 

in separate connection box. With flange plate 

for direct mounting to sufficiently firm 

surface. 

91 

Westminster 

ZPAG 05 

1120 

600 

165 

55 

Westminster 

ZAP 05 

1100 

235 

400 

270 

26 x 34

Reference Description TOC ≈ kg 

Westminster ZBH I 05 Hanging basket bracket 53 369 00 1.1 

Westminster ZBH II 05 Hanging basket bracket 53 370 00 1.2 

Westminster ZFH 05 Banner bracket 53 371 00 3.1 

Westminster ZAG 05 Barrier panels 53 363 00 33.0 

Westminster ZPAG 05 Post for barrier panels 53 377 00 7.7 

Westminster ZAP 05 Barrier bollard 53 362 00 36.3 

Westminster ZHP 05 Signpost without signs 53 374 00 50.4 

Westminster ZBFS 05 Signage mount for street signs 53 368 00 0.3 

Westminster ZFS I 18 Bicycle racks 53 372 00 11.0 

Westminster ZMF 18 Free-standing litter bin 53 376 00 68.0 

Westminster ZMM 18 Litter bin for mast 53 375 00 31.0 

Westminster ZSBL 3 LED-W 9x1W 3-person bench with backrest 53 364 40 32.0 

Westminster ZSB 3 LED-W 9x1W 3-person bench without backrest 53 365 40 29.0 

Westminster ZSBL 4 LED-W 12x1W 4-person bench with backrest 53 366 40 41.0 

Westminster ZSB 4 LED-W 12x1W 4-person bench without backrest 53 367 40 36.0 

Westminster 

ZHP 05 

2440 

235 

400 

270 

26 x 34 

Westminster 

ZBFS 05 

60 

105 

80 

Westminster 

ZSBL 3 LED-W 9x1W 

890 

Westminster 

ZSB 3 LED-W 9x1W 

480 

Westminster 

ZFS I 18 

1200 

600 850 

1660 

1160 

1660 

1160 

Westminster 

ZBH I 05 

150 

95 460 

600 

420 

Westminster 

ZSBL 4 LED-W 12x1W 

890 

Westminster 

ZSB 4 LED-W 12x1W 

480 

40 

Westminster 

ZMF 18 

1200 

520 

Westminster 

ZBH II 05 

150 

120 

470 

2240 

1740 

2240 

1740 

40 

Westminster 

ZFH 05 

150 

Westminster 

ZMM 18 

1050 

380 

95 735 

max. 2500 

615 

600 

420 

40 

319 

DZ – decorative

THERE ARE MANY DET 

LIGHT SO V 

UNCOMPLI 

EFFIC 

YOU‘LL FIND 

IMPORTANT ONES ON 

THE FOLLOWING PAGES.

AILS THAT MAKE TRILUX 

ERSATILE, 

CATED AND 

IENT. 

THE MOST 

Technical information 

Technical information

Photometrics 

322 

IS 

IRL 

GB 

NL 

D 

B 

L 

F CH 

N 

DK 

CZ 

A 

S 

PL 

SK 

H 

LT 

324 Light for Europe 325 Areas of outdoor lighting 326 Criteria for good outdoor 

lighting 

336 Pedestrian crossing 338 Work areas 340 Sports facilities 342 Accentuation lighting 

Technical information 

334 Road lighting

Energy efficiency Electrical technology 

346 Energy efficiency 352 Planning aid 356 Switching illustrations 

Indications 

6 

358 Operating conditions and 

symbols 

TOC Legend Control gear options 

TOC suffix Abbreviation 

00 

01 L 

02 K 

04 E 

09 KK 

10 Mains 

40 ET 

41 KT 

43 L+ET 

45 L+KT 

50 

359 TOC explanations 360 Lamp c haracteristics 

and data 

323 


Photometrics 

Light for Europe 

With the publication of the European standards 

for outdoor lighting, e.g. 

• EN 12464-2 – Lighting of Outdoor Work 

Places, 

• EN 13201 – Road Lighting, 

• EN 12193 – Sports Lighting, 

• EN 12665 – Basic Terms and Criteria for 

Specifying Lighting Requirements, 

• EN 13032-2 – Measurement and Presentation 

of Photometric Data of Lamps and 

Luminaires – Part 2: Presentation of Data 

for Indoor and Outdoor Work Places, 

• EN 60598-2-3 – Particular requirements – 

Luminaires for road and street lighting 

• EN 60529 (IP Code) – Degree of Protection 

there are now uniform standards for the 

most important areas of outdoor lighting in 

the 30 CEN countries. These uniform standards 

and regulations make an important 

contribution to the harmonisation of the 

diverse relevant standards and recommendations 

that existed in Europe before then 

with somewhat differing criteria. 

Good outdoor lighting has a considerable 

impact on safety, physical integrity of 

life, property and our quality of life. The 

geographic and demographic situations in 

Europe, the growing sensitivities, mentalities 

and customs as well as underlying social and 

economic conditions are very diverse. That‘s 

why it is understandable that the preparation 

of standards for outdoor lighting has triggered 

a wide array of differences of opinion 

and have made compromises a necessity. 

Instead of citing many details, the objective 

of the relevant CEN standards committees 

was mainly to develop general statements 

for outdoor lighting, which planners and 

operators could use as a guideline for 

specific and even regional options. 

Due to the different, in part traditio nal or 

even well-founded experiences it is not possible 

that all European standards can reach a 

consensus. That includes, for instance, the 

part 1 of the series of standards EN 13201 

“Road Lighting”, which focuses on the 

selection of the lighting class based on 

structural, traffic-related and other criteria. 

The classification of roads is the responsibility 

of the national road authorities such 

that part 1 could only be published as a 

Technical Report CEN/TR 13201-1 and not 

as a standard. 

324 

IS 

IRL 

P 

E 

GB 

1.1 The CEN countries in Europe 1) . 

For key areas of application – roads, outdoor 

work areas and (outdoor) sports facilities – 

there are now uniform requirements for 

lighting for the first time in Europe. By doing 

so, it is possible to overcome the significant 

differences in the previous national codes 

of practice and establish prerequisites for 

uniform working and visual conditions in 

illuminated outdoor settings for people in 

Europe. 

F 

NL 

B 

L 

CH 

N 

DK 

D 

I 

M 

CZ 

S 

PL 

SK 

GR 

LT 

FIN 

EST 

A H 

SLO RO 

1) CEN stands for Comité Européen de Normalisation (European Committee for Standardization). CEN members are the national standardisation institutes of Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Germany, 

Estonia, Finland, France, Greece, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Sweden, Switzerland, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, 

Czech Republic, Hungary, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Cyprus. 

LV 

BG 

CY

Photometrics 

Areas of outdoor lighting 

Outdoor lighting is possible, desired and often 

necessary wherever people get together, in 

some cases even absolutely essential. On 

public roadways, outdoor lighting is also 

part of the obligation that authorities have 

to ensure road safety as well as the safety 

of people and property. 

The lighting of outdoor work areas allows 

for effective, precise and safe performance 

of visual tasks. In this case, visual acuity and 

safety at work are top priority. Building sites, 

storage areas, transshipment centres, exhibition 

areas and power generation facilities 

are examples of outdoor work areas that 

have higher requirements for visual safety. 

Roadways and streets are illuminated 

primarily to ensure the safety of people, to 

protect life, physical well-being, health and 

property, and to prevent crimes, vandalism 

and traffic-related dangers as well as ensure 

the controlled flow of traffic. It is also necessary 

to take into account the design, economic, 

ecological and private interests of the 

residents when planning a traffic lighting 

system. With the right lighting of roads 

and streets, road users should be able to 

perceive 

• Surface, course and limits of the roads, 

• Junctions and obstacles, 

• Positions and movements of other road 

users, and 

• Disturbances in the flow of traffic. 

Pedestrian zones and cycle tracks are increasingly 

used as alternatives to traffic 

areas with motor vehicles. Attractive lighting 

of such zones is important both for reasons 

relating to traffic safety and the acceptance 

of these particularly environmentally friendly 

traffic areas. 

The artificial lighting of squares, parks and 

green areas increases how the architecture 

of our built-up and landscaped living space 

is perceived at night. Well-lit squares are 

ideal for lingering, open-air festivals, evening 

music or other leisure events as well as for 

meeting with other people, whereas green 

areas with accent lighting invite people to 

relax and reflect. 

Parking areas are frequently part of the 

public traffic installations and private facilities, 

e.g. industrial facilities. Good lighting 

ensures safety and confidence, orientation 

and considerateness for other road users, 

especially pedestrians. 

Many recreational activities take place in 

sports facilities and recreation centres, the 

use of which is not limited to daytime. For 

those who are employed, that would be the 

dark evening hours. Most competitions also 

take place for this target group during 

evening hours of prime-time TV. Depending 

on requirements, the lighting system must 

be suitable both for relaxing leisure sports 

and international competitions with highquality 

TV broadcasting. 

Accentuation and illumination have a 

significant impact on how we experience our 

surroundings at night and are effective 

means for 

• Renewing cities and towns, 

• Increasing attractiveness, especially the 

attractiveness of small towns, 

• Improving neighbourhoods and suburbs, 

• More communication between citizens, 

• Better quality of life, 

• Greater cultural care and perception of 

culture by citizens. 

Outdoor lighting often serves as security 

lighting for buildings and installations that 

require protection, e.g. airports, nuclear 

plants or other vulnerable industrial installations 

like large-scale chemical plants, power 

stations and energy supply systems. 

325 


Photometrics 

Criteria for good outdoor lighting 

What distinguishes a good 

outdoor lighting system? 

• Lighting that offers security to citizens, 

as cities and communities become more 

attractive at night, inviting people to take 

a stroll and safely experience their surroundings 

without fear and danger. 

• Attractive and beautiful lighting for citizens 

and tourists, since it accentuates the architecture 

and character of the city at night as 

well. 

• A lighting system that satisfies the standards 

of technology for ensuring the fulfilment 

of the obligation to guarantee road 

safety, the performance of visual tasks in 

work places and thus the compliance with 

the objectives of safety at work. 

• An efficient lighting scheme that allows for 

saving energy and costs. Corresponding 

criteria include lamps with high luminous 

efficiency, greater service life as well as 

low-loss ballasts or electronic control gear, 

luminaires with optical systems, which 

focus the lamp luminous flux directly on 

the roadway or the visual task area without 

spill light, easy-to-install and low-maintenance 

luminaires and system components, 

which decrease operating costs, and a 

half-night lighting or wattage reduction 

of the lamps for times when traffic is low. 

Intelligent control systems, which incorpo- 

Luminance, illuminance 

The mean luminance in the field of vision 

determines the adaptation level of our eyes 

and thus contrast sensitivity, visual acuity 

and how quickly our eyes can perceive things. 

The luminance and its distribution in the 

area of the visual task and the surrounding 

area has a major impact on how quickly, 

safely and easily the visual task can be perceived 

and completed. 

Luminance L (in cd/m 2 ) and illuminance E 

(in lx) are linked together by the reflectance 

level ◊ of completely diffuse-reflective surfaces 

(visual task) as follows: 

L = ◊ · E/π in cd/m 2 

Figure 1.3 contains a diagram, with which 

illuminance levels, as they frequently occur 

in outdoor lighting, can be converted into 

luminances (and back) of diffuse-reflective 

(matt) surfaces with a reflectance value of 

0.1 to 0.5. 

In road lighting, there are frequently no 

diffuse reflective surfaces present. Here the 

326 

1.2 Bridge lighting. 

rate traffic-related data and the operating 

state of the lamps, luminaires and poles 

in a management system and additionally 

reduce energy and maintenance costs. 

• A lighting that does not disturb people or 

animals. Many people, and that‘s not only 

astronomers, complain about the fact that 

the sky and surrounding areas are becoming 

more and more bright due to artificial 

lighting, which makes it difficult to observe 

the stars, if not almost impossible in cities 

and suburbs. Such light emissions may 

reflection behaviour depends on the material 

characteristics of the road surface, the direction 

of light incidence and the direction of 

observation. 

If there are criteria for rating the luminance 

of the lighting, e.g. in case of road lighting 

with sufficiently straight sections of roadway 

and defined observation geometry, the 

luminance is called upon as a qualitative 

characteristic of the lighting. Corresponding 

minimum values are defined in the standards. 

In addition to the luminance rating, a difference 

is made between the following types of 

illuminance: 

• horizontal illuminance E h, defined as 

luminous flux based on a level, horizontal 

surface 

• vertical illuminance E v, defined as luminous 

flux based on a level, vertical surface 

• cylindrical illuminance E z, defined as 

luminous flux based on the overall, curved 

surface of an upright cylinder 

• semi-cylindrical illuminance E hz, defined as 

luminous flux based on the curved surface 

of an upright half cylinder. 

also trigger physiological problems in 

people, because they feel that their peace 

at night is disturbed. 

Luminance, illuminance 

E in lx 

E in lx 

35 

30 

25 

0,1 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 

0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1 

L in cd/m2 0,2 

0,3 

0,5 0,4 

L in cd/m2 350 

300 

250 

200 

0,1 

150 

0,2 

100 

0,3 

50 

0 

0,5 0,4 

0 2 4 6 8 10 

1.3 Diagram for converting luminances L 

into illuminances E and back with reflectance 

values of 0.1 to 0.5 of semi-specular 

reflective surfaces.

Maintenance value 

Illuminance (or luminance) decreases with 

the increasing operating time as a result of 

the ageing and soiling of lamps, luminaires 

and reflection surfaces that may be present 

(Figure 1.4). To compensate for this decrease, 

the new system must possess a 

higher illuminance (as-new value). During 

planning this decrease is determined using 

the maintenance factor. The illuminance values 

(or luminance values) recommended in 

the relevant standards are defined as maintenance 

values Ēm or L - in order to ensure 

m 

that the minimum illuminance values are 

Relative illuminance in % 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

0 2.000 4.000 6.000 8.000 10.000 12.000 14.000 16.000 18.000 20.000 22.000 

Operating time in hours 

Calculating the maintenance factor 

The maintenance factor of the illuminance 

or luminance depends on 

• The ageing characteristics of the lamps 

and the control gear, 

• The luminaire‘s degree of protection, 

• The pollution situation of the surrounding 

area, and 

• The maintenance programme. 

The planner must 

• Indicate the maintenance factor and cite 

all assumptions that served as a basis for 

the calculation, 

• Define the lighting system in accordance 

with the application, 

• Create a comprehensive maintenance plan, 

which must include the interval for replacing 

lamps, the interval for cleaning the 

luminaires and the cleaning methods. 

Generally, there are two possibilities for 

determining the maintenance factor. 

Reference 

maintenance factor 

Maintenance factor 

Maintenance factor 

due to reference 

values of lamps, 

luminaires and system 

also given under the operating conditions of 

the lighting system for the respective visual 

task. The abbreviation Ē m designates with the 

slash the local mean value of the illuminance 

E, the index m – derived from the word 

“maintained” – the maintenance value of 

the illuminance. Maintenance values may 

not be exceeded under any circumstance. If 

the maintenance values are attained due to 

operating influences such as lamp ageing 

and accumulation of dust, the lighting system 

must be maintained (cleaning of lamps 

and luminaires) and serviced if need be 

(replacement of lamps and possibly even the 

System with 

luminaire 

cleaning after 

4,000 hrs. and 

lamp replace- 

ment after 

16,000 hrs. 

System without 

maintenance 

Reference maintenance factors for outdoor 

work places are: 

• 0.67 for outdoor lighting installations with 

low pollution and a three-year maintenance 

cycle, 


normal pollution and a three-year maintenance 

cycle, 


increased pollution. 

MF = LLMF · LLF · LMF · SMF 

The MF is made up of the lamp luminous flux 

maintenance factor LLMF, which describes 

the decrease in the lamp luminous flux over 

the period of use and also depends on the 

type of control gear used, the lamp service 

life factor LLF, which describes the lamp failure 

over the period of use and also depends 

on the type of control gear used and possibly 

the switching frequency, the luminaire maintenance 

factor LMF, which describes the 

impact pollution has on the optical system 

of the luminaires between two cleanings 

(es pecially depending on the IP protection 

rating of the luminaire and the fluidic design 

of the luminaire which influences selfcleaning 

with the aid of wind and rain) and 

the surface maintenance factor SMF, which 

takes into account the decrease of the reflectance 

value of ceilings and walls, e.g. in 

pedestrian underpasses, tunnels or building 

walls with rooflike projections, e.g. above 

luminaire itself). The new illuminance value 

which serves as a basis for planning is the 

result of the maintenance value and the 

maintenance factor: 

New value = maintenance value / maintenance 

factor 

The values defined in the outdoor lighting 

standards (e.g. EN 12464-2 for the lighting of 

outdoor work places and EN 13201 for road 

lighting) for illuminance or luminance are 

maintenance values. 

1.4 Principal representation of the decrease 

in the average illuminance during the operating 

time of the system, e.g. with luminaire 

cleaning after 4,000 hours of operation. 

loading platforms. This factor is not taken 

into consideration in most plans however. 

This process is described in the publication 

CIE 154:2003 “The Maintenance of Outdoor 

Lighting Systems”. 

327 


Photometrics 


Uniformity 

On-site uniformity of the luminance or illuminance 

is important for perceiving vehicles, 

people, objects and details. While the human 

eye can adapt to varying mean luminance 

levels to a large extent, camouflage zones, 

which are not perceived as such, occur, e.g., 

for the driver as a result of insufficient uniformity 

of the luminance. Such zones pose 

dangerous situations for both drivers and 

pedestrians. Camouflage zones occur due to 

individual light points being switched off, e.g. 

in road lighting in order to cut costs. Switching 

off such light points increases the traffic 

risk, as drivers in full confidence of their 

visual acuity enter these camouflage zones 

on illuminated roads and fail to recognise 

obstacles in good time. Camouflage zones 

and thus sources of danger also occur in 

work places due to inadequately illuminated 

areas. 

The area of the visual task must be illuminated 

as uniformly as possible. The total 

uniformity in the area of the visual task or 

traffic area U 0 = L min/L - applies to the entire 

evaluation zone. 

Camouflage zones are characterised by insufficient 

total uniformity. This complicates 

or makes it even impossible to promptly 

recognise, e.g., pedestrians who spontaneously 

step on the road. In addition to that, 

longitudinal uniformity U I is defined for roadways. 

This relates to the middle of the lane, 

which road users mainly pay attention to. It 

is described by the ratio of minimum luminance 

L l, min to maximum luminance L l, max to 

this line: U l = L l, min/L l, max. 

Minimum values for the uniformity of the 

illuminance U 0 are set forth in the relevant 

standards. U 0 in the surrounding area may 

not be less than 0.10 in work areas. 

328 

Glare rating 

Glare can adversely affect safety to a significant 

extent. Discomfort, insecurity and exhaustion 

(psychological glare) as well as a 

noticeable decrease in visual acuity (physiological 

glare) may occur depending on the 

degree of glare. Limiting glare is important 

in order to prevent errors, fatigue and accidents. 

Glare is caused by bright surfaces in 

the field of vision. The glare that is caused by 

reflections on reflective surfaces is generally 

known as indirect reflection or reflex glare. 

The degree of the physiologically acting direct 

glare of the luminaires, in other words 

the glare caused by luminaires or other light 

sources adversely affecting visual acuity, is 

described, e.g., for outdoor work places and 

sports facilities with the glare rating (GR). 

The GR is based on the equivalent hazy luminance 

and is described in the publica tion CIE 

112:1994 “Glare evaluation system for use 

within outdoor sports and area lighting”. The 

glare rating is determined according to the 

following formula: 

GR = 27+24log 10 

Lvl ( Lve ) 

0,9 

In this case, the following stand for: 

L vl the overall hazy luminance in cd/m², 

which is caused by the lighting system. It 

is the sum of the hazy luminances of the 

individual luminaires, i.e. the sources of 

glare L vl = L v1 + L v2 + ··· L vn. 

The hazy luminance of the individual luminaire 

is calculated as L v = 10(E eye · θ -2 ). In this 

case, E eye is the illuminance at the eye 

of the viewer on a level vertical to the line of 

sight (2° below horizontal) and θ the angle 

between the line of sight of the viewer and 

the direction of (light) emittance of every 

individual luminaire (fig. 1.5), L ve the equivalent 

hazy luminance of the surrounding 

area in cd/m². Based on the assumption that 

the reflection behaviour of the surrounding 

area is completely diffuse, the equivalent 

hazy luminance may be calculated as 

L ve = 0.035 · ◊ · E h,av · π -1 . In doing so, ◊ the 

mean reflectance value and the E h,av is the 

mean illuminance of the surrounding area. 

90° 

1.5 angle θ between the line of sight of the 

viewer, which is 2° below the horizontal, 

and the direction of the luminous emittance 

of the source of glare. 

Glare rating GR value 

intolerable 80 – 90 

disruptive 60 – 70 

still permissible 40 – 50 

noticeable 20 – 30 

unnoticeable 10 

1.6 Glare ratings and GR index. 

� 

2°

Glare rating 

Because the glare and thus the GR index 

depends to a large extent on the viewer‘s 

position and the line of sight, the GR indexes 

should be calculated at the points of the illuminance 

grid at 1.5 m above the ground, and 

for every line of sight from 0° to 360° in angular 

steps of at least 45°, whereas the 0° 

line of sight is parallel to the longer side of 

the evaluation zone. 

All assumptions made while calculating the 

GR index must be listed in the system documentation. 

The GR index of the new lighting 

system may not exceed the limited GR L limits 

cited in the relevant standards. 

In road lighting the glare rating is based on 

a predefined line of sight for the motorists. 

The threshold increment (TI) which is calculated 

for this is used as an evaluation value 

for the physiological glare and is limited in 

the relevant standards (e.g. EN 13201). 

This process is based on the following findings 

(fig. 1.8): In case of a glare-free road 

lighting, the human eye adapts to the mean 

road luminance L - . An object on the road is 

visible when there is a luminance difference 

(threshold value) of ΔL 0 compared to its 

surroundings. 

If there are, however, sources of glare in the 

field of vision, these create a diffused light 

that appears like a “haze” on the retina of 

the eye. This additional “hazy luminance” 

L S causes the eye to adapt to a higher level 

L - + L S, even though the mean road luminance 

L - remains the same. The object with a 

luminance difference ΔL 0 compared to its 

surroundings is invisible. The necessary 

luminance difference must be increased to 

Luminous intensity classes 

In cases where the TI process cannot be 

applied, e.g. due to a deviation between the 

assumed observation conditions and those 

of a motorist on the road, EN 13201-2 envisages 

the luminous intensity classes G1 to G6 

for evaluating the physiological glare. This 

evaluation also applies for preventing disturbing 

light emissions in directions, where 

light is neither necessary nor desired. This 

applies in particular to the disturbing effects 

of road lighting in open, rural and suburban 

areas and in residential areas. The luminous 

intensity classes are also valid for light emissions 

above the horizontal, which are dispersed 

towards the atmosphere and which 

prevent the perceptibility of stars and astronomic 

research. The classes G1 to G3 correspond 

to “partially shielded” to “shielded” 

luminaires. The classes G4 to G6 correspond 

to greatly shielded luminaires. 

EN 13201-2 does not define any minimum 

requirements with regard to complying with 

a specific luminous intensity class. 

ΔLBL in of glare in order to ensure that such 

objects can be perceived again. Increasing 

by ΔLBL – ΔL0 can be applied as measure for 

the glare in case of the given mean road 

luminance L - . The percentaged threshold 

in crement TI from ΔL0 to ΔLBL is introduced 

as measure for the physiological glare and 

calculated based on the formula: 

ΔL BL - ΔL 0 

TI = ∙ 100 

ΔL 0 

EN 13201-3 provides a calculation formula 

for TI, which is based on the mean asnew-value 

road luminance L - and the hazy 

luminance LS. 65 ∙ Ls TI = ∙ 100 

L - 0 

The TI process takes into account the generally 

known fact that higher luminous intensities 

of sources of glare and thus higher hazy 

luminances may be permitted with better 

road luminance without inadmissibly affecting 

the quality of the glare limitation. High 

TI values mean a higher threshold increment 

and thus are a sign of a possible glare risk. 

A threshold increment TI of up to 10 % is 

deemed as acceptable for busy roads and for 

less busy roads TI of 15 % to 20 %. 

The luminous intensity classes essentially 

determine the visual quality of the lighting. 

They must be arranged between the planner 

and the operator of the lighting system. 

L 

L BL 

L 0 

135 70 

45 

GR 

180 0 

90 

50 

30 

225 315 

270 

visible not visible 

L S 

L L LS L 

Luminous Maximum luminous intensity in cd/klm Luminous intensity I 

intensity class in the angles of emission ¥ in the upper half of the 

room above 

up to 70° up to 80° up to 90° Angle of emission ¥ 

G1 200 50 – 

G2 150 30 – 

G3 100 20 – 

G4 500 100 10 I = 0 cd as of ¥ = 95° 

G5 350 100 10 I = 0 cd as of ¥ = 95° 

G6 350 100 0 I = 0 cd as of ¥ = 90° 

1.9 Luminous intensity classes as per EN 13201-2. 

1.7 Example of the documentation of the 

calculated GR at a location offering the 

viewer a panorama. 

1.8 Explanation of TI Process. 

329 


Photometrics 


Direction of light 

The quality of the lighting depends significantly 

on the perceptibility of spatial objects. 

Directed lighting improves the perceptibility 

of objects and surface structures. “Modelling” 

designates the balance between diffuse 

and directed light. It is an essential characteristic 

of the lighting quality for practically 

all applications. People and objects should 

be illuminated so that form and surface 

structures appear clearly and acceptably. 

That is achieved when the light radiates primarily 

from one direction. As a result, definite 

shadows form, which are very important 

for a good modelling. The lighting should not 

be directed too much though, since hard 

shadows could otherwise form, which may 

make surface structures hard to recognise 

again, e.g.. 

A photometric variable that is suitable for 

describing the modelling is the shadiness 

E z/E h (relation between the cylindrical and 

horizontal illuminance at a point) or the 

semi-cylindrical illuminance E hz (fig. 1.10). 

The semi-cylindrical illuminance is used, e.g. 

in EN 13201, as performance requirements 

for the recognition of faces, e.g. in pedestrian 

Luminance distribution 

The luminance distribution in the field of 

vision determines the adaptation level that 

influences the perceptibility of the visual 

task. A balanced adaptation luminance 

increases: 

• Visual acuity, 

• Contrast sensitivity (differentiation 

of luminance differences), 

• Performance of eye functions (like accommodation, 

convergence, pupil adaptation, 

eye movements, etc.). 

330 

E h 

E z 

E z/E h › 0,3 

1.10 Definition of shadiness E z/E h (on left) 

and the semi-cylindrical illuminance (in 

middle and on right). 

zones or on parking areas. It is defined as 

the arithmetic mean of the vertical illuminance 

E v(¥) at a point (shown as half cylinder) 

within an angular field of the azimuth angle 

of -π/2 ≤ ¥ ≤ π/2 (fig. 1.10). According to 

EN 13201-3, it is evaluated at 1.5 m above 

the ground. 

The distribution of luminance in the field of 

vision also influences visual comfort. That‘s 

why it is important to prevent significant 

changes in the luminance in the field of 

vision as much as possible, which may only 

be realised to a limited extent in outdoor 

work areas, e.g. at a building site, since the 

vertical surfaces in the distant periphery of 

the field of vision are presented mainly by 

the dark area around the work place. 

2 

Δ¥ 

Ev( ) 

+ 

E = E hz v (¥)d¥ 

π / 2 

- π 1 

π ∫ 

/ 2 

2

Light colour and colour rendering 

The colour quality of a lamp with almost 

white light is distinguished by two characteristics: 

• The light colour of the lamp itself, 

• The colour rendering which influences the 

colour appearance of objects and people 

illuminated by this lamp. 

These two attributes should be taken into 

account separately. 

The light colour of a light source relates to 

the perceived colour (colour type) of the 

emitted light and is characterised by the 

correlated colour temperature Tcp (température 

de couleur proximale) (Table 1.11). The 

correlated colour temperature is the temperature, 

which heated platinum assumes 

in order to appear in the same colour as the 

light source. Low colour temperatures describe 

warm, yellow/red-white appearing 

light colours, e.g. incandescent lamps, fluorescent 

lamps of the light colour warm-white 

and sodium vapour lamps. High colour temperatures 

describe cold, in other words more 

white-blue light colours, e.g. the daylight 

with approx. 6500 K (overcast sky), fluorescent 

lamps of the light colour neutral-white 

and daylight-white as well as metal halide 

lamps. 

Lamp colour most similar 

temperature T cp 

warm-white under 3300 K 

neutral-white from 3300 K 

to 5300 K 

daylight white above 5300 K 

1.11 Light colours of lamps. 

R a range Typical lamp types 

90 and 

higher 

Colour-improved fluorescent lamps “de Luxe”, 

colour-improved metal halide lamps, 

incandescent lamps* 

80 to 90 Three-band fluorescent lamps, 

metal halide lamps 

70 to 80 Standard fluorescent lamps, universal white* 

60 to 70 Standard fluorescent lamps, bright white*, 

metal halide lamps 

40 to 60 Standard fluorescent lamps, warm tone*, 

high-pressure mercury vapour lamps* 

20 to 40 W High-pressure sodium vapor lamps 

below 20 Low-pressure sodium vapor lamps 

* no longer permissible light sources in the future. 

1.12 R a ranges of typical lamp types. 

Most European standards for lighting systems 

do not offer any recommendations for 

the light colour of the lamps used, since 

their selection depends mainly on the psychology, 

the aesthetics and that, which is 

considered natural in the different regions of 

Europe. Nevertheless, the light colour of the 

lamps is selected primarily based on economic 

aspects, which applies especially to 

the high-pressure sodium vapour lamps that 

are widely used in Europe. In spite of identical 

light colour, lamps may have different 

colour rendering characteristics due to the 

different spectral composition of their light. 

The general colour rendering index R a was 

introduced for objectively distinguishing the 

colour rendering characteristics of a light 

source. 

The colour rendering index designates the 

measure, at which the perceived body colour 

corresponds with its appearance under the 

respective reference light source. The measured 

colour shifts of 8 standardised test 

colours that occur when the test colours are 

illuminated with the reference light source or 

the light source to be evaluated are specified 

in order to determine the R a value. The lower 

the deviation is, the better the colour rendering 

characteristic of the tested light source. 

A light source with R a = 100 renders all 

colours optimally as under the reference 

light source. If the R a value is lower, the 

colour rendering is not as good. For instance, 

the reference light source for daylight-white 

light sources is the natural daylight with a 

colour temperature of 6500 K, which corresponds 

with an overcast sky without sunlight. 

The reference light type is a black body for 

light sources with a colour temperature 

Photometrics 

Criteria of good outdoor lighting 

White light 

In recent times consideration has been given 

to whether white light, e.g. of metal halide 

lamps, provides a greater visual perception 

than yellow light, which is produced by the 

popular high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 

due to their high light output. This concern 

becomes more prevalent especially in light of 

the mainly low adaptation luminances that 

characterises outdoor lighting. 

The retina of the eye has diverse receptors 

with varying degrees of sensitivity and 

positioning. The cones help us see during 

the day and are sensitive to light and colour 

information and are situated almost exclusively 

in the middle of the retina (fovea). The 

rods, which help us see at night, are almost 

exclusively sensitive to light/dark information 

and are situated primarily in the peripheral 

area of the retina (fig. 1.13). Both receptors 

have different relative (normalised to 

100 %) degrees of spectral sensitivity to light 

(fig. 1.14). The absolute values for sensitivity 

to light differ considerably, however. 

In addition to that, the retina also has “blue 

receptors”, which are responsible for the 

circadian rhythms (control of our internal 

timing system or biological clock), i.e. for the 

synchronisation of our vital functions with 

the course of day and night. These receptors 

control in particular the amount of melatonin 

in our blood serum and thus our awake/ 

sleep state. Melatonin is generally suppressed 

with blue light, thus encouraging 

our awake state. The relative spectral response 

function of blue receptors has its 

maximum at approx. 450 nm, i.e. in the blue 

range of the spectrum. In order to evaluate 

the circadian impact of artificial light sources, 

the circadian response factor of the light 

source has to be defined. That is the ratio 

332 

No. of cones and rods/mm 2 

180 000 

160 000 

Rods 

140 000 

120 000 

100 000 

Rods 

80 000 

60 000 

40 000 

20 000 

0 

Cones 

80° 60° 40° 20° 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 

temporal nasal 

fovea centralis blind spot 

of the radiant power of the light source, evaluated 

with the circadian response function 

C(λ) (i.e. the response function of the blue 

receptors) and the radiant power of the light 

source, evaluated with the visual perception 

V(λ). 

Consequences for practical applications: 

In professional circles it is undisputed due to 

existing studies that white light in outdoor 

lighting installations has physiological and 

psychological advantages over yellow light 

and should thus be preferred. However, it is 

debatable whether these advantages could 

result in a non-compliance with the standardised 

minimum lighting requirements, 

since these are already far below those 

defined for optimal visibility and are even 

influenced significantly by economic considerations. 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

C (∂) 

V´(∂) 

V(∂) 

400 450 500 550 600 650 700 

Wavelength in nm 

Impact Receptors Sensitivity to light Adaptation Localisation on retina 

Day / 

photopic vision 

Cones 

sensitive to light 

and colours 

s. Figure 1.14 s. Figure 1.13 

V(λ) 

Maximum at 

555 nm 

Light 

> 10 cd/m 2 

Mesopic vision Cones and rods V(λ) and V´(λ) Indifferent 

10-2 cd/m2 to 

10 cd/m2 Night / 

scotopic vision 

Circadian 

rhythm 

1.15 Retina receptors. 

Rods, 

almost only 

sensitive to light 

Blue receptors, 

melatonin 

suppression 

1.13 Density of cones (day vision) and rods 

(night vision) on the retina in relation to the 

horizontal angle of vision. 

V´(λ) 

Maximum at 

507 nm 

C(λ) 

Maximum at 

approx. 450 nm 

Dark 

< 10 -2 cd/m 2 

Controls the 

biological clock 

1.14 Relative degree of spectral light sensitivity 

for an eye adjusted to light (day vision) 

V(λ) and for an eye adapted to darkness 

(night vision) V´(λ) and for the circadian 

rhythms C(λ). 

Only in the centre 

of the retina 

less in, 

primarily outside 

of the fovea 

Exclusively in 

the peripheral area 

of the retina

Adverse effects 

Outdoor lighting installations may have adverse 

effects on people as well as flora and 

fauna. These should be eliminated. Such 

light emissions, which are also referred 

to as light pollution and are the subject of 

emission protection, may also trigger physiological 

problems among people. Good 

outdoor lighting also takes such ecological 

aspects into consideration. 

In order to minimise the maximum admissible 

adverse effect of outdoor lighting systems 

on people, flora and fauna the standard 

EN 12464-2 for outdoor work places differentiates 

between environmental zones E1 

and E4 and establishes for these limits 

Light emission 

Outdoor light installations may produce 

disturbing light emissions and thus trigger 

physiological and psychological problems 

among people, because they feel that their 

peace at night is disturbed, for instance. 

EN 12464-2 defines limits for limiting the 

luminous flux of artificial light emitted primarily 

in the upper direction and thus strives 

to contribute to eliminating the “light pollution” 

of the night sky while making the nightly 

activity safer and clearer. 

Characteristics of interference emission 

include: 

• The illuminance E v at the point of emission, 

e.g. on glazed surfaces or facades of buildings 

(vertical illuminance), 

• The luminous intensity I of the light source 

(luminaire) in the potential direction of 

interference, 

• The part of the upper luminous flux (ULR – 

Upward Light Ratio) of the overall luminous 

flux of the luminaires. ULR is the percentage 

of luminous flux of a luminaire or a 

system that is emitted above the horizontal 

(i.e. skyward), and especially with a luminaire's 

general purpose based on a specific 

system. 

• The vertical illuminance at the point of 

emission, 

• The luminous intensity of the luminaires, 

• The luminaire's light component that is 

emitted upwards, and 

• The luminance on building facades and 

signs 

For certain periods of time that are defined 

by official authorities and during which there 

are stricter requirements on the limitation of 

adverse effects (e.g.: between 10 p.m. and 

6 a.m. for spa areas, hospitals and healthcare 

establishments) the standard prescribes 

noticeably lower limits. 

Limits for adverse effects, which are caused 

by road lighting, have not yet been standardised. 

• The maximum mean luminance L b on 

adjacent building facades and 

• The maximum mean luminance L s of bright 

posters, signs, advertising surfaces, etc. 

The limits may be higher, depending on the 

overall brightness of the respective area, 

which are described by the environmental 

zones E1 to E4. 

E1 Completely dark areas, e.g. national 

parks, natural monuments of exceptional 

quality, protected areas, etc. 

E2 Areas of low brightness, such as industrial 

estates and residential areas in 

rural areas 

E3 Areas of medium brightness, e.g. industrial 

estates and residential areas on the 

outskirts of urban areas 

E4 Areas of high brightness, such as cities 

and business centres. 

The limits according to EN 12464-2 are 

distinguished by particular times of applicability. 

It is still the responsibility of local 

authorities to determine the times for which 

additional restrictions regarding the adverse 

effects of artificial light sources should 

apply. 

The limits according to table 1.16 apply to 

architecture-compatible installation of luminaires. 

E.g. if a bracket-mounted luminaire 

with ULR = 0 is mounted on a pole arm with 

an inclination of 15°, ULR is then > 0 and this 

type of installation is no longer acceptable in 

an E1 zone. 

Spherical lanterns with more than 25 % of 

the luminaire's luminous flux in the upper 

part of the area are generally no longer usable 

for outdoor work areas according to 

the standards of EN 12464-2 however they 

may be used in traffic systems according to 

EN 13201, for which no limits have been 

defined for disturbing light emissions. 

Environ- Illuminance at the Luminous intensity of the luminaire Light Luminance 

mental zone point of emission in the direction of interference directed 

Ev Ev I I upward Lb (cd/m2 ) Ls (cd/m2 ) 

lx lx cd cd ULR 

prior to the 

time of 

applicability 1) 

after the 

time of 


prior to the 

time of 


after the 

time of 


% Building 

facades 

E1 2 0 2500 0 0 0 50 

E2 5 1 7500 500 5 5 400 

E3 10 2 10000 1000 15 10 800 

E4 25 5 25000 2500 25 25 1000 

1) If no time of applicability is specified, the higher values may not be exceeded and the 

lower values should be applied in general. 

1.16 Maximum admissible photometric values for limiting the adverse effects of outdoor lighting systems according to EN 12464-2. 

Signs 

333 


Photometrics 

Road lighting 

Lighting quality characteristics 

The procedure for determining the quality 

characteristics of a lighting system for a 

specific road comprises three steps: 

The procedure for determining the road 

lighting quality characteristics according to 

CEN/TR 13201-1 and EN 13201-2 is explained 

with the aid of the following example: 

Example: Major traffic road 

A major traffic road within a small town has 

to be illuminated. No road users are to be 

excluded: Cyclists are common and pedestrians 

usually cross the road at crossings that 

do not have traffic lights. Which photometric 

data have to be satisfied by the lighting 

installation? 

The lighting class to be used shall be selected 

according to the diverse tables for the 

lighting situations A1 to E2 that are contained 

in the Appendix A to CEN/TR 13201-1. 

For the selected example involving a major 

traffic road, that is the table for the B2 lighting 

situation. 

Taking the max. speed of 60 km/h and the 

main road users (motor vehicles, including 

slow moving vehicles) as well as cyclists and 

pedestrians into consideration during step 1 

results in the lighting situation B2, which belongs 

to the lighting classes ME2 to ME6 with 

the luminance evaluation. Based on a traffic 

analysis, the mean daily traffic (MDT), which 

is the total traffic volume occurring within a 

number of days divided by the number of 

days, has been determined at more than 

7000 vehicles/day. The road was evaluated in 

a dry state, there are no measures for slowing 

traffic, the number of junctions per km 

is < 3 and the difficulty of the driving task is 

normal. 

334 

Step 1 

Selection of the 

lighting situation 

according to CEN/TR 13201-1 

Step 2 

Selection of the 

lighting class 

according to CEN/TR 13201-1 

This results in the lighting class ME4b twice 

and the lighting class ME3c once. The final 

lighting class has to be selected now from 

the lighting classes in the example ME4b, 

ME4b and ME3c based on other criteria. This 

can be implemented using another table that 

supplements the selection criteria of the 

table for the B2 lighting situation with regard 

to other selection criteria. These criteria are: 

• Conflict zones, i.e. areas where motorised 

traffic streams cross each other, e.g. at 

crossings without traffic lights, at roundabouts 

or in areas prone to traffic jams 

in front of traffic lights or in areas where 

there are other users, e.g. in shopping 

streets. 

• Complexity of the visual field, i.e. visual 

influences within the field of vision, which 

can be misleading, distracting, disturbing 

or annoying, e.g. with extreme advertising 

structures. 

Consequences for the major traffic road: 

Conflict zones are not present, the complexity 

of the visual field is normal (there are no 

extreme annoyances, e.g. due to advertising 

structures), parking along the side of the 

road is permitted, the ambient luminance is 

average and the traffic flow of cyclists is 

high. Consequently, the planning should be 

based on the lighting class ME3c. 

This results in the following photometric 

system data: 

• Maintenance value of the mean luminance 

L – = 1.0 cd/m² 

m 

• Total uniformity Uo = 0.4 

• Longitudinal uniformity Ul = 0.5 

• Threshold increment TI = 15 % 

• Ambient illuminance relation SR = 0.5 

Step 3 

Determination of the lighting 

quality characteristics 

according to EN 13201-2 

L – m Is the mean luminance as maintenance 

value, which may not be undershot at 

any time. 

U o Total uniformity, relation of the lowest 

luminance (or illuminance) to the mean 

value on the road surface. 

U l Longitudinal uniformity, relation of the 

lowest to the highest luminance on the 

middle of the traffic lane. 

TI Threshold increment, measure for the 

loss of visibility of an object as a result of 

physiological glare due to extremely 

bright luminaires. 

SR Ambient illuminance relation for improving 

spatial orientation such that the 

areas next to the road can also be perceived, 

even if they are not illuminated 

themselves. SR is the relation of the 

mean illuminance of both surrounding 

surfaces outside the road to the mean 

illuminance of the outer traffic lane of 

the road, with both surfaces having the 

same width.

The TRILUX planning software TX-WIN Street allows for the planning of streets, pedestrian areas and cycle tracks in accordance with 

EN 13201. The lighting situation, the lighting class and the photometric system data are determined in a simple manner by selecting 

the appropriate criteria in a selection menu. Diverse alternatives and their photometric data of the installations can be calculated and 

consolidated in a table for an individual selection by changing the planning requirements, e.g. those of the luminaire arrangement. 

Download at www.trilux.co.uk or www.trilux.com. 

335 


Photometrics 

Pedestrian crossings 

Pedestrian crossings (FGÜ) should be illuminated 

so that pedestrians can be easily 

recog nised at the pedestrian crossing and 

the waiting area on the edge of the street 

from both directions at night and when it is 

raining and so that the recognisability of the 

markings of the pedestrian crossing is also 

ensured at night. EN 13201-2 generally 

describes two types of lighting at pedestrian 

crossings: 

• Negative contrast: The pedestrian is only 

illuminated slightly and thus appears as a 

dark silhouette against an illuminated 

background. 

• Positive contrast: The pedestrian is illuminated 

and appears clearly against the 

mostly darker background that is only 

slightly illuminated by the general street 

lighting. 

The additional lighting for the pedestrian 

crossing (FGÜ) should be switched independently 

of the street lighting, since the more 

stringent lighting requirements make a higher 

daylight component and thus an earlier 

actuation time necessary. In case of separate 

lighting grids it is supplied with electricity 

usually from the public power grid and 

switched, e.g., using ripple control systems. 

Pedestrian crossings (also called crosswalks 

or z ebra crossings) are one of the many possibilities 

for ensuring the safety of pedestrians 

who are crossing a street. In recent 

years, more and more pedestrian crossings 

are being installed primarily for cost reasons. 

Their costs are cited at only 20 % to 

30 % compared to pedestrian signal systems. 

The lighting of pedestrian crossings is covered 

in the appendix to EN 13201-2. Here 

reference is also made to the national standards 

that apply in several European countries 

336 

4.5 m 

6.0 m 

with in-depth photometric requirements and 

planning recommendations. Specific requirements 

are not indicated in this standard. It 

does, however, recommend positioning luminaires 

with asymmetrical light distribution 

in front of the pedestrian crossing so that the 

pedestrians are illuminated from the perspective 

of the motorists and that there is a 

positive contrast against the darker street 

background. The zones, where pedestrians 

wait prior to crossing the street, are to be 

illuminated as well. 

4.5 m 

6.0 m 

7.0 m 

1.17 Example of a typical installation geometry for the standards-conforming illumination 

of a pedestrian crossing according to DIN 67523: 2 luminaires LUMEGA 700 with special 

optics, each with 1 x HST 100 W. 

1.18 The planning of a lighting system for a pedestrian crossing is one of the possible options available in the TX-WIN Area software. 

Here it is possible to adapt the necessary parameters of the system configuration to the requirements of the horizontal and vertical 

illuminance. Download at www.trilux.co.uk or www.trilux.com.

337 


Photometrics 

Work places 

Lighting of work places 

Our generation lives in a non-stop society: 

Global competition increases the pressure 

to perform, high investments in machinery, 

equipment and systems call for an almost 

unlimited utilisation in terms of time. High 

rationalisation efforts are necessary in order 

to prevail in light of international competition. 

Multi-shift operation, even in outdoor 

work places, has already become a matter of 

course in many cases. That is true for container 

terminals at railways and port facilities, 

which are subject to strict time requirements 

and where breaks are not allowed for 

the international exchange of goods. Work 

does not stop at night even on large building 

sites, in transport facilities and many outdoor 

industrial production sites. 

In every case, work areas must be sufficiently 

illuminated – especially for reasons 

in volving security, health and safety in the 

work place. In such cases, outdoor lighting 

conditions are frequently considerably more 

complicated than indoors, where the field of 

vision is additionally illuminated by reflections 

on light-coloured walls. In order to 

realise a uniform lighting, high-capacity 

luminaires are mounted primarily on high 

poles in outdoor work places. Here dangerous 

camouflage zones (shadow zones) can 

only be avoided as sources of personal 

hazards by means of careful planning and 

implementation of the lighting. 

Quality characteristics 

The most important quality characteristics 

of lighting for outdoor work places 1) are 

• Illuminance and uniformity 

• Glare limitation 

• Colour rendering. 

The tables of EN 12464-2 contain these 

quality characteristics for the following 

areas, visual tasks and activities: 

• General circulation areas in outdoor work 

places 

• Airports 

• Building sites 

• Canals, locks and harbours 

• Agricultural operations 

• Petrol filling stations 

• Industrial sites and storage areas 

338 

1.19 Outdoor work areas – e.g. at airports. 

Lighting systems for outdoor work places 

generally have the same duties as indoor 

lighting: 

• Sufficient visual acuity, which allows workers 

to perform visual tasks even under 

difficult conditions and for long periods 

of time, 

• High degree of safety with regard to risks 

of accidents and health hazards by helping 

workers recognise risks safely and in good 

time. 

• Off-shore gas and oil structures 

• Parking areas 

• Petrochemical and other hazardous 

industries 

• Power, electricity, gas and heat plants 

• Railways and tramways 

• Sawmills 

• Shipyards and docks 

• Water and sewage plants 

The tables also include other situations, 

which are based on other planning recommendations 

and practical experience. 

They are arranged according to the type of 

area and the task or activity. If the area of the 

visual task is unknown at the time of planning, 

the areas of the work site or place are 

to be regarded and illuminated as the area of 

In this regard, it is logical that the European 

standard EN 12464-2 “Light and lighting. 

Lighting of work places. Part 2: Outdoor 

work places”, which applies to lighting 

systems for fixed outdoor work places, calls 

for similar photometric requirements as 

EN 12464-1 for corresponding indoor work 

places. 

the visual task where such visual tasks (activities) 

may occur generally. As a rule that is 

the main part of a work area. Based on the 

definition of “area of visual tasks”, the position 

and size of the evaluation zone are derived 

for the illuminance and its uniformity 

whilst taking ergonomic and visual-optical 

analyses of the work flow into account. The 

area of the visual task may be in a horizontal, 

vertical or inclined plane. This plane and the 

spatial limits of the area of the visual task 

also determine the evaluation zone. 

If the visual task or activity that pertains to 

the planned application is not included in 

the tables, it is necessary to use quality 

characteristics of similar or comparable 

visual tasks accordingly.

Ē m is the minimally required maintenance 

value of illuminance on the relevant evaluation 

plane for the visual task. This value is a 

minimum value and may not be undershot at 

any time. 

The drop in illuminance due to the ageing 

of lamps and lamp failure as well as due 

to pollution on the lamps, luminaires and 

possibly reflective surfaces, e.g. of buildings, 

is described by the maintenance factor, 

which determines the scope of the new value 

of the illuminance. The new value of the 

illuminance determines the number of luminaires 

and lamps to be installed. 

New value = maintenance value / maintenance 

factor 

The maintenance factor depends on 

• The ageing characteristics of the lamps 

and the control gear, 

• The luminaire’s degree of protection, 

• The pollution situation of the surrounding 

area and 

• The maintenance programme. 

In EN 12464-2 “Lighting of outdoor work 

places”, reference is made to CIE 154:2003 

“The Maintenance of Outdoor Lighting 

Systems”, which was published by the International 

Commission on Illumination and 

which contains information about the lamp 

luminous flux maintenance factor and the 

lamp service life factor (the product of which 

results in the lamp maintenance factor 

LaMF) and the luminaire maintenance factor 

based on the operating time of the lighting 

system. Based on that, it is possible to calculate 

the maintenance factor MF as the 

product of the lamp maintenance factor 

LaMF and the luminaire maintenance 

factor LMF : 

MF = LaMF · LMF 

If that is not possible, reference maintenance 

factors may also be used (table 1.20). 

The planner must 

• Indicate the maintenance factor, which he 

used as a basis for planning and cite all 

assumptions that were made in determining 

the value, e.g. with regard to the ageing 

characteristics of lamps and the luminaires' 

sensitivity to accumulating dirt, 

• Define the lighting system in accordance 

with the operating conditions and surroundings 

and 

Reference maintenance factor Sample applications 

0.57 Outdoor lighting, normal pollution, 

three-year maintenance cycle 

0.5 Outdoor lighting, 

increased pollution 

1.20 Recommended reference maintenance factors. 

Illuminance of the area of the visual task Illuminance of the surrounding area 

lx lx 

500 100 

300 75 

200 50 

150 30 

50 bis 100 20 

< 50 No specification as to uniformity 

≥ 0,5 

1.21 Connection between the illuminance in the area of the visual task and the surrounding 

area according to EN 12464-2. 

• Create a comprehensive maintenance 

plan, which must include the interval for 

replacing lamps, the interval for cleaning 

luminaires and the cleaning methods. 

An area with appropriate dimensions around 

the visual task must also be illuminated, and 

that is at least with an illuminance according 

to table 1.21. 

For limiting the physiological glare of the 

lighting system, it is important that the glare 

rating limits (GRL) that apply to the new 

system are not undershot. The glare rating 

(GR) is not meaningful for all visual tasks. 

In such cases, the appropriate specifications 

are missing. 

While the tables of EN 12464-2 also provide 

information about the recommended colour 

rendering index R a of the lamps, they do 

not offer any information about light colour 

(colour temperature) of the lamps to be 

used, since the selection of the light colour is 

frequently a matter of psychology, aesthetics 

and that which is considered natural in the 

relevant European countries. It is also influenced 

significantly by economic considerations, 

e.g. on the basis of the light output of 

the light source. The light colours warmwhite 

and neutral-white are recommended 

for most visual tasks. 

Safety colours must always be identifiable 

and thus the light sources must have a 

colour rendering index R a ≥ 20 (see ISO 

3864-1 “Graphical symbols – Safety colours 

and safety signs – Part 1: Design principles 

for safety signs in workplaces and public 

areas”). 

1) EN 12464-2 differentiates between work sites (a place in a company and/or operation that is intended for use as places of work, including locations on the premises of a company and/or operation, 

to which employees have access during their work) and work areas (combination and spatial arrangement of tools and supplies within the work environment based on the conditions required by the 

work tasks). 

339 


Photometrics 

Sports facilities 

Sports rank among the most popular rec reational 

activities that people pursue. For millions 

of people, physical fitness and active 

experience is an integral part of their life, 

regardless of whether they strive to experience 

and/or enjoy sporting events as spectators 

or to balance their daily work routine 

by playing football, tennis or golf. Sports 

are becoming more and more important in 

modern society. 

With their striking architecture and light effects, 

sports facilities are attracting more 

and more people and are increasing the 

significance of recreation, the sports experience, 

the viewer numbers and thus the 

viewing rates of TV broadcasts. Technically 

perfect and emotionally accentuated recreational 

sports facilities provide cities and 

regions with a new allure and contribute to 

improving the economic infrastructure. Such 

investments are thus a good decision for the 

operator as well. 

Regardless of whether it is summer or 

winter, a sunny afternoon or late evening: 

More and more people want to pursue their 

sport, when they have the requisite time and 

opportunity to do so. Only a few months of 

the year will provide sufficient natural light 

at night to play sports or exercise outdoors. 

In most cases, playing sports outdoors is 

1.22 Floodlight lighting at the Stadium of Groningen. 

340 

almost impossible in the late afternoon 

without artificial lighting. And with a lighting 

system, sports facilities can be optimally 

used independent of daylight. That‘s why 

the majority of outdoor sports facilities are 

equipped with artificial lighting systems. 

Our performance depends to a large degree 

on the brightness of our surroundings. 

A lighting system makes scrimmages and 

matches more interesting for the players 

and the spectators. Due to their extensive 

diversity, many sports activities are not possible 

without artificial lighting. 

TV stations prefer live broadcasts at prime 

time when the greatest number of viewers 

is available, i.e. after work or late afternoons, 

when it is dark. As a result, public 

service broadcasters place particularly high 

requirements on the lighting systems of 

sports facilities. 

Video recordings for training purposes and 

TV broadcasts – including regional sporting 

events – are increasingly becoming a standard 

feature of sports clubs and event organisers. 

Consequently, more and more sports 

facilities of regional significance are being 

outfitted with sophisticated lighting systems. 

Of the many types of recreational sports, 

illuminated ski slopes and cross-country 

ski tracks ensure that recreational facilities 

may be used at night and thus contribute to 

tourism in areas with guaranteed snow. And 

playing golf at night becomes an interesting 

experience with lighting that is integrated 

into the landscape.

Lighting of sports facilities 

The purpose of lighting systems at sports 

facilities is to ensure good visual conditions 

for athletes, referees, spectators as well as 

TV broadcasts and film recordings. The European 

standard EN 12193 “Light and lighting – 

Sports lighting” (published in 2008) defines 

requirements for lighting systems for indoor 

and outdoor sports facilities for the different 

Lighting classes 

The photometric quality characteristics of 

the lighting depends mainly on the level of 

the competition and the viewing distance for 

spectators. The higher the competitive level 

and the greater the distances are between 

spectators and unfolding sporting events, 

the higher the lighting class and the lighting 

level. 

Lighting class I 

High-performance competitions such as international 

and national matches are generally 

characterised by a lot of visitors and high 

visual distances. This class also includes 

high-performance training. 

With the aid of the TRILUX programme 

“TX-WIN Area” you can also perform sports 

calculations, among other things. The given 

sample calculation is based on a 4-pole football 

facility as pursuant to EN 12193 of the 

lighting class III. The programme can calculate 

all relevant data such as horizontal, 

vertical and semi-cylindrical levels of illuminance. 

Moreover, important quality criteria 

such as glare limitation can be calculated 

by determining the GR index with viewers 

at variable positions. In addition, a maintenance 

plan can be produced. The calculation 

software is available for downloading at 

TRILUX‘s homepage www.trilux.co.uk or 

www.trilux.com. 

sports that are most popular in Europe. It 

also provides values for the illuminances 

and their uniformity, for glare limitation 

and colour rendering characteristics of the 

light sources for the planning and reviewing 

lighting systems for sports facilities. 

Lighting class II 

Competitions on a medium level such as 

regional or local matches are generally 

characterised by a medium amount of visitors 

and medium visual distances. This class 

also includes performance training. 

Lighting class III 

Simple competitions such as local or small 

association matches which are generally 

played without spectators. This class also includes 

general training, general school and 

leisure sports. 

1.23 Sample calculation of 4-pole systems for a football pitch. 

Competition Lighting 

level Class 

I II III 

International/national • 

Regional • • 

Local • • • 

Training • • 

School/leisure sports • 

341 


Photometrics 

Accent lighting 

Building facades, office buildings, department 

stores, factories, historically and 

artistically valuable buildings, monuments, 

towers, even water towers, churches, 

bridges, gates, fountains, sculptures, lake 

shores, river banks, waterfalls, parking areas, 

groups of trees and flower patches are only 

a few examples of objects that can be accentuated 

at night. Accent lighting can be used 

for various reasons, e.g., advertisement for 

general tourism, embellishment of the night 

ambience for improving the neighbourhood 

for citizens or even the highlighting of historical 

buildings or preservation of monuments 

and historical buildings (fig. 1.24). 

Lighting frequently acts as an intermediary 

for culture in our modern world in a wide 

variety of manners. Accentuated structures 

help create a unique identity. They lend a city 

a particular character. Accent lighting makes 

sure that tradition stays visible at night too. 

Illuminated objects are points of attraction 

for tourists and a form of advertisement for 

towns and cities and the people living there. 

Illuminated objects often seem larger than 

life at night than during the day, because the 

directed artificial light has a greater influence 

on surface contours than the high diffuse 

component of daylight and thus the illuminated 

object has an almost completely different 

look at night in most cases. By selecting 

different bright and dark zones highlighted 

objects become vivid or are sometimes even 

dramatically staged. Different light colours, 

e.g. the warm light colour of the highpressure 

sodium vapor lamps or the more 

neutral-white to daylight-white light colour 

Planning principles 

The planning of accent lighting must be 

planned in close co-operation with the user, 

especially for historical buildings with monument 

protection. 

General planning tasks include: 

• Determining the main line(s) of sight or 

predominant viewing direction(s), to give 

the best impression of the object and 

setting. 

• The viewing distance is important for the 

visual development of structural details. 

The closer an object is viewed, the greater 

the need to accentuate sophisticated structures. 

When the viewing distance is great, 

however, the overall effect of the illuminated 

object is more important. 

• Documenting the form and design of the 

object (surface, curvature, cornices, etc.) 

in order to determine the number and 

position of the spotlights. 

• Calculating the surface of the object (structure, 

colour, etc.). Bright window areas 

may pose distracting reflexes or reflect 

conspicuous light away and thus appear 

black. The necessary illuminance on the 

342 

1.24 Illumination of Schloss Herdringen (castle). 

of metal halide lamps, possibly in combination 

with colour filters (red, blue, green, 

yellow), support this scenario and transform 

accentuated objects set in a dark periphery 

into a stage with special experience value. 

In this case, accent lighting is not a needless 

luxury, but rather a component improving 

the life quality of citizens. 

surface of the object depends greatly on its 

reflectance value and the background and 

ambient brightness, i.e. from the relation 

of the luminance of the building surface to 

the background luminance. 

• Determining the structural surroundings 

of the object. In a bright ambience the 

object must be accentuated with brighter 

illumination than for instance, a castle ruin 

in an undeveloped landscape. In a very 

bright ambience it may make more sense 

to emphasise the object using a colour that 

differs clearly from the bright ambience 

instead of employing even brighter illumination. 

• Trees, even when illuminated, may support 

the overall scene, but can also hinder it by 

growing. Rivers and lakes reflect objects or 

appear as a „black mirror“ and do not provide 

any reflecting light unlike a bright 

floor. 

• Preventing glare from road users and 

residents. 

• Eliminating disturbing light emissions from 

the surrounding area. 

• Observing any possible changes occurring 

in the appearance of adjacent buildings. 

1.25 Facade illumination.

Calculations 

The necessary object luminance depends 

on the ambient brightness (Table 1.26). 

Most illuminated objects have matt surfaces 

so the illuminance E (in Ix) can be calculated 

from the luminance L (in cd/m 2 ) and the reflectance 

value ◊ of the surface based on the 

following formula: 

L = ◊ · E / π 

If the reflectance value of the surface is 

known or determined by comparing with 

surfaces of known reflectance values, the 

maintenance value of the mean illuminance 

on the surface to be illuminated can be calculated 

according to the following formula: 

E = L · π / ◊ 

Reflectance values of typical building 

materials of illuminated objects are listed 

in Table 1.27. 

Optical systems and their effect 

(taking Lumena as an example) 

In case of facades with prominent projections, 

e.g. balconies, bays, balustrades, etc., 

the spotlights should be positioned with 

large intervals in order to prevent significant 

cast shadows. Otherwise additional spotlights 

are to be provided for illuminating and 

accentuating the shady areas – if need be 

with a different light colour. 

In case of reflective facades, e.g. glazed surfaces, 

the spotlights must be installed below 

eye level in order to eliminate any reflections 

(reflex glare). In case of aluminium facades 

with significantly aligned reflection behaviour, 

this arrangement would result in a dark 

surface, because the light of the spotlights 

is reflected upwards. Here, the spotlights 

should be installed at a greater height so 

C90 

CO 

C18O 

C270 

Reflector RE 

rotationally symmetrical narrowangle 


C90 

Brightness 

Luminance on the 

of environment 

illuminated surface 

Less, in free environment 3 up to 6.5 cd/m2 Less, in developed dark environment 6.5 up to 10 cd/m2 Medium, in developed medium-bright environment 10 up to 13 cd/m2 High, in bright environment 13 up to 16 cd/m2 1.26 Guideline values for luminance on illuminated surfaces. 

that there is no glare reflection at the main 

viewing position. 

Trees are illuminated either from far away 

or from the treetop in order to be able to 

perceive the foliage and the entire plant. 

Alternatively, ground-level spotlights close to 

the tree trunk are common for illuminating 

the crown of the tree from below. In this 

case, light sources with a significant green 

component in spectrum are recommended, 

e.g. metal halide lamps, possibly with green 

filters as well. 

The light colours of the implemented lamps 

also have a particular impact on the results of 

the lighting system. Yellow and red surfaces 

are illuminated with high-pressure sodium 

vapor lamps and thus offer a good colour 

contrast to illuminated buildings with grey 

CO 

C18O 

C270 

Reflector SE 

symmetrical narrow-angle light 

distribution. 

C90 

CO 

C18O 

Building 

Reflectance 

material 

value 

Plaster, light 0.35 – 0.55 

Plaster, dark 0.2 – 0.3 

Sandstone, bright 0.3 – 0.4 

Sandstone, dark 0.15 – 0.25 

Tile, bright 0.3 – 0.4 

Tile, dark 0.15 – 0.25 

Wood, bright 0.3 – 0.5 

Concrete, light 0.4 – 0.65 

Concrete, dark 0.2 – 0.3 

Granite 0.1 – 0.2 

Facade, dirty 0.05 – 0.1 

1.27 Reflectance values of building 

materials. 

C270 

Reflector SM 

symmetrical medium wide-angle 


surfaces that are illuminated using metal 

halide lamps. Even the combination of multiple 

light colours at the same building may 

have special effects. When selecting metal 

halide lamps, which are available in the light 

colours neutral-white and daylight white 

depending on the lamp rating, particular 

attention should also be given to their colour 

rendering. 

With regard to the use of spotlights with 

colour filters and accent lighting with very 

noticeable colours, it is necessary to carefully 

differentiate between a rather inconspicuous, 

historical mise-en-scene of the building 

and spectacular conspicuousness and with 

regard to the lighting concept. 

C90 

CO 

C18O 

C270 

Reflector SB 

symmetrical wide-angle light 

distribution. 

343 


Photometrics 

Light + Ecology 

The ecology deals with the interaction between 

people and the environment. Outdoor 

lighting has an influence on these interactions 

in many ways. It is important to recognise 

the right priorities in our responsibility 

for protecting the environment. For instance, 

the idea to switch off road lighting completely 

in order to save energy and money or not to 

adversely affect the habitats of night-active 

insects means reversing the priorities against 

the quality-of-life requirements of people. 

The benefits and necessity of outdoor lighting 

for people are indisputable. 

The ever-increasing demand on fossil fuels 

for generating electricity has the greatest 

impact on the interaction between the needs 

of people for artificial lighting and the environmental 

concerns. Our selfishness should 

not reach the point that nature and the environment 

must suffer irretrievably due to the 

unbridled exploitation of natural resources in 

an irresponsible manner. 

Depending on the efficiency of our usage, 

natural resources are utilised in a partly irresponsible 

manner. Ecological responsibility 

calls for using energy-efficient and effective 

outdoor lighting systems. Modern lighting 

systems require up to 70 % less energy than 

systems that were installed 15 years ago or 

more. 

The climate change is obvious: weather 

extremes and catastrophes as well as the 

temperature increase in the polar regions, 

melting glaciers and rising sea level are all 

signs. The greenhouse effect and the climate 

change are attributed to the increasing energy 

demand and the emission of CO 2 (carbon 

dioxide) associated with the combustion of 

fossil fuels. One of the most important tasks 

that industrial countries have in the 21st 

century is to protect our environment. 

Climate protection 

Concern for the state and future of the 

natural environment has been addressed 

internationally at the climate protection 

conferences, e.g. in Rio de Janeiro (1992), 

Berlin (1995), Kyoto (1997), The Hague (2000), 

Bonn (1999 and 2001), Buenos Aires (1998 

and 2004), Nairobi (2006), Bali (2007), Oslo 

(2008) and Copenhagen (2009). The participating 

governments are pursuing the objective 

of drastically reducing the emission of 

344 

Light and ecology involve the following areas, 

among other areas: 

• Climate protection: Rational use of energy 

resources for outdoor lighting. 

• Environmental protection: Environmentally 

responsible disposal and recycling of the 

waste products associated with lighting 

systems. 

• Light emissions: Protection of people, flora 

and fauna against disturbing light emissions. 

so-called greenhouse gases. By signing the 

Kyoto Climate Protection Protocol, many 

countries have committed to countering the 

ever-increasing burden on nature by undertaking 

sustainable measures to save energy. 

The Euro pean Union has decided to reduce 

CO 2 emissions by 8 %, based on the values 

measured in 1990, in the period between 

2008 and 2012 and has published a series of 

guidelines to this end.

Practical implementation 

The refurbishment of an outdoor lighting 

system by replacing lamps and luminaires 

whilst maintaining column positions and 

power supply allows for energy savings 

of between 37 % and 70 % (Table 1.28). 

21 m 

12 m 

38 m 

Very high savings are achieved, e.g. in classic 

lanterns and flagelliform luminaires with 

extremely old lamp and luminaire technology. 

The investments will pay for themselves 

after 3 to 8 years, depending on the general 

local conditions. 

Type of roads Lamps and corresponding luminaires of Energy 

Old installation* New installation saving 

Residential roads Ē ≥ 3 lx 1 x HME 50 W 2 x TC-L 18 W EVG 37 % 

2 x HME 50 W 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 55 % 

1 x HME 80 W 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 40 % 

2 x HME 80 W** 2 x TC-L 24 W VVG 70 % 

1 x HME 125 W** 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 61 % 

2 x U 40 W 2 x TC-L 24 W EVG 46 % 

2 x TC-L 18 W EVG 24 % 

Service roads L¯ ≥ 0.5 cd/m 2 2 x L 115 W/T12*** 1 x HSE 70 W 70 % 

2 x HME 80 W 1 x HSE 70 W 54 % 

2 x HME 125 W 2 x HSE 100 W 58 % 

Major traffic roads L¯ ≥ 1.5 cd/m 2 1 x HME 400 W 1 x HST 150 W 60 % 

* Lamps with phase-out date, see page 348. 

** Classic lantern. 

*** Flagelliform luminaire with special fluorescent lamps 115 W for outdoor lighting with external ignition strips. 

1.28 Refurbishment of road lighting systems in compliance with the quality characteristics set forth in EN13201-2. 

Old installation New installation Reduction 

Lamp 1x HME 400 W 1 x HST 150 W 

Luminaire Bracket-mounted luminaire with reflector Bracket-mounted luminaire with reflector 

Luminance 1.5 cd/m 2 1.5 cd/m 2 

Output per pole 425 W 170 W 

Output per km 22.5 kW/km 8.9 kW/km 60 % 

Example: Major traffic road with central reserve. 

345 


Energy efficiency 

Decision-makers for planning, construction 

and operation of outdoor lighting are caught 

in the area of conflict between the requirements 

of 

• Lighting quality 

• Design and 

• Cost effectiveness. 

The term cost-effectiveness can be reduced 

in most cases to the cost analysis and in 

turn to the current energy and maintenance 

costs. 

Costs of outdoor lighting 

Generally, the annual recurring overall costs 

of an outdoor lighting system may be divided 

into three main areas and diverse sub-areas 

(fig. 2.1): 

• Energy costs 

• Maintenance costs 

• Investment costs 

In this case, the energy costs account for 

approx two thirds. Maintenance and investments 

make up the remainder with almost 

the same percentages (fig. 2.2). Then there 

are also the costs for administration and 

operation management on top of that. Costs 

for new building, reconstruction and system 

upgrades are taken into account separately, 

since these cannot be assigned to the overall 

annual costs for the operation of lighting 

systems. 

346 

Energy costs 

Inspection 

Costs for 

maintenance 

Overall 

annual costs 

Inspection Maintenance Repair 

Cleaning Remedying damages 

Corrosion protection Correcting problems 

Relamping 

Investment costs 

Renewal 

2.1 Breakdown of the overall annual costs of an outdoor lighting system. 

Replacement 

Replacement

Energy 65 % Maintenance 15 % 

Investment 20 % 

2.2 Portion of costs of public lighting 

systems (not including structural systems 

and wiring). 

The cost accounting for value maintenance 

(refinancing) of street lighting is based on 

assumptions about the following mean life 

expectancies 

• 50 years for poles 

• 25 years for luminaires 

• 50 years for wiring systems and 

• 40 years for the overall system of a 

luminaire position on average. 

The practical useful life is, however, considerably 

longer in part, e.g. up to 40 years in 

case of luminaires. 

The procurement value of a luminaire position 

including power supply and switchgear 

varies significantly and is estimated at 

€ 3,760.00 on average in Germany. Based on 

a (costing-based) life expectancy of 40 years 

for the luminaire position, this means a depreciation 

of € 3,760.00/40 years = € 94.00 

per year. In a major city with 50,000 luminaire 

positions, that represents a mean 

annual depreciation of € 4.7 million., which 

must be covered (theoretically) by a renewal 

budget. The general practice is, however, 

different: On average, only € 21.00, i.e. 

approx. 22 % of this needed amount, is invested 

in Germany. From this it follows that the 

systems have to be operated considerably 

longer every year, which in turn results in 

increasing maintenance costs. The conflict 

can only be resolved by refurbishment 

An example of road lighting in Germany Mean value 

Road lighting part of power consumption 0.7 % 

Part of total power consumed for lighting 6.2 % 

Number of light points 10 Mio. 

Connected wattage per light point 100 W 

Time alight per year 4,000 h/a 

Power consumption per light point and year 400 kWh/a 

Annual energy costs per light point (at € 0.15 /kWh) 60 €/a 

Total costs per light point and year incl. energy costs 135 €/a 

Energy costs per German citizen 7.5 €/a 

Calculative life expectancy 

• Poles 50 a 

• Cable 50 a 

• Luminaires 25 a 

• Lamps 4 a 

Cost of a light point incl. cable and switchgear 3,760.00 € 

Life expectancy of a light point 40 a 

Depreciation (upkeep costs) of a light point per year 94.00 € 

2.3 Example costs for street and road lighting in Germany. 

measures with decreased energy and maintenance 

costs (see fig. 2.4). 

Costs for outdoor lighting may be reduced by 

• Using lamps and luminaires with high 

energy efficiency, low maintenance expenditure 

and long service life, and 

• Purposeful operation with regard to activation 

times and the lighting level taking into 

account the respective traffic situation. 

125 % 

100 % 

75 % 

50 % 

25 % 

0 % 

Annual costs of road 

lighting 

Maintenance costs 

Energy costs 

Maintenance costs 

Energy costs 

Costs after 

modernisation 

5 10 15 20 

Operating year 

25 30 35 

2.4 A significant increase in the annual costs due to insufficient maintenance as of the 

20th year of operation and reduction of costs due to refurbishment. 

347 



Refurbishment needs 

More than 30 % of existing road lighting 

systems (other sources even estimate up to 

50 %) are obsolete due to the technology dating 

back to the 1960‘s and 1970‘s, especially 

because of the less efficient high-pressure 

mercury vapour lamps. Experts estimate 

that up to 2.7 billion kWh and 1.6 million 

metric tons of CO 2 can be saved by implementing 

energy-saving systems every year 

in public lighting. 

Lamps 

In light of the reduction of costs for outdoor 

lighting, one has to wonder “which lamps 

and luminaires shall be implemented?” High 

luminous efficiency of the lamps reduces the 

energy required. Long service life reduces 

the costs of replacing lamps. With an annual 

running time of approx. 4,000 hours and a 

lamp replacement that is extended to four 

years for cost reasons, the lamps must have 

a service life of 16,000 hours (“four-year 

lamps” e.g. with 5 % lamp failure). Table 2.7 

provides an overview of the lamp types that 

are used in outdoor lighting systems and 

maximum values of the most important 

criteria. 

The lamp replacement costs are also influenced 

by the price of the lamp in addition to 

the service life. In spite of the higher acquisition 

costs of high-pressure sodium vapor 

348 

In spite of the seemingly low portion of the 

total power consumption, the energy costs 

make up the largest part of the overall costs 

of public lighting systems with approx. 65 % 

and thus are of major importance. 

Although road lighting requires up to 45 % 

of the power costs of entire communities, it 

only makes up approx. 0.4 % of the municipal 

budget. 

lamps, the overall annual costs are considerably 

less than that of equivalent high-pressure 

mercury vapour lamps due to the higher 

luminous efficiency and the lower power 

requirement. 

The new European Ecodesign Ordinance took 

effect on 13.04.2009. This is an implementation 

measure of the “2005/32/EC Energy 

using Products Directive (EuPD)”, which is 

also known as the EU Ecodesign Directive. It 

contains the energy efficiency requirements 

placed on lamps, electronic control gear 

and luminaires for use in the service sector 

(office, industry and road lighting). The directive 

2000/55/EC (Energy efficiency requirements 

for ballasts for fluorescent lighting) 

will be declared invalid as of 13.04.2010. 

With three implementation stages (2010 –> 

2012 –> 2017) manufacturers are given the 

opportunity to switch their production over to 

EUP Directive on Implementing “Tertiary Lighting” (Overview outdoor lighting) 

Level 1 

as of 2010 

Level 2a 

as of 2012 

Level 2b 

as of 2015 

Level 3 

as of 2017 

2.6 Table on EU Ecodesign Ordinance. 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

100 % 

power consumption 

10,8 % 

light 

0,7 % 

road 

lighting 

2.5 If the total power consumption in Germany 

is assumed at 100 %, the lighting of 

all consumers accounts for approx. 10.8 % 

and public road lighting amounts to only 

0.7 %. 

efficient alternatives. Operators of lighting 

systems should be planning to replace the 

lamps that will no longer be permitted in 

the future, e.g. the high-pressure mercury 

vapour lamps used in many road luminaires, 

with alternative products in due time. TRILUX 

would be happy to address any questions you 

have involving energy-efficient technologies 

and products. The following table 2.6 provides 

a quick overview of the specific steps 

required for implementation in outdoor lighting 

applications. 

Fluorescent lamps: Prohibition of T5/T8 with colour rendering of Ra < 80, Prohibition of standard T8 lamps 

(halophosphate lamps), Prohibition of several 2-pin compact fluorescent lamps for operation 

with magnetic ballasts 

Fluorescent lamps: Prohibition of T10 and T12 lamps (except for special lamps) 

High-pressure discharge lamps: Prohibition of inefficient HS and MH lamps (E27, E40 and PGZ12), 

prohibition of all standard HS lamps, prohibition of replacement HS lamps 

(so-called “PlugIn” or “Retrofit” lamps for HM lamps (high-pressure mercury vapour lamps) 

High pressure discharge lamps: Prohibition of HM lamps (high-pressure mercury vapour lamps) 

High pressure discharge lamps: Prohibition of HM lamps ≤ 405 W with sockets E27, E40 and PGZ12

Lamp type System 

luminous efficiency 

Service life Instructions for use 

lm/W 103 hrs. 

Fluorescent lamps, 

tubular 

Compact 

fluorescent lamps 

High-pressure sodium 

vapor lamps 

Metal halide 

lamps 

High-pressure mercury 

vapour lamps 

Low-pressure 

sodium vapor lamps 

2.7 Criteria for selecting lamps (maximum values) System luminous efficiency including electronic control gear, 

Service life: 11 hrs. on, 1 hr. off, failure rate 10 %. 

Luminaires 

By selecting the right luminaires it is possible 

to achieve a considerable savings in 

investment, energy and maintenance costs. 

For this purpose, the following criteria can 

be applied. 

Luminaires with optimised reflectors 

• Direct the light onto the street or road and 

not to the side. The lamp‘s luminous flux is 

optimally used for illuminating the surface 

of the road and results in higher road luminance 

or illuminance levels. 

• Allow for greater intervals between poles 

and thus reduce the investment, energy 

and maintenance costs, 

• Produce less glare, 

• Eliminate light emissions that disturb 

residents, 

• Are especially effective for high-pressure 

tubular lamps, e.g. HST. 

Standard products instead of custom-made 

products 

• High cost-effectiveness due to inexpensive 

storage of replacement parts and maintenance 

and servicing plans. 

89 20 decorative lighting, e.g. pillars / 

good colour rendering / 

luminous flux temperature-dependent 

83 16 Subsidiary roads, quiet zones, 

decorative lighting / good colour rendering / 

luminous flux temperature-dependent 

140 18 Traffic roads, accent lighting and outdoor work areas, 

colour rendering low / colourful safety signage must be 

illuminated additionally with lamps of better colour rendering 

115 8 Quiet zones, 

decorative lighting, sports facilities, 

accent lighting / good colour rendering 

56 16 Traffic roads and outdoor work areas, colour rendering 

and luminous efficiency low, thus not suited for new installations 

(see EUP Directive on Implementation, page 348). 

180 12 extremely poor colour rendering, 

thus only usable in special cases 

(e.g. lighting of locks and tracks) 

Induction lamps 80 60 Use primarily only if access to the luminaires 

is difficult and thus extremely complex maintenance, 

high price for lamps and control gear, good colour rendering 

LED 60 60 decorative lighting, 

orientation lighting, 

colourful pathway lighting systems 

Mains-voltage 

halogen lamps 

24 2 decorative lighting / good colour rendering, 

extremely poor luminous intensity, usable only in special cases 

• Ability to provide replacement parts over 

decades. 

• Select photometrically optimised and 

efficient luminaires. 

• Preference should be given to a timeless 

design over trendy designs. Technical 

quality is, however, especially important 

for investment when long-term life is 

expected. 

• Urban architecture is not the sole decisionmaking 

criterion. 

• Quality products with a life expectancy of 

25 years and more. 

• Decision should be based on the overall 

annual costs and not the investment costs. 

Maintenance expenditure 

• High degree of protection of the luminaire‘s 

optical system decreases the ingress of 

dirt and dust and thus cleaning costs. 

• Depending on the outer design, external 

cleaning may also be effected with the aid 

of rain. 

• Easy actuation of clips on luminaire covers 

and connection housing of the luminaire. 

• Simple replacement of lamps. 

• Easy replacement of electrical components. 

• Vandalism-safe construction. 

• Impact-resistant luminaire covers. 

• Easy installation due to plug-in connectors. 

Wattage reduction in single-lamp 

luminaires or half-night switching in case of 

two-lamp luminaires 

• Save during periods with low traffic usage. 

• Uniform lighting that is essential to safety 

is maintained. 

• Single lamp luminaires allow for more 

effective optical systems. 

• Two-lamp luminaires ensure safety in case 

one lamp fails and are especially suitable 

for half-night lighting. 

349 



350 

Vehicles per traffic lanes 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

19:00 20:00 21:00 22:00 23:00 00:00 01:00 02:00 03:00 04:00 05:00 06:00 07:00 08:00 

Time 

2.8 Schematic diagram of the classic half-night lighting system (blue) and a fine-tuned 

adjustment (green) of the lighting level to the traffic volume (red) measured for a major 

inner-city traffic road. The area above the green or blue curves represent the potential 

savings. 

Switching times 

Bearing in mind the scientifically proven 

decrease in traffic accidents in case of good 

road lighting, it is irresponsible to reduce the 

road lighting or even to switch the luminaires 

completely off in sections in order to cut 

energy costs. Switching off individual light 

points in particular creates an additional 

danger, since this results in camouflage 

zones, in which motorists cannot recognise 

danger sources. 

Lighting level 100 % 

50 % 

It is better to adapt the lighting level to lower 

traffic flows during less busy times, e.g. by 

half-night lighting or reducing the wattage of 

lamps, which is also permissible according 

to the relevant standards. 

High-pressure discharge lamps can be 

switched to a lower wattage, thus resulting 

in a decreased luminous flux, by increasing 

the impedance of the ballast. For less 

demanding requirements for the lighting 

level, e.g. at times when there is little traffic, 

this is a way to save energy without worsening 

the lighting uniformity, which is of major 

importance for traffic safety. The wattage can 

be reduced using a ballast with a separate 

tap or by means of separate extra impedance. 

Switching is implemented by means of 

a relay and a separate control phase. 

The following energy savings can be achieved 

by reducing the wattage of the lamps (halfnight 

lighting): 

• Approx. 23 % from 10 p.m. to 6 a.m. 



If the lighting level is adapted to the flow 

of traffic in suitable steps, it is possible to 

reduce energy costs by up to 40 % (fig. 2.8). 

The activation and deactivation times and 

thus the time the lighting installation is 

operating have a significant influence on the 

energy costs and lamp replacement costs. 

In work places, the switching times are 

based on the work-related necessity for 

lighting and the regulations for on-the-job 

safety. For accent lighting of public buildings, 

the switching times are determined by taking 

into account representation factors and cost 

expenditure. 

Example 

A major traffic road with an average daily 

traffic volume of less than 25,000 vehicles 

must be illuminated during the periods of 

rush hour traffic with the mean luminance 

of 1.0 cd/m 2 in accordance with EN 13201 

(lighting situation A3, lighting class ME 3b). 

At times when there is little traffic, for instance 

10 p.m. and later, the volume of traffic 

falls, e.g., to less than 15,000 vehicles. As 

a result, the complexity of the visual field 

and the difficulty of the driving task also decreases. 

For this purpose, the lighting class 

ME 5 with a mean luminance of 0.5 cd/m 2 

could be applied and the lighting installation 

switched to half a level (half-night lighting).

Refurbishment example 

The following presents a reference calculation 

between a system with high-pressure 

mercury vapour lamps and high-pressure 

sodium-vapour lamps as a sample application 

for the energy-efficient refurbishment 

measure of a road lighting system. 

Here the installation geometry is defined 

as follows: 

(Maximum) light point height h 8.00 m 

Light point distance a 35.00 m 

Width of the traffic lane b 6.50 m 

Number of traffic lanes 2 

Width of a traffic lane 3.25 m 

Light distribution overlap s -0.5 m 

Luminaire inclination δ 15.0 ° 

Calculation results for viewer B1 

Following project planning data 

were taken as a basis: 

Old installation New installation 

Average luminance L m / cd/m² 0.56 0.63 

Total uniformity U o 0.36 0.53 

Longitudinal uniformity U l 0.46 0.6 

Threshold value increase TI / % 13.2 11.8 

Mean illuminance E m / lx 9.34 9.51 

Total uniformity U o 0.32 0.3 

Surrounding illuminance ratio 0.79 0.5 

Maintenance factor 0.8 

Lighting class ME5 

Maintenance value of the illuminance 0.50 cd/m² 

Total uniformity Uo 0.35 

Longitudinal uniformity Ul 0.4 

Threshold value increase TI 15 % 

Surrounding illuminance ratio SR 0.5 

Number of calculation points 12/6 

Standard road surface C2 

Average luminance coefficient 0.07 (cd/m²)/lx 

Lamp equipment of old installation: 2 x 125 W HME, overall luminous flux 12600 lm 

Lamp equipment of new installation: 1 x 70 W HST, overall luminous flux 6600 lm 

Conclusion 

The calculation results for the new installation 

are not only better, but are also relevant 

especially with regard to the anticipated 

energy savings. The system rating of a light 

point of the old installation is 274 W compared 

to the new installation with a system 

rating of only 83 W. This results in a 30.3% 

savings in energy costs with better photometric 

values. 

351 


Electrical technology 

Planning aid 

Electrical and functional safety 

TRILUX luminaires correspond to the statutory 

requirements of the EU low-voltage 

guideline and the EU EMC directive and thus 

bear the CE label. They correspond to the 

regulations of EN 60598 and have the ENEC 

label from the VDE test and certification 

board primarily as standard version. 

In addition to electrical safety, we test all 

materials used in our laboratories with 

regard to stability and their resistance to 

Ignition of high-pressure lamps 

High-pressure lamps generally require a 

special ignitor, which generates an ignition 

voltage of approx. 5 kV, in addition to the current-limiting 

reactor. A built-in timer limits 

the ignition time to the lamp-specific time. 

After that, any attempts to start the lamp will 

be interrupted. Doing so ensures, on the one 

hand, a safe ignition of the lamp and, on the 

other hand, prevents continual attempts to 

ignite faulty lamps. 

The “inner resistance” increases noticeably 

due to the high internal temperature of highpressure 

lamps. If a lamp goes out, e.g. due 

to a short voltage drop, it must cool down for 

up to 15 minutes in order to be switched 

back on using the normal ignitor. 

All luminaires for high-pressure discharge 

lamps are equipped with interference 

ignitors with automatic cut-off (timer). The 

automatic cut-off prevents constant ignition 

attempts in case of a defective lamp. The 

time interval for ignition attempts is selected 

in such a way that after a brief power failure 

a reignition of intact high-pressure sodiumvapour 

lamps and metal halide lamps is 

ensured. If a stable lamp operation is not 

Blind current compensation 

Blind current of luminaires connected to 

public power grids has to be compensated. 

If so desired, TRILUX outdoor luminaires can 

352 

corrosion and ageing. Constant quality 

controls secure the high quality standard of 

our products. During the long service life 

of outdoor lighting installations, there is the 

possibility that luminaires could be damaged. 

TRILUX guarantees a reliable replacement 

part supply. For instance, high impactresistant 

luminaires made of PMMA are 

usually still available at least 10 years after 

a luminaire series is discontinued. 

L1 

N 

3.1 Change-over for the adjustment to 2 lamp ratings. 

ÜZ 

achieved during this time interval, the timer 

built into the ignitor cuts off the ignition 

process. New ignition attempts are only 

made after a voltage-free switching. 

A large part of the luminaire range for highpressure 

lamps is supplied with ballasts 

for two lamp ratings. These luminaires are 

be equipped with a parallel capacitor for 

each lamp circuit. These pre-equipped 

parallel capacitors are PCB-free. 

adjusted on-site to the low capacity or are 

set to the low lamp rating for products with 

change-over switches. This power setting 

does not serve as wattage reduction but as 

adjustment of the ballast to the optimal operating 

conditions of the implemented lamp.


All luminaires are wired with heat-resistant 

cables. Easy-to-mount constructions facil itate 

the electrical connection as well as the 

luminaire maintenance. 

The series 908···, 932···, 935···, 936··· and a 

wide variety of pole brackets are equipped 

with a connection module that can be removed 

without using tools, thus allowing an 

easy and quick electrical connection. After 

the connection the module is inserted 

without using tools and safely retained by 

means of stainless steel springs. 

In many modern TRILUX outdoor luminaires 

the necessary operating components are 

integrated in gear trays, which can be removed, 

or in electrical blocks of safety class II. 

The use of electrical plug connections eases 

luminaire mounting and maintenance. 

Safety classes 

Luminaires are divided into safety classes 

corresponding to their protection against 

electric shock. 

Safety class I luminaires (label a) have a 

connection terminal for the earthed conductor. 

The protection goal is achieved by 

protecting basis-insulated parts against 

inadvertent contact by means of earthed 

covers. 

In safety class II luminaires (label ‰), basisinsulated 

parts are supplied with an extra 

protective insulation. An earthed conductor 

connection is not allowed. 

Lamp type Parallel capacitor CP 230 V/50 Hz capacity 

W 

µF 

LL 18 4.5±10 % 

Fluorescent lamps, tubular 26 mm 36 4.5±10 % 

58 7.0±10 % 

TC 11 2.0±10 % 

Compact fluorescent lamps 18 4.5±10 % 

24 4.5±10 % 

HSE/HST 35 7.0±10 % 

High-pressure sodium vapor lamps 50 8.0±10 % 

Ellipsoidal/tubular 70 10.0±10 % 

100 10.0±10 % 

150 20.0±10 % 

250 32.0±10 % 

400 45.0±10 % 

HIT 35 7.0±10 % 

Metal halide lamps, tubular 70 12.0±10 % 

150 20.0±10 % 

250 32.0±10 % 

400 45.0±10 % 

HIT-DE 70 12.0±10 % 

Metal halide lamps, tubular, 150 20.0±10 % 

double-ended 250 32.0±10 % 

400 45.0±10 % 

Earthed 

operating device 

Safety class I 

Label a 

353 



Planning aid 

Degree of protection 

The IP number system (Ingress Protection) 

according to EN 60528 is used to mark the 

protection against the ingress of solid substances 

and moisture in luminaires. 

Wattage reduction (LR) 

High-pressure discharge lamps can be 

switched to a reduced wattage resulting in 

a reduced luminous flux by increasing the 

ballast impedance. For a lower lighting level, 

e.g. at times when there is little traffic, this 

is a way to save energy without worsening 

the lighting uniformity, which is of major 

importance for traffic safety. The wattage reduction 

can take place by means of a ballast 

with a separate tap. Switching is implemented 

within the electronic wattage reduction 

unit. Fig. 3.2 shows a wiring diagram for a 

power transducer, which switches over by 

means of an additional control phase. Fig. 

3.3 shows a diagram of the same schematic, 

whereby the switch-over is effected without a 

control phase. 

However, the wattage reduction leads to a 

worsening of the luminous efficiency (lm/W), 

because the luminous flux reduction is higher 

than the electrical power. The compensation 

capacitor dimension occurs for the 

L 

TSP 

C 

LST N 

354 

ballast 

3 1 2 L NL ST 

B Lp N 

Ignitor 

ÜZ 

La 

Both the installer as well as the user of 

the lighting installation are responsible for 

observing the degree of protection. 

Degree of protection IP11 IP23 IP33 IP44 IP54 IP65 IP66 

1. Figure Solid Solid Solid Solid Protection Dust-proof Dust-proof 

Solid substances substances substances substances substances against dust 

protection > 50 mm > 12 mm > 2.5 mm > 1 mm 

2. Figure Protection Drip water Water spray Water spray Water splash Water splash Stream water Heavy 

against water stream water 

100 % 

80 % 

60 % 

40 % 

20 % 

0 % 

L 

TSP 

C 

N 

S 

LR LR 

reduced performance. If compensation takes 

place at 100 % of power, a capacitive power 

factor, which is regarded as rather unfavourable 

by power suppliers, is created when the 

electrical power is reduced. 

ballast 

1 2 3 4 

5 

Luminous flux 

Wattage 

Reduction of lamp wattage HST 250 W 

(= 100 %) to approx. 179 W (= 65 %) leads 

to a reduction of the luminous flux to 

approx. 50 %. 

B Lp N 

Ignitor 

3.2 Power switch-over with control phase. 3.3 Wattage change-over without control phase. 

ÜZ 

La 

L1 Phase conductor 

N Neutral conductor 

LST Control phase 

C Compensation capacitor 

TSP Suppression choke 

La Lamp 

ÜZ Interference ignitor

Suppression choke 

For remote switching of outdoor lighting 

systems, ripple control signals are used 

occasionally which are superimposed on the 

mains voltage as high-frequency signals with 

frequencies ranging between 110 Hz and 

Dangerous switching resonances 

2000 W metal halide lamps, e.g. in spotlights, 

are operated on a mains voltage of 400 V. 

Fig. 3.4 shows a corresponding connection of 

three lamp circuits, which are uniformly distributed 

to the three phase conductors of the 

mains. As long as neither a phase conductor 

fails due to a mains incident nor a defective 

fuse interrupts the supply cable, this circuit 

is stable. 

As a result of unequal temperature elevation 

of the lamp electrodes, rectifier effects can 

occur during the switch-on process that almost 

totally suppress the current-limiting 

function of the choke. The consequences are 

short-time currents of up to 50 times the operating 

current, thereby causing improperly 

dimensioned fuses to trip (fig. 3.5). If a phase 

conductor, e.g. L2, is interrupted by the failure 

of its protecting fuse, the lamps La1 and 

La2 are in series and the lamp with the highest 

operating voltage will fail. In the other 

La3 D3 

La1 La2 

C3 

D1 D2 

K1 K2 

L1 L2 L3 

3.4 Distribution of three 

lamp circuits to three phase 

conductors. 

1600 Hz. To avoid signal degradation due to 

the compensation capacitor being installed 

parallel to the mains in the floodlight, a suppression 

choke has to be connected in series 

with the capacitor. This can be requested on 

site. 

circuits, high resonance currents I res, which 

depending on the capacity of the capacitor 

and the inductance of the choke, e.g. four 

lamps per circuit, can be up to 80 A and 

can destroy lamps and control gear, will be 

induced as a result of the resonances of the 

oscillation circuit consisting of inductors and 

capacitors. 

Similar resonance phenomena may occur, 

if in a circuit similar to figure 3.5, the neutral 

conductor N (mid-point conductor) is connected 

instead of the phase conductor L2 

and this neutral conductor is interrupted. 

The highest resonance currents occur when 

there are up to four lamps per circuit. With 

the centralised compensation of five lamps 

or more, the resonance phenomena will 

generally no longer occur, because the capacitance 

of the implemented compensation 

capacitors is too high to form an effective resonance 

circuit with the choke inductances. 

La1 La2 

Ires 

D1 

K1 

OFF 

L1 L2 L3 

defective 

D2 

K2 

3.5 Two HIT 2000 W (400 V) 

floodlights, where the fuse in 

L2 is tripped. 

L1 

L2 

L3 

D1 

La1 

K1 

Si Si 

La2 

D2 

K2 

Si Si 

L1 L2 L3 

La3 

D3 

K3 

Si Si 

3.6 Distribution of floodlights to 

three phase conductors, each 

feeder is protected separately. 

Resonances are effectively prevented in 

TRILUX floodlights by installing a fuse for 

each phase conductor (fig. 3.6). This protects 

the circuit against high resonance currents. 

If a fuse trips, the circuit it protects is interrupted 

and the linkage with other circuits 

and thus the high resonance currents are 

safely avoided. 

Another safety mechanism is a three-pole 

phase monitor that shuts down the entire 

installation if only one of the phases has 

failed as a result of the described causes 

(fig. 3.7). 

L1 

L2 

L3 

D1 

La1 

K1 

Si Si 

D2 

La2 

K2 

Si Si 

L1 L2 L3 

D3 

La3 

K3 

Si Si 

Ph 

3.7 Distribution of floodlights 

to three phase conductors, 

mains cable with 3-pole phase 

monitor. 

355 



Switching illustrations 

356 

HSE 

HIE 

HST 

HIT 

HSE with LR 

HST with LR 

High-pressure 

sodium vapour lamps 

ellipsoid 

Metal 

halide lamps 

ellipsoid 

High-pressure 


tubular 

Metal 

halide lamps 

tubular 

HSE with LR 

High-pressure 


ellipsoid 

with wattage reduction (LR) 

High-pressure 


tubular 

with wattage reduction (LR) 

T26 Tubular 


2 x 18 W 

3.8 

3.9 

3.10 

L 1 

C P 

PST N 

L 1 

N 

C P 

R 

VG ÜZ 

1 

2 

3 

N 

PST ZL

T26 

TC-L 

Tubular 


2 x 36 W 

2 x 58 W 

Compact 


2 x 18 - 24 W 

TC-L Compact 


2 x 18 - 24 W ECG 

TC-TEL Compact 


1 x 32 W 

1 x 42 W 

L1, L2 Phase conductor 

N Neutral conductor 

CP Parallel capacitor 

ÜZ Interference ignitor 

ZL Ignition cable 

R Relay 

PST Control input for relay 

ind. Inductive switch � ≈ 0.5 ind. 

komp. Parallel compensated switching � ≈ 0.95 ind. 

3.11 

3.12 

3.13 

D Choke 

K Compensation capacitor 

TSP Suppression choke 

Z Ignitor 

La Lamp 

High-voltage cable 

F Lamp base contact 

L 1 

L 2 

N 

C P 

C P 

L 1 L 1 234 

EVG 

L 2 

N 

L 1 

N 

N 

L 1 

EVG 

234 

N 

L 1 

EVG 

23 

N 

4 

357 


Operating conditions and symbols 

TRILUX outdoor luminaires are designed 

for a mains voltage of 230 V + – 10 % and a 

nominal frequency of 50 Hz and an ambient 

temperature of 15 °C. Appropriate mounting 

in accordance with the mounting instructions 

is required in order to observe the assured 


Special operating conditions 

In case of operating conditions, which deviate 

from the aforementioned requirements, 

please contact your local TRILUX support 

centre. This also applies in case of less 

favourable operating conditions, such as 

special chemical or physical influences, 

e.g. humidity, salt mist, alkaline solutions, 

acids, softeners, gases, maritime or tropical 

climates, UV radiation, constant or short 

vibrations, cleaning methods, etc. 

5 and 6-labels 

All luminaires in this catalogue bear the 

VDE or the ENEC-VDE mark. TRILUX luminaires 

are tested by the VDE test board as 

an independent institute in accordance with 

EN 60598 (VDE 0711) and carry the VDE or 

ENEC label. In addition, the production is 

monitored by VDE inspectors who randomly 

take samples from ongoing production for 

further examination. 

358 

4- label 

All luminaires documented in this catalogue 

carry the EMC label for radio interference 

suppression. They are also tested according 

to EN 55015. All luminaires certified in this 

regard by the VDE test board bear the 4 

label. Multi-lamp luminaires equipped 

with inductive ballasts are subject to radio 

interference suppression for single-phase 

connection. When dividing the lamp circuits 

for series switching, an additional radio 

interference suppression capacitor must 

be installed on site for each further circuit. 

Radio interference suppression capacitors 

are to be connected between conductor and 

neutral conductor. 

a label 

Luminaires with earthed conductor connection 

generally satisfy the safety class I, 

even if it is only used for electro-magnetic 

compatibility. 

a ···QL···label 

Safety class I when using QL induction 

lamps. 

M-label Safety class II. 

Degree of protection (IP) 

The degree of protection is indicated using 

the IP code, e.g. IP20. 

e h-Cycle tracks, pedestrian ways 

Luminaires with extremely wide-angle light 

distribution for illuminating pedestrian ways 

and cycle tracks. 

g-Pedestrian crossings 

Luminaires with special optics for illuminating 

pedestrian crossings.

TOC – TRILUX ORDER CODE 

To ensure efficient order processing, this 

catalogue uses the TOC reference system 

TOC (TRILUX ORDER CODE). All luminaire 

references and system components are 

assigned a 7-digit TOC number. For lumi- 

Example 

naires and gear trays of continuous-line 

systems, the 5-digit TOC base number is 

supplemented by a 2-digit number to indicate 

the electrical equipment configuration. 

Reference TOC ···E Mains ···K 

8811/TCT26/32/42··· 58 356··· ···04 

8811/50-70HST/E-E··· 13 122··· ···02 

8811/E27 13 124··· ···10 

Example of TOC application 

Reference: 8811/TCT26/32/42 E 

Complete TOC No.: 58 356 04 

The reference suffix E in the luminaire reference 

(for electronic control gear) is reflected 

in this example by the ending 04. We 

kindly ask you to use exclusively the comple- 

TOC Legend Control gear options 

te 7-digit TOC number for clear identification 

of luminaires and system components when 

placing your order. 

TOC suffix Abbreviation Meaning 

00 Accessories 

01 L Inductive 

02 K Compensated 

04 E Electronic control gear (EVG) 

09 KK Compensated + 2 circuits 

10 Mains Mains connection direct 

40 ET Electronic transformer 

41 KT Conventional transformer 

43 L+ET Inductive + electronic transformer 

45 L+KT Inductive + conventional transformer 

50 Requires other components 

359 


Lamp characteristics 

P L P Sys ** L LF Ra OSRAM Philips Socket 

Reference Reference 

¢ ¢ 

W W mm mm ≥ lm lm 

Metal halide lamps, ellipsoidal (≥ 250 W only for closed luminaires) 

HIE 

70 92 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 70/WDL clear 5200 - - E27 

70 92 144 55 nw 70 HQI-E 70/NDL clear 5500 - - E27 

100 115 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 100/WDL clear 8500 - - E27 

100 115 144 55 nw 80 HQI-E 100/NDL clear 8400 - - E27 

150 170 144 55 ww 70 HQI-E 150/WDL 12900 - - E27 

150 170 144 55 nw 80 HQI-E 150/NDL 12500 - - E27 

250 270 226 90 tw 90 HQI-E 250/D 1) 19000 1) - - E40 

250 270 226 90 nw 69 - - MASTER HPI Plus 250W/745 BU E40 18000 4) E40 

400 460 1) 290 120 tw 90 HQI-E 400/D1) 34000 1) - - 

400 480 1) 285 120 nw 69 HQI-E 400/N clear1) 42000 1) MASTER HPI Plus 400W/745 BU E40 32500 4) E40 

Metal halide lamps, ellipsoidal (CE with ceramic burner) 

HIE-CE 

70 92 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB clear 7000 - - E27 

70 92 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 70/830 WDL PB coated 6700 - - E27 

70 92 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB clear 6600 - - E27 

70 92 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 70/942 NDL PB coated 6300 - - E27 

70 92 156 71 ww 78 - - MASTER City White CDO-ET 70/828 5600 E27 

100 115 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB clear 3) 9000 - - E27 

100 115 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 100/830 WDL PB coated 3) 8500 - - E27 

100 115 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB clear 3) 8800 - - E27 

100 115 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 100/942 NDL PB coated 3) 8300 - - E27 


150 170 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB clear 14200 - - E27 

150 170 138 54 ww 80 HCI-E/P 150/830 WDL PB coated 13700 - - E27 

150 170 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB clear 14200 - - E27 

150 170 138 54 nw 90 HCI-E/P 150/942 NDL PB coated 13700 - - E27 


Metal halide lamps, tubular (CE with ceramic burner, only for closed luminaires) 

HIT-TC-CE 

20 23 5) 52 17 ww 80 - - MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 20W/830 1650 PGJ5 

35 50 85 15 ww 80 HCI-TC 35/830 WDL PB 3500 MASTERcolour CDM-TC 35W/830 3300 G8,5 

35 43 5) 52 17 ww 90 - - MASTERcolour CDM-Tm Mini 35W/930 3000 PGJ5 

HIT-CE 

35 50 105 20 ww 80 HCI-T 35/830 WDL PB 3600 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/830 3300 G12 

35 43 5) 105 20 nw 90 HCI-T 35/942 NDL PB 3500 MASTERcolour CDM-T 35W/942 3300 G12 

45 52 5) 132 19 ww 60 - - MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW 45W/628 4300 PGZ12 

50 53 5) 152 32 ww 80 - - MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT 50W/828 4150 E 27 



70 92 105 20 nw 90 HCI-T 70/942 NDL PB 6800 MASTERcolour CDM-T 70W/942 6600 G12 

70 92 156 32 ww 80 HCI-TT 70/830 WDL PB 7000 MASTER City White CDO-TT 70/828 6300 E27 

70 92 156 32 nw 90 - - MASTER CDM-TT 70/942 6400 E27 

100 115 105 19 ww 80 HCI-T 100/830 WDL PB 3) 9500 - - G12 

100 115 105 19 nw 90 HCI-T 100/942 NDL PB 3) 9300 - - G12 

100 115 211 47 ww 80 HCI-TT 100/830 WDL PB 3) 10000 MASTER City White CDO-TT 100/828 8800 E40 



150 170 110 25 nw 90 HCI-T 150/942 NDL PB 14500 MASTERcolour CDM-T 150W/942 12700 G12 

150 170 211 47 ww 80 HCI-TT 150/830 WDL PB 14500 MASTER City White CDO-TT 150/828 13500 E40 

150 170 211 47 nw 90 - - MASTER CDM-TT 150/942 12000 E40 

250 280 135 25 ww 80 - - MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/830 23000 G12 

250 280 135 25 nw 90 - - MASTERcolour CDM-T 250W/942 23300 G12 

250 280 175 34 ww 80 HCI-TM 250/830 WDL PB 1) 26000 1) - - G22 

250 280 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 250/942 NDL PB 1) 25000 1) - - G22 

250 280 226 46 ww 80 HCI-T 250/830 WDL PB 1) 26000 1) - - E40 

250 280 226 46 nw 90 HCI-T 250/942 NDL PB 1) 3) 25000 1) - - E40 

250 280 255 48 ww 80 - - MASTER City White CDO-TT 250/828 22500 E40 

400 460 175 34 nw 90 HCI-TM 400/942 NDL PB 1) 3) 40000 1) - - G22 

HIT 

70 92 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 70/WDL 5300 - - G12 

70 92 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 70/NDL 5800 - - G12 

150 170 84 25 ww 80 HQI-T 150/WDL 13000 - - G12 

150 170 84 25 nw 80 HQI-T 150/NDL 13000 - - G12 

250 270 257 47 nw 65 - - MASTER HPI-T PLUS 250W/645 20500 4) E40 

250 270 225 46 tw 90 HQI-T 250/D 1) 20000 1) - - E40 

400 475 275 46 nw 65 HQI-T 400/N 1) 42000 1) - - E40 

400 460 286 47 nw 65 - - MASTER HPI-T PLUS 400W/645 35000 4) E40 

400 460 285 62 tw 90 HQI-BT 400/D 1) 35000 1) - - E40 

P L = Lamp rating 

P Sys = System rating 

360 

L = Lamp length 

= Lamp diameter 

LF = Lamp colour 

Ra = Colour rendering index 

VVG = Low-loss ballast 

EVG = Electronic control gear



¢ ¢ 


HIT 

1000 1065 382 76 nw 65 HQI-T 1000/N (I-lamp=9,1 A) 110000 HPI-T 1000W/643 (I-lamp=8,25 A) 85000 E40 

1000 1115 382 76 tw 90 HQI-T 1000/D (I-lamp=8,9 A) 85000 - - E40 

2000 2080 430 102 nw 65 HQI-T 2000/N/E SUPER (I-lamp=9,4 A) 240000 HPI-T 2000W/646 (I-lamp=16,5 A) 189000 E40 

2000 2130 430 102 tw 90 HQI-T 2000/D (I-lamp=10,2 A) 180000 - - E40 

2000 2080 430 100 nw 65 HQI-T 2000/N (I-lamp=9,0 A) 205000 - - E40 

2000 2130 430 100 tw 90 HQI-T 2000/D/I (I-lamp=10,3 A) 180000 - - E40 

Metal halide lamps, double-ended (CE with ceramic burner, only for closed luminaires) 

HIT-DE-CE 

70 92 120 22 ww 80 HCI-TS 70/830 WDL PB 6800 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 70W/830 6500 RX7s 

70 92 120 22 nw 90 HCI-TS 70/942 NDL PB 6500 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 70W/942 6000 RX7s 

150 170 138 25 ww 80 HCI-TS 150/830 WDL PB 14500 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 150W/830 13250 RX7s(-24) 

150 170 138 25 nw 90 HCI-TS 150/942 NDL PB 14400 MASTERcolour CDM-TD 150W/942 14200 RX7s(-24) 

250 285 163 25 ww 80 HCI-TS 250/830 WDL PB 1) 25000 1) - - Fc2 

250 285 163 25 nw 90 HCI-TS 250/942 NDL PB 1) 3) 25000 1) - - Fc2 

HIT-DE 

70 92 120 21 ww 70 HQI-TS 70/WDL 5100 MHW-TD 70W/730 6200 RX7s 

70 92 120 21 nw 80 HQI-TS 70/NDL 5700 MHN-TD 70W/842 5700 RX7s 

70 92 120 21 tw 80 HQI-TS 70/D 5500 - - RX7s 

70 92 120 21 ww 80 HQI-TS 70/WDL EXCELLENCE 3) 6000 - - RX7s 

70 92 120 21 nw 80 HQI-TS 70/NDL EXCELLENCE 3) 6500 - - RX7s 

70 92 120 21 tw 80 HQI-TS 70/D EXCELLENCE 3) 6200 - - RX7s 

150 170 136 24 ww 70 HQI-TS 150/WDL 11700 MHW-TD 150W/730 13800 RX7s(-24) 

150 170 136 24 nw 80 HQI-TS 150/NDL 12000 MHN-TD 150W/842 12900 RX7s(-24) 

150 170 136 24 tw 90 HQI-TS 150/D 12000 - - RX7s-24 

150 170 136 24 ww 80 HQI-TS 150/WDL EXCELLENCE 3) 12000 - - RX7s-25 

150 170 136 24 nw 80 HQI-TS 150/NDL EXCELLENCE 3) 12500 - - RX7s-26 

150 170 136 24 tw 90 HQI-TS 150/D EXCELLENCE 3) 12000 - - RX7s-24 

250 270 163 28 ww 80 HQI-TS 250/WDL 22000 - - Fc2 

250 270 163 28 nw 80 HQI-TS 250/NDL 20000 MHN-TD 250W/842 20000 Fc2 

250 270 163 28 tw 90 HQI-TS 250/D 20000 - - Fc2 

400 440 206 31 nw 80 HQI-TS 400/NDL 1) 36000 1) - - Fc2 

400 440 206 31 tw 90 HQI-TS 400/D 1) 37000 1) - - Fc2 

1000 1065 187 36 nw 80 HQI-TS 1000/NDL/S (I-lamp=9,2 A) 90000 - - Kabel 

1000 1065 187 36 tw 90 HQI-TS 1000/D/S (I-lamp=9,4 A) 90000 - - Kabel 

1000 1065 294 40 nw 80 - - MASTER MHN-LA 1000W/842 (I-lamp=9,3 A) 100000 Kabel 

1000 1065 294 40 tw 90 - - MASTER MHN-LA 1000W/956 (I-lamp=9,3 A) 90000 Kabel 

2000 2030 187 36 nw 80 HQI-TS 2000/NDL/S (I-lamp=11,3 A) 200000 - - Kabel 

2000 2030 187 36 tw 90 HQI-TS 2000/D/S (I-lamp=11,5 A) 200000 - - Kabel 

2000 2030 364 40 nw 80 - - MASTER MHN-LA 2000W/956 (400V) (I-lamp=10,3 A) 220000 Kabel 

2000 2030 364 40 tw 90 - - MASTER MHN-LA 2000W/956 (400V) (I-lamp=10,3 A) 190000 Kabel 

HIT-DE 32 

2000 2030 274 32 nw 60 HQI-TS 2000/N/L (I-lamp=10,7 A) 230000 - - Kabel 

2000 2030 274 32 tw 80 HQI-TS 2000/D/L (I-lamp=10,3 A) 205000 - - Kabel 

2000 2150 187 36 tw 90 HQI-TS 2000W/D/S High Flux (I-lamp=12 A) 220000 - - Kabel 

High-pressure mercury vapour lamps 

HME 

50 60 130 56 ww 60 HQL 50 SUPER DE LUXE 1600 HPL 4 50W/634 2000 E27 

High-pressure sodium vapor lamps, ellipsoidal 

HSE 

50 62 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 50/E 3500 SON 50W/220 E 3500 E27 

50 62 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 50 4Y 3500 MASTER SON PIA 50W/220 ST 3500 E27 

70 83 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 70/E 5600 SON 70W/220 E 5600 E27 

70 83 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 70 4Y 5600 MASTER SON PIA 70W/220 ST 5600 E27 

70 83 156 71 ww 20 NAV-E 70/I 5600 SON 70W/220 I E27 ICT 5600 E27 

100 115 186 76 ww 20 NAV-E 100 8500 SON 100W/220 E 8500 E40 

100 115 186 76 ww 20 NAV-E 100 SUPER 4Y 10200 MASTER SON PIA PLUS 100W/220 10200 E40 

150 170 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 14500 SON 150W/220 E 14500 E40 

150 170 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 4Y 14500 MASTER SON PIA 150W/221 Hg Free 14500 E40 

150 175 227 91 ww 20 NAV E 150 SUPER 4Y 17000 MASTER SON PIA PLUS 150W/220 17000 E40 

150 175 227 91 ww 60 - - SON Comfort 150W/621 12500 E40 

250 275 227 120 ww 20 NAV E 250 27000 SON 250W/220 E 27000 E40 




400 440 290 122 ww 20 NAV E 400 48000 SON 400W/220 E 48000 E40 




* All luminous flux values based on 25 °C. ** P SYS-values in case of high-pressure lamps based on low-loss ballast. 

(IN) and (TOP) also available in amalgam technology as an alternative for high ambient temperatures. IN and TOP without brackets are versions that are only available in amalgam technology. 

1) with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 2) Luminous intensity in cd 3) in preparation 4) + 10-20% with ballast for high-pressure sodium vapour lamps 5) based on ECG. 

361 





¢ ¢ 


High-pressure sodium vapor lamps, tubular 

HST 

50 66 156 38 ww 20 NAV T 50 SUPER 4Y 4400 MASTER SON-T PIA PLUS 50W/220 4400 E27 

70 83 156 38 ww 20 NAV T 70 6000 SON-T 70W/220 6000 E27 

70 83 156 38 ww 20 NAV T 70 4Y 6000 - - E27 


100 115 211 48 ww 20 - - SON-T 100W/220 9000 E40 

100 115 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 100 9000 MASTER SON-T PIA 100W/221 Hg Free 9000 E40 


150 170 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 15000 SON-T 150W/220 15000 E40 

150 170 211 48 ww 20 NAV T 150 4Y 15000 MASTER SON-T PIA 150W/221 Hg Free 15000 E40 


150 175 211 48 ww 60 - - SON-T Comfort 150W/621 13000 E40 

250 275 257 48 ww 20 NAV T 250 28000 SON-T 250W/220 28000 E40 




400 440 285 48 ww 20 NAV T 400 48000 SON-T 400W/220 10700 E40 





1000 1075 390 67 ww 20 NAV T 1000 130000 SON-T 1000W/220 130000 E40 

High-pressure sodium vapor lamps (CRI with improved colour rendering) 

HST-CRI 

50 62 5) 103 20 ww 80 - - MASTER SDW-TG Mini White SON 50W/825 2400 GX12-1 

100 115 5) 110 20 ww 80 - - MASTER SDW-TG Mini White SON 100W/825 4900 GX12-1 

35 41 5) 149 32 ww 80 - - Master SDW-T SON 35W/825 1300 PG12-1 



High-pressure sodium vapor lamps, double-ended 

HST-DE 

70 83 120 20 ww 20 NAV TS 70 SUPER 4Y 6800 - - RX7s 

150 170 138 23 ww 20 NAV TS 150 SUPER 4Y 15000 - - RX7s-24 

250 275 206 23 ww 20 NAV TS 250 25500 - - Fc2 

400 440 206 23 ww 20 NAV TS 400 48000 - - Fc2 

QL discharge lamps 

LMG-IHF 

55 55 5) 140,5 85 ww 80 - - MASTER QL 55W/830 3650 - 

55 55 5) 140,5 85 nw 80 - - MASTER QL 55W/840 3650 - 

Mains-voltage halogen lamps, no transformer required 

QT 14../m 

75 75 51 14 ww 100 Halopin 66675AM 1050 Clickline 75W 1050 G9 

QT 18 

60 60 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64469 clear 820 - - B15d 

60 60 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64469 AM matt 790 - - B15d 

75 75 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64473 clear 110 Capsuleline 230V 75W B15d clear 975 B15d 

75 75 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64473 AM matt 1050 Capsuleline 230V 75W B15d matt 910 B15d 

100 100 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64475 clear 1500 Capsuleline 230V 100W B15d clear 1300 B15d 

100 100 86 19 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64475 AM matt 1470 Capsuleline 230V 100W B15d matt 1400 B15d 

QT 32 

100 100 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64476IM 1470 HalogenA 230V T32 1550 E27 

150 150 105 33 ww 100 Halolux Ceram 64478IM 2400 HalogenA 230V T32 2550 E27 

Low-voltage pin-type socket lamps 12 V 

QT 12-ax 

20 23 5) 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64427S 300 Capsuleline 300 GY6,35 




90 96 5) 44 12 ww 100 Halostar Starlite 64458S 1800 - - GY6,35 

100 106 5) 44 12 ww 100 - - Capsuleline 2200 GY6,35 

Mains-voltage halogen lamps (double-ended, no transformer required) 

QT-DE 12 

100 100 74,9 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64690 1600 - - R7s 

150 150 114,2 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64696 2400 - - R7s 

300 300 114,2 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64701 5300 Plusline Small 230V 300W 5600 R7s 

500 500 114,2 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64702 9500 Plusline Small 230V 500W 9900 R7s 

750 750 185,7 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64560 16500 Plusline Large 230V 750W 17100 R7s 

1000 1000 185,7 12 ww 100 HALOLINE 64740 22000 Plusline Large 230V 1000W 24200 R7s 

362



¢ ¢ 


Mains-voltage halogen reflector lamps 

QPAR-30 

75 75 90,5 97 ww 100 HALOPAR 30 64845 FL 30° 2400 2) HalogenA PAR30S 30° 1700 2) E27 

Sylvania 

QPAR 51 

50 50 55 51 ww 100 Hi-Spot ES 50 25° 1300 2) Twistline Alu 300h 25° 1000 2) GU10 

Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps with cold-light reflector 

QR-CBC 51 

20 23 5) 46 51 ww 100 Decostar 51 48860 ES FL 24° 2300 2) MASTERline ES 20W 24° 4400 2) GU5,3 



Low-voltage halogen reflector lamps with aluminium reflector 

QR-LP 111 

35 / 30 38 5) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41832 SP 4° 35000 2) - - G53 

35 / 30 38 5) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES SP 8° 22500 2) MASTERline 111 30W 8° 23000 2) G53 

35 / 30 38 5) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48832 ES FL 24° 4500 2) MASTERline 111 30W 24° 4000 2) G53 

50 / 45 53 5) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 41835 SSP 4° 40000 2) - - G53 

50 / 45 53 5) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES SP 8° 33000 2) MASTERline 111 45W 8° 33000 2) G53 

50 / 45 53 5) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES FL 24° 5800 2) MASTERline 111 45W 24° 5300 2) G53 

50 / 45 53 5) 63 111 ww 100 Halospot 111 48835 ES WFL 45° 2000 2) MASTERline 111 45W 45° 1900 2) G53 



VVG EVG VVG EVG 

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ 

W W mm mm ≥ lm lm lm lm 

Tubular fluorescent lamps 

T26 

18 19 5) 590 26 ww 80 L 18W/830 1350 1300 TL-D S80 18W/830 1350 1300 G13 

18 19 5) 590 26 nw 80 L 18W/840 1350 1300 TL-D S80 18W/840 1350 1300 G13 

36 37 5) 1200 26 ww 80 L 36W/830 3350 3200 TL-D S80 36W/830 3350 3200 G13 

36 37 5) 1200 26 nw 80 L 36W/840 3350 3200 TL-D S80 36W/840 3350 3200 G13 

58 56 5) 1500 26 ww 80 L 58W/830 5200 5000 TL-D S80 58W/830 5200 5000 G13 

58 56 5) 1500 26 nw 80 L 58W/840 5200 5000 TL-D S80 58W/840 5200 5000 G13 

T38 

20 23 590 38 ww 80 - - - TL-M RS 20W/830 Super 80 Pro 1250 - G13 

20 23 590 38 nw 80 - - - TL-M RS 20W/840 Super 80 Pro 1250 - G13 

20 23 590 38 nw 60 L 20W/640 S 1200 - TL-RS 20W/33-640 1100 - G13 

20 23 590 38 tw 70 L 20W/765 S 1050 - - - - G13 



40 46 1200 38 nw 60 L 40W/640 S 3000 - TL-RS 40W/33-640 2850 - G13 

40 46 1200 38 tw 70 L 40W/765 S 2500 - - - - G13 



65 73 1500 38 nw 60 L 65W/640 S 4800 - TL-RS 65W/33-640 4750 - G13 

65 73 1500 38 tw 70 L 65W/765 S 4200 - - - - G13 




363 



P L P Sys ** L LF Ra OSRAM Philips Socket Socket 


VVG VVG EVG EVG 

¢ ¢ 

W W mm ≥ lm lm 

Tubular fluorescent lamps 

TC-D 

13 19 5) 130 ww 80 DULUX D 13W/830 Master PL-C 13W/830/2P 900 G24d-1 - - 

13 19 5) 130 nw 80 DULUX D 13W/840 Master PL-C 13W/840/2P 900 G24d-1 - - 





For emergency light inserts E14 incl. ECG in socket 

TC-DSE 

5 5 117 ww 80 - MASTER PL Electronic 5W/827 E14 - - 230 E14 

8 8 122 ww 80 DULUX EL 8W/827 E14 MASTER PL Electronic 8W/827 E14 - - 400 E14 

11 11 144 ww 80 - MASTER PL Electronic 11W/827 E14 - - 600 E14 

12 12 129 ww 80 DULUX EL 12W/827 E14 - - - 660 E14 

TC-F 

36 39 217 ww 80 DULUX F 36W/830 - 2800 2G10 2800 2G10 

36 39 217 nw 80 DULUX F 36W/840 - 2800 2G10 2800 2G10 

TC-L 

18 19 225 ww 80 DULUX L 18W/830 Master PL-L 18W/830/4P 1200 2G11 1200 2G11 

18 19 225 nw 80 DULUX L 18W/840 Master PL-L 18W/840/4P 1200 2G11 1200 2G11 





40 45 535 ww 80 DULUX L 40W/830 Master PL-L 40W/830/4P - - 3500 2G11 

40 45 535 nw 80 DULUX L 40W/840 Master PL-L 40W/840/4P - - 3500 2G11 

55 61 535 ww 80 DULUX L 55W/830 Master PL-L 55W/830/4P - - 4800 2G11 

55 61 535 nw 80 DULUX L 55W/840 Master PL-L 55W/840/4P - - 4800 2G11 

TC-S 

9 13 5) 145 ww 80 DULUX S 9W/830 PL-S 9W/830/2P 600 G23 - - 

9 13 5) 145 nw 80 DULUX S 9W/840 PL-S 9W/840/2P 600 G23 - - 

11 15 5) 215 ww 80 DULUX S 11W/830 PL-S 11W/830/2P 900 G23 - - 

11 15 5) 215 nw 80 DULUX S 11W/840 PL-S 11W/840/2P 900 G23 - - 

TC-TEL(I) 

13 14 90 ww 80 DULUX T/E 13W/830 PLUS Master PL-T 13W/830/4P - - 900 GX24q-1 

13 14 90 nw 80 DULUX T/E 13W/840 PLUS Master PL-T 13W/840/4P - - 900 GX24q-1 

18 20 100 ww 80 DULUX T/E 18W/830 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 18W/830/4P(TOP) - - 1200 GX24q-2 

18 20 100 nw 80 DULUX T/E 18W/840 (IN) PLUS Master PL-T 18W/840/4P(TOP) - - 1200 GX24q-2 







P L L LF Ra OSRAM Philips Socket 


EVG 

¢ ¢ 

W mm mm ≥ lm lm 

All purpose lamp, A60 matt 

A60 

40 100 55 ww 100 CLAS A FR 40 415 Standard matt A55 40W E27 230V 415 E 27 







364

365 


Product index 

Reference Page 

7-107··· Rodalux K series 68 

7-402 Optilux series 156 

7-420 Maxilux series 152 

861···/Lumena 400 series 130 



866···/Estadia series 146 

877··· series··· 108 

880··· series··· 28 

881··· series··· 32 

882··· series··· 34 

883··· series··· 36 

908··· series ··· 70 

908··· series (M2) 71 

931··· series··· 66 

932··· series··· 94 

933··· series··· 102 

934··· series··· 102 

935··· series··· 98 

936··· series··· 100 

961···/Saterna series 62 

971···/Lumega 700 series 80 

972···/Lumega 900 series 80 

979··· series··· 106 

980··· series··· 40 

981··· series··· 46 

982··· series··· 48 

983··· series··· 50 

984··· series··· 52 

985··· series··· 54 

986··· series··· 56 

988··· series··· 60 

Belisco series 212 

DI series 232 

DKS series 238 

Elle series 248 

Emporium series 306 

Focus series 204 

HS··· series 220 

Konus series 210 

Laterne series 190 

Lichtboden series 240 

Lichtlinie series 244 

LS series 180 

Lionda series 254 

Ondo series 258 

Ontria series 288 

Palme series 300 

Pinzetta series 284 

Potsdam series 298 

Reeds series 214 

RL··· series 192 

Segmentkugel series 234 

Sonnos series 278 

SR··· series 200 

Symbol series 260 

Tube series 292 

Uni series 266 

Varisto series 236 

VR series 296 

Westminster series 312 

Zauberflöte series 224 

366

All technical data including details of weight and dimensions 

have been compiled with all due care. Errors excepted. 

We reserve the right to make alterations in the 

interest of improving our products. The luminaire photos 

included herein may show in part accessories that have 

to be ordered separately. Photos of buildings may show 

luminaires with optional equipment configurations. 

This catalogue was printed on environmentally-friendly 

PEFC-certified paper. 

367 


TRILUX GmbH & Co. KG 

Heidestraße ∙ D-59759 Arnsberg 

Postfach 19 60 ∙ D-59753 Arnsberg 

Tel. +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-0 

Fax +49 (0) 29 32.3 01-3 75 

info@trilux.de ∙ www.trilux.de 

PROLJUS AB 

Kyrkogatan 18 

570 03 VRIGSTAD 

Tel. +46 (0) 70 601 05 63 

info@proljus.se - www.proljus.se 

368

091-GB-int. 080 683

TRILUX Luminaires - Proljus AB

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?